As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on November 23, 2018.
December 30, 2021

Registration No. 333-__________333-

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its constitutional documents)charter)

Cayman IslandsDelaware6770001-38785N/A87-1760117
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification Number)

No.)

5801 Tennyson Parkway, Suite 275

Calle 113 # 7-45 Torre BPlano, TX75024
Telephone: (972)987-5130

Oficina 1012

Bogotá, Colombia

(646) 565-3861

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of

registrant’s principal executive offices)

Austin Ke, Esq.

Julio A. TorresGeneral Counsel
5801 Tennyson Parkway, Suite 275

Chief Executive OfficerPlano, TX 75024
Telephone: (972) 987-5130

Calle 113 # 7-45 Torre B

Oficina 1012

Bogotá, Colombia

(646) 565-3861

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

David Alan Miller,

John J. Wolfel, Esq.

Douglas S. Ellenoff,

Chris Babcock, Esq.

Jeffrey M. Gallant,

Neda Sharifi, Esq.

Stuart Neuhauser, Esq.
Graubard Miller

Foley & Lardner LLP

One Independent Drive, Suite 1300

Jacksonville, Florida 32202

Telephone: (904) 359-2000

Richard Baumann,Robert F. Charron, Esq.

The Chrysler Building

Charles E. Phillips, Esq.

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

405 Lexington Avenue

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10174

10105

New York, NY 10105

(212) 818-8800Telephone: (212) 370-1300

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]box: ☐

If this Formform is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

If this Formform is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

If this Formform is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [  ]Accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [X]Smaller reporting company [  ]
Emerging growth company [X]

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [  ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Securities to be Registered Amount Being Registered(1)  Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share $28,750,000  $2,666 

Title of each Class of Security being registered Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Units, each consisting of one Ordinary Share, $.0001 par value, one Right and one Redeemable Warrant(2) $115,000,000  $13,938.00 
Ordinary Shares included as part of the Units(2)      
Redeemable Warrants included as part of the Units(2)      
Rights included as part of the Units      
Ordinary shares underlying the rights  11,500,000   1,393.80 
Total $126,500,000  $15,331.80 

(1) Estimated solely for the purposepurposes of calculating the registration fee pursuantin accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 457(o).

(2) Includes (i) Units and (ii) Ordinary Shares, Rights and Redeemable Warrants underlying416 of the Securities Act, such Units whichnumber of shares of Class A Common Stock registered hereby also shall include an indeterminate number of shares that may be issued onin connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events. Includes shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.underwriter’s over-allotment option.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until thethis registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. WeThese securities may not sell these securitiesbe sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not solicitingnor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any statejurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUSSUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2018

$100,000,000SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 30, 2021

Andina Acquisition Corp. III

10,000,000UnitsPRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Andina Acquisition Corp. III is a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated as a blank check company for the purpose

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

Shares of entering into a merger,Class A Common Stock

We are offering $25 million of shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region, although we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the Americas.

This is(the “Class A Common Stock”), on an initialunderwritten, firm commitment basis based at an assumed public offering price of $      per share (which was the last reported sale price of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one ordinary share, one right and one redeemable warrant. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of an initial business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus. Each redeemable warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and 12 months from the date of this prospectus, and will expire five years after the completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption.

We have granted Cowen and Company, LLC, or Cowen, as the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 1,500,000 units (over and above the 10,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

Certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering (and/or their respective designees), have committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 375,000 units, or “private units,” at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $3,750,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. Certain of our initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they and/or their respective designees will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public in this offering is held in the trust account. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. 

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares, rights or warrants. We have applied to have our units listedClass A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market or Nasdaq, under the symbol “ANDAU”(or Nasdaq) on       or promptly after the date, 2022). Our shares of this prospectus. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. The ordinary shares, rightsClass A Common Stock and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Cowen determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we anticipate the ordinary shares, rights and warrants will be tradedWarrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ANDA,” “ANDAR”“SNAX” and “ANDAW,“SNAXW,” respectively. We cannot assure you thatOn December 27, 2021, the closing sale price per share of our securitiesClass A Common Stock and Warrants was $4.62 and $0.71, respectively.

The assumed public offering price used throughout this prospectus has been included for illustration purposes only. The actual offering price may differ materially from the assumed price used in the prospectus and will be listeddetermined by negotiations between us and the underwriter and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional 15% (or $3.75 million of shares based on Nasdaq on or afterthe assumed public offering price) of Class A Common Stock from us to cover over-allotments. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of the closing of the offering.

We are an “emerging growth company”company,” as definedthat term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and have electedare subject to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Per shareTotal
Public offering price$$
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)$$
Offering proceeds to us, before expenses$$

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain accountable expenses incurred by them. See “Underwriting.”

Investing in our securitiesClass A Common Stock is highly speculative and involves a highsignificant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 1510 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment inbefore making a decision to purchase our securities.Class A Common Stock.

Neither the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined ifpassed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus is truthful or complete.prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

  Public Offering
Price
  Underwriting
Discount and Commissions(1)  
  Proceeds, Before Expenses, to us 
Per unit $10.00  $0.25  $9.75 
Total $100,000,000  $2,500,000  $97,500,000 

(1)

The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. Please see the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for further information relating to the underwriting arrangements agreed to between us and the underwriters in this offering.

Upon consummation of the offering, $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option has been exercised in full or part) will be deposited into a United States-based account atUBS Financial Servicesmaintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period.

Cowen has a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) in this offering because it or an affiliate of it beneficially owns more than 10% of our ordinary shares. Due to this conflict of interest, Chardan Capital Markets, LLC (“Chardan”) is acting as a “qualified independent underwriter” in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a qualified independent underwriter participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part. Chardan will be paid a fee from the total underwriting discount in this offering in consideration for its services and expenses as qualified independent underwriter. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for further information.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Cowen, acting as representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securitiesshares of Class A Common Stock to investors in the offeringpurchasers on or about                    ___________, 2018., 2022.

Craig-Hallum Capital Group

JointBook-Running Managers

The date of this prospectus is                      , 2022.

CowenCraig-Hallum Capital Group

, 2018

 

 

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FREQUENTLY USED TERMSPage1
Prospectus SummaryCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS15
Summary Financial DataSUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS146
Risk FactorsTHE OFFERING159
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking StatementsRISK FACTORS3210
Use of ProceedsUSE OF PROCEEDS3331
Dividend PolicyMARKET PRICE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS3732
DilutionCAPITALIZATION3833
CapitalizationDILUTION3934
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsBUSINESS4035
Proposed BusinessMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS44
ManagementMANAGEMENT5859
Principal ShareholdersEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION6466
Certain TransactionsDESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES6675
Description of SecuritiesBENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES6983
Shares Eligible for Future SaleCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS7986
TaxationUNDERWRITING8194
Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)LEGAL MATTERS9097
Legal MattersEXPERTS9597
ExpertsWHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION9597
Where You Can Find Additional InformationINDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS95
Index to Financial StatementsF-1

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

“we,” “us” or “our company” refers to Andina Acquisition Corp. III;
“initial shareholders” refers to all of our shareholders immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, including all of our officers and directors and the underwriters in this offering to the extent they hold such shares;
“insider shares” refers to the 2,875,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders prior to this offering (including up to an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares subject to compulsory repurchase by us to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part);

“private units” refer to the units we are selling privately to our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, and their respective designees upon consummation of this offering and “private shares,” “private rights” and “private warrants” refer to the shares, rights and warrants included within the private units, respectively;

“US Dollars” and “$” refer to the legal currency of the United States;
“Companies Law” refers to the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;
the term “public shareholders” means the holders of the ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this public offering, or “public shares,” whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket, including any of our initial shareholders to the extent that they purchase such public shares (except that our initial shareholders will not have conversion or tender rights with respect to any public shares they own); and
the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have notNo one has been authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different information.from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.

For investors outside the United States: We arehave not making an offerdone anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of these securitiesthis prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the offer isUnited States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

i

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Stryve,” the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to the parent entity formerly named Andina Acquisition Corp. III, after giving effect to the Business Combination, and as renamed Stryve Foods, Inc., and where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries, and references in this prospectus to “Andina” refer to Andina Acquisition Corp. III before giving effect to the Business Combination.

Amended Holdings Operating Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings.

Bridge Investors” means the investors in a private placement (the “Bridge PIPE Investment”) for an aggregate of Ten Million Six Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars ($10,600,000) in consideration of unsecured promissory notes (the “Bridge Notes”) of Stryve funded by the Bridge Investors on the date of the Business Combination Agreement (including certain Stryve obligations under Pre-Bridge Notes that were exchanged for Bridge Notes) that entered into subscription agreements with us pursuant to which the obligations of Stryve under the Bridge Notes were used to offset and satisfy the Bridge Investors under such subscription agreements at the Closing and the Bridge Investors were issued shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Bridge PIPE Shares”) at a twenty percent (20%) discount to the Closing PIPE Shares.

Business Combination” means the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement, dated effective as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina, Andina Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Andina, B. Luke Weil, in the capacity from and after the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement as the representative for certain shareholders of Andina (“Andina Representative”), Stryve Foods, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and R. Alex Hawkins, in the capacity from and after the Closing as the representative for the members of the Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC (“Seller Representative”).

Bylaws” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect.

Charter” means the first amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, as currently in effect.

Class A Common Stock” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares have full economic and voting rights, and otherwise are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Charter.

Class V Common Stock” means the shares of Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares have one vote per share, but no economic rights, not permitted.be transferrable except in conjunction with the transfer of an equal number of Holdings Class B Units and otherwise are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Charter.

We areClosing” means the closing of the Business Combination.

Closing Date” means July 20, 2021.

Closing PIPE Investment” means the issuance and sale to investors (the “Closing PIPE Investors”) for an aggregate of Forty-Two Million Five Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars ($42,500,000) of 4,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Closing PIPE Shares”) at a Cayman Islands company incorporated on July 29, 2016price of $10.00 per share in a private placement.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as an exempted company with limited liability. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outsideamended.

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

1

Domestication” means the transfer by way of continuation of Andina out of the Cayman Islands, and into the State of Delaware as such, are exempted from complyinga Delaware corporation, with certainthe Ordinary Shares of Andina becoming shares of Class A Common Stock of Andina, as a Delaware corporation, under the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law of the Cayman Islands forCompanies Act and the DGCL.

“Early Termination Event” means the events specified in the Tax Receivables Agreement, which generally includes a period of 20 years from the datevoluntary termination of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We were formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.” Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location, although we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the Americas. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

While we expect to explore target businesses throughout the Americas that our management team finds attractive, our management team’s most extensive experience is with companies in Latin America. Within Latin America, we intend to focus on the countries with stable political and macro-economic frameworks which include: Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Chile, Mexico and Peru. We intend to capitalize on opportunities presented by high growth rates within these countries.

Local capital markets have been maturing in tandem with the stabilization of domestic economic conditions, but still lack the depth and liquidity seen in developed markets. While Latin American capital markets have matured in recent years, regulatory hurdles and the still-limited size of the local stock exchanges limit the ability of local companies to gain access to the public equity capital markets. We believe this creates opportunities for us to connect attractive and growing companies in Latin America seeking capital from the U.S. capital markets.

Our geographic target also includes North America, which historically has maintained close trade and financial links to Latin America, and which continues to show strong economic performance. We believe that our management team’s successful experiences with Andina I and Andina II, as well as the composition of our team including our underwriters, positions us well to target companies across the Americas.

We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Unlike other blank check companies which require shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and related conversions of public shares for cash upon consummation of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, we will have the flexibility to avoid such shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We will have until 18 months from the consummation of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within this time period, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account not previously released to us, dividedTax Receivables Agreement by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be with a target businessCompany, or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test.

If we issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary shares and preferred shares, or debt securities to complete a business combination as described above, it could impact us and our investors in a variety of ways including, but not limited to, significantly reducing the equity interest of investors in this offering, adversely affecting prevailing market prices of our securities or restrict our ability to obtain necessary additional financing if, for instance, the debt security we issue contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such debt security is outstanding. See the risk factor titled “We may issue ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership” for additional risks related to the issuance of additional ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities.Company

Management Operating and Investing Experience

We believe that our executive officers possessExchange Act” means the experience, skills and contacts necessary to source, evaluate, and execute an attractive business combination. Several of our officers and directors were previously officers, directors or advisors and consultants to (i) Andina Acquisition Corp., or Andina I, a blank check company similar to our company that completed a business combination in December 2013 and changed its name to Tecnoglass Inc. and (ii) Andina Acquisition Corp. II, or Andina II, a blank check company similar to our company that completed a business combination in March 2018 and became Lazydays Holdings, Inc. Additionally, David Schulhof, one of our independent directors, served as director of M I Acquisitions, Inc., a blank check company similar to our company that completed a business combination in July 2018 and changed its name to Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. We intend to leverage the contacts and relationships of our executive officers and directors to source, evaluate and execute business combination opportunities. See the sections titled “Business — Management Operating and Investment Experience” and “Management” for complete information on the experience of our officers and directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). The past successes of our executive officers and directors do not guarantee that we will successfully consummate an initial business combination.

Our officers and directors and we have agreed not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities intended to be registered under theU.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Agreement” means the agreement between the Company, Holdings and the Seller permitting, among other things, holders of Holdings Class B Units and Class V Common Stock to tender a set of one Holdings Class B Unit and one share of Class V Common Stock for redemption for one share of Class A Common Stock.

GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Holdings” means Andina Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Holdings Class B Units” means a Class B Common Unit of Holdings.

Incentive Plan” means the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

initial shareholders” means all of Andina’s shareholders immediately prior to its IPO, including its officers and directors and the underwriters in its IPO to the extent they hold such shares.

Insiders” means B. Luke Weil and each transferee of Insider Shares.

Insider Escrow Agreement” means the Share Escrow Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2019, among the Company, the Insiders and the Transfer Agent, which was amended orsimultaneously with the Exchange Act,execution of the Business Combination Agreement to acknowledge the replacement of the Insider Shares held in escrow thereunder with common stock in the Domestication and, in order to match the lock-up period in the Lock-Up Agreement, to extend the lock-up period for their Insider Shares (including any that are transferred to other persons in support of the Transactions) effective as of the Closing so that the testing for the early release with respect to 50% of their Insider Shares will only begin twenty (20) trading days prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing.

Insider Forfeiture Agreement” means the letter agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, between each of the Insiders, the Company and the Seller pursuant to which each Insider has publiclyagreed to, among other things, cancel certain Insider Shares, Private Rights and Private Warrants held by such Insider, effective as of the Closing, to amend the Insider Escrow Agreement pursuant to which Insider Shares are held in escrow and to extend the lock-up period for their Insider Shares.

Insider Letter Agreement” means the letter agreement between the Company and each of the Insiders which contains provisions relating to transfer restrictions of the Insider Shares, Private Warrants and Private Rights, indemnification of the Trust Account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidation distributions from the Trust Account.

2

Insider Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2019, by and among the Company and the Insiders, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, and as shall be amended in connection with the Business Combination in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

Insider Shares” means an aggregate of 2,700,000 Ordinary Shares which were originally issued to B. Luke Weil as “Insider Shares” (described in the IPO Prospectus) prior to the IPO.

IPO” means Andina’s initial public offering of its units, Ordinary Shares, rights and warrants pursuant to the IPO Prospectus.

IPO Prospectus” means the final prospectus of Andina, dated as of January 28, 2019, and filed a registration statement with the SEC until we haveon January 29, 2019 (File No. 333-228530).

Lock-Up Agreement” means the agreement between the Seller, the Company and the Andina Representative entered into a definitive agreement regarding oursimultaneously with the Business Combination Agreement with respect to the Seller Consideration Units and shares of Class V Common Stock received by Seller in the Transactions, including the Escrow Securities, any additional securities issued after the Closing pursuant to the post-Closing consideration adjustments under the Business Combination Agreement and certain additional shares that may be issued after the Closing.

Nasdaq” means the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares, par value $.0001 per share, of Andina prior to the Domestication.

PIPE Investors” means the investors in the Bridge PIPE Investment and the Closing PIPE Investment.

PIPE Investment” means the Bridge PIPE Investment and the Closing PIPE Investment.

Pre-Bridge Notes” means the Convertible Promissory Notes issued by the Seller pursuant to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreements entered into after January 1, 2021 (including those entered into during the period between signing the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination).

Private Rights” means the right included as part of each Private Unit, which entitled the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share upon consummation of the initial business combination or we have failedcombination.

Private Units” means the units issued by Andina in a private placement to complete our initial business combination within 18 months fromthe Insiders at the time of the consummation of the IPO consisting of one (1) Ordinary Share, one (1) Private Right and one (1) Private Warrant.

Private Warrants” means one whole warrant that was included in as part of each Private Unit, entitling the holder thereof to purchase one (1) Ordinary Share at a purchase price of $11.50 per share.

Public Shareholders” means the holders of Public Shares.

Public Shares” means the Ordinary Shares (now Class A Common Stock) sold in the initial public offering (including overallotment units), whether they were purchased in the IPO or thereafter in the open market.

Public Shareholder” means a holder of Public Shares as of the relevant date.

Public Unit” means all of the issued and outstanding Units which are not Private Units.

3

Public Warrant” means one whole warrant that was included in as part of each Public Unit, entitling the holder thereof to purchase one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at a purchase price of $11.50 per share.

Public Warrant Holders” means the holders of the Public Warrants.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Seller” means Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC, a Texas limited liability company.

Seller Consideration Units” means the non-voting Class B Membership Interests of Holdings issued to the Seller at the Closing pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.

Subscription Agreements” means the Subscription Agreements, entered into simultaneously with the Business Combination Agreement, between Andina and each of the PIPE Investors (including the Closing PIPE Investors and the Bridge PIPE Investors) for the PIPE Investment.

Tax Group” means the Company and its applicable consolidated unitary or combined subsidiaries.

Tax Receivables Agreement” means the Tax Receivables Agreement entered into between the Company and the Seller.

TRA Holder” means a holder of a set of a Holdings Class B Unit and a share of Class V Common Stock.

TRA Holder Representative” means the representative appointed by the Seller (or its successors or assigns) under the Tax Receivables Agreement.

Transfer Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Up-C” means the umbrella partnership C-corporation structure into which the company after the Business Combination is organized.

Warrants” means Private Warrants and Public Warrants, collectively.

Warrant Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as warrant agent under the Warrant Agreement.

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2019, between the Company and the Warrant Agent, which governs the terms of the outstanding Warrants.

4

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this offering.prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed, contemplated or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors,” those discussed and identified in public filings made with the SEC and the following:

our ability to meet expectations regarding our strategies and future financial performance, including our future business plans or objectives, anticipated demand and acceptance of our products, pricing, marketing plans, manufacturing, production and supply capabilities, operating expenses, market trends, revenues, liquidity, cash flows and uses of cash, capital expenditures, and our ability to invest in growth initiatives;

we have a history of losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability;
we may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive snacking and nutritional snacking industry;
our brand and reputation may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, including meat, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
most of our products are manufactured in its single facility in Oklahoma and any damage to or disruption at this facility would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
the loss of our USDA grant of approval from its Oklahoma facility would materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition;
the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us;
the limited liquidity and trading of our securities;
geopolitical risk and changes in applicable laws or regulations;
the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;
the possibility that the COVID-19 pandemic, or another major disease or epidemic, disrupts our business; and
litigation and regulatory enforcement risks, including the diversion of management time and attention and the additional costs and demands on our resources.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions made by our management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in or contemplated by these forward-looking statements.

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this prospectus. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

5

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. Before investing in our Class A Common Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” See also the section entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Stryve,” the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to the parent entity formerly named Andina Acquisition Corp. III, after giving effect to the Business Combination, and as renamed Stryve Foods, Inc., and where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries, and references in this prospectus to “Andina” refer to Andina Acquisition Corp. III before giving effect to the Business Combination.

Overview

Stryve is an emerging healthy snacking company which manufactures, markets and sells highly differentiated healthy snacking products that Stryve believes can disrupt traditional snacking categories. Stryve’s mission is “to help Americans snack better and live happier, better lives.” Stryve offers convenient snacks that are lower in sugar and carbohydrates and higher in protein than other preserved meat snacks. Stryve offers all-natural, delicious snacks which it believes are nutritious and offer consumers a convenient healthy snacking option for their on-the-go lives.

Stryve’s current product portfolio consists primarily of air-dried meat snack products marketed under the Stryve®, Kalahari® Braaitime® and Vacadillos® brand names. Biltong is a process for preserving meat through air drying that originated centuries ago in South Africa. Unlike beef jerky, Stryve’s all-natural air-dried meat snack products are made of beef and spices, are never cooked, contain zero grams of sugar, and are free of monosodium glutamate (MSG), gluten, nitrates, nitrites, and preservatives. As a result, Stryve’s products are Keto and Paleo diet friendly. Further, based on protein density and sugar content, Stryve believes that its air-dried meat snack products are some of the healthiest shelf-stable snacks available today.

Stryve’s flagship product is air-dried beef, which is marketed and sold under the Stryve®, Kalahari®, Braaitime® and Vacadillos® brand names. Stryve currently produces two forms of air-dried meat: biltong and carne seca which were both developed hundreds of years ago in South Africa and Latin America, respectively. Stryve’s biltong generally consists of high-quality beef that is primarily sourced, purchased, seasoned, dried and packaged in the United States. Stryve’s air-dried process ensures that its beef always retains full flavor and tenderness. Stryve’s products are not injected with any sugar-laden marinades or preservatives and are never cooked or dehydrated over high heat like beef jerky products. All of Stryve’s products are manufactured in the United States at its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma, with the exception of the use of a U.S. co-manufacturer who manufactured Kalahari products prior to Stryve’s acquisition of Kalahari in December 2020. Beginning in January 2021, Stryve began manufacturing of legacy Kalahari products to its Madill, Oklahoma facility.

Stryve also produces meat sticks, chili bites and, with the acquisition of Kalahari, meat crisps. In 2020, Stryve launched its carne seca products, which is Latin America’s version of air-dried meat, under the Vacadillos® brand name. Stryve expects these flavorful products to appeal to the roughly 60 million Hispanics in the U.S.

Stryve distributes its products in major retail channels, primarily in North America, including grocery, club stores and other retail outlets, as well as directly to consumers through its e-commerce websites which officially launched in 2020, as well as direct to consumer through the Amazon platform.

Stryve believes increased consumer focus in the U.S. on health and wellness will continue to drive growth of the healthy snacking category and increase demand for Stryve’s products. Stryve has shown strong sales growth since its inception in 2017. Stryve has made substantial investments since its inception in product development, establishing its manufacturing facility, and building its marketing, sales and operations infrastructure to grow its business. As more fully discusseda result, Stryve has reported net losses since its inception. Stryve intends to continue to invest in Management — Conflictsproduct innovation, improving its supply chain, enhancing its manufacturing capabilities, and expanding its marketing and sales initiatives to drive continued growth. Additionally, moving forward management anticipates additional expenses not previously experienced related to internal controls, regulatory compliance, and other expenses relating to its go-forward operations as a public company.

Recent Developments

We have secured significant new distribution in recent months with a marquee retailer in the club channel, Costco Wholesale. Over just a matter of Interest,” if anymonths, Stryve biltong products have been placed in active distribution in multiple regions of Costco and both Vacadillos and Stryve biltong products have been placed in nation-wide distribution in Costco Business Centers.  Additionally, based on our performance we have been selected to participate in a 2022 national Costco multi-vendor mailer (“MVM”) program.  This promotion in Costco’s popular warehouse member coupon book brings on-shelf placement in all U.S. Costco warehouse locations for participating brands.

Additionally, we have had continued success in the launch of our officers or directors becomes awarecarne seca brand, Vacadillos.  We have recently secured on-shelf placement with Walmart for two Vacadillos items in 2022.  This placement is in addition to two Stryve biltong items already on shelf in several thousand Walmart Supercenters and a new multi-pack Stryve item that Walmart recently slated for addition to stores in 2022.  Further, we recently secured significant distribution gains for the Vacadillos brand through a major floor display program with a top convenience retailer, 7-Eleven. This program will place three flavors of Vacadillos into nearly 8,000 7-Eleven domestic convenience stores.  This 7-Eleven order represents a business combination opportunityrecord order for the Vacadillos brand and will be shipped in January 2022.

Throughout the second half of 2021, we have experienced significantly increased input costs for our products, particularly beef and labor.  In response, we have recently initiated a multi-faceted plan which seeks to raise the average net selling price of our products. One component of this plan includes increasing prices, a process which we recently began. Additionally, we are encouraged by the fact that falls withinwe have seen recent reductions in the linecost of businessbeef used in our products relative to prior months.  While there can be no assurance that beef costs will not increase again, we are encouraged by our ability to secure beef at these reduced prices while we ramp inventory to accommodate the recent growth in our orders.

Based on information currently available, we estimate that our net revenue will be in the range of any entity$7.0 million to $7.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2021.  The fourth quarter of 2021 has been affected by increases in the prices of beef, packaging, and labor, all of which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, heincreased significantly over the prior year quarter, as well as by challenges in transportation and freight markets.  Additionally, our ability to precisely forecast net sales is impacted by the timing of retailers’ purchase orders to us and the requested delivery dates contained in those orders.  This impact is amplified by the fact that as we have grown, several orders we receive each quarter may relate to first time orders for new distribution wins which can be requiredlumpy in nature.  Several of these large new distribution orders that were forecasted in our guidance to present such business combination opportunity to such entitybe received in the month of December were actually received in December, consistent with our estimates.  However, while we anticipated and forecast that certain of these orders would arrive with retailer-requested delivery prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Certainyear-end 2021, several arrived with retailer-requested delivery in early January 2022.  While forecasting the precise cutoff timing of large new distribution orders can be a challenge, we are strongly encouraged by the fact that the performance of our officersbrands with consumers and directors currently have pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligationsretailers has allowed for these new distribution orders to be possible.  These estimates represent the most current information available to management and could change. Our fourth quarter has not been completed and our normal financial closing and financial statement preparation process has not commenced. As a result, our actual financial results could be different and those differences could be material.

.

6

Summary Risk Factors

You should consider all the information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our Class A Common Stock. In particular, you should consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following risks:

Stryve has a history of losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.
Pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks, such as the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”), may disrupt Stryve’s business, including, among other things, consumption and trade patterns, supply chain, and production processes, each of which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Stryve may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive snacking and nutritional snacking industry.
Stryve faces direct competition from well-capitalized competitors and may face additional such competition in the future.
Stryve’s brand and reputation may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with its products, including meat, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
If Stryve fails to implement its growth strategies successfully, timely, or at all, its ability to increase revenue and achieve profitability could be materially and adversely affected.
If Stryve fails to effectively manage its manufacturing and production capacity, its business and operating results and brand reputation could be harmed.
Most of Stryve’s products are manufactured in its single facility in Oklahoma and any damage to or disruption at this facility would materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Beef, other raw material and packaging costs can be volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the ability of Stryve to achieve profitability.
Stryve relies on a limited number of third-party suppliers, and may not be able to obtain beef and other raw materials on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities to produce its products or meet the demand for its products.
Stryve currently relies on sales to a limited number of retailers and losing one or more such retailers could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Consolidation of customers or the loss of a significant customer could negatively impact Stryve’s sales and ability to achieve profitability.
Stryve’s growth may be limited if it is unable to add additional shelf or retail space for its products.
Changes in retail distribution arrangements may result in the temporary loss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products which could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising, and product or packaging damages, as well as undelivered or unsold food products may disrupt Stryve’s customer relationships and could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Stryve offers a limited number of products and any change in consumer demand for air dried meat products or meat products in general could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Stryve may not successfully increase production capacity at its manufacturing facility or its facility may not operate in accordance with its expectations.
Failure by transportation providers to deliver Stryve’s products on time, or at all, could result in lost sales.

If Stryve fails to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain its existing customers or its consumers, or if it fails to derive revenue from its existing customers consistent with its historical performance, its business could be materially and adversely affected.
Stryve may not have or be able to generate sufficient cash to meet its debt service obligations.
Stryve may need additional capital and it may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
Certain of Stryve’s obligations have been guaranteed by its founders and management, and Stryve may not have the capital or assets available to replace or supplement those guarantees if necessary.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose Stryve to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on its reputation or business.
Stryve intends to grow through acquisitions or joint ventures and it may not successfully integrate, operate or realize the anticipated benefits of such business combinations.
Stryve relies upon Amazon, Shopify and other vendors to host and operate portions of its e-commerce business and platforms and any disruption of or interference with its use of these services would adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition.
Stryve relies on information technology systems and any inadequacy, failure, interruption or security breaches of those systems may harm its ability to operate its business.
A cybersecurity incident or other technology disruptions could negatively impact business, financial condition, results of operations and relationships with customers.
Disruptions in the U.S. or worldwide economy may materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
Due to Stryve’s limited number of key employees, the loss of services of any of Stryve’s key employees could have a material adverse effect on Stryve’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Regulatory Risks

The loss of Stryve’s USDA grant of inspection from its facility would materially adversely impact its business, results of operations and financial condition.
Stryve is subject to extensive government regulations and a failure to comply with such regulations could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
If Stryve chooses to expand internationally, it will be subject to international regulations that could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit Stryve’s business activities, increase its operating costs, reduce demand for its products or result in litigation.
Legal claims, government investigations or other regulatory enforcement actions could subject Stryve to civil and criminal penalties.
Food safety and food-borne illness incidents or advertising or product mislabeling may materially adversely affect Stryve’s business by exposing it to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing its operating costs and reducing demand for its product offerings.

7

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Stryve may not be able to adequately protect its intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to its business.

Risks Related to Stryve Being a Public Company

Stryve has not been managed as a public company and its current resources and management personnel may not be sufficient to fulfill its public company obligations.
Stryve will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and its management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.
If Stryve does not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, it could fail to report its financial results accurately.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Securities Generally

The price for our securities has been volatile and is likely to be volatile in the future.
Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
The Warrants may not be in the money at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.
We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering, and will likely experience additional dilution in the future.
We will have considerable discretion over the allocation of the use of proceeds from this offering, and we may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Emerging Growth Company Statusunder the JOBS Act

We areAs a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging“emerging growth company as defined incompany” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, (which we refer to herein asor the JOBS Act) and will remain such for up to five years. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our outstanding ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.Act. As an emerging growth company, we have elected under Section 107(b)to take advantage of reduced reporting requirements and are relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on whether we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

we are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of the JOBS Act,fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering if we continue to be an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have elected to provide two years of audited financial statements. Additionally, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Private Placements

In Julystandards that have different effective dates for public and August 2016, we issued an aggregate of 2,875,000 ordinary shares, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” to B. Luke Weil, our Chairman, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.009 per share. Subsequent to such date, Mr. Weil transferred shares to other individuals and entities, including the underwriters in this offering, for the same price originally paid for such shares. The insider shares include an aggregate of up to 375,000 shares subject to compulsory repurchase by us for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01 to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholders will collectively own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). None of our initial shareholders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

The insider shares are identical to the ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering. However, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, (A) to vote their insider shares (as well as any public shares acquired in or after this offering) in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution from the trust account upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees)companies until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading dayextended transition period commencing after our initial business combination and provided in Section 7(a)(2) with respect to the remaining 50%(B) of the insider shares, one year afterSecurities Act.

Corporate Information

Andina was a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on July 29, 2016. Stryve Foods, LLC was a Texas limited liability company formed on January 13, 2017. On July 20, 2021, we completed the dateBusiness Combination, under which Andina was domesticated as a corporation in the State of Delaware, renamed “Stryve Foods, Inc.” and was organized as an “Up-C” structure in which substantially all of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

In addition, certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, have committed, pursuant to written subscription agreements with us, that they or their respective designees will purchase from us an aggregate of 375,000 units, or “private units,” at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,750,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Certain of our initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amountassets of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share soldcombined company are held by Holdings, and our only assets are our equity interests in Holdings. As the managing member of Holdings, we have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the publicbusiness of Holdings and to take all action we deem necessary, appropriate, advisable, incidental, or convenient to accomplish the purposes of Holdings set forth in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exerciseAmended Holdings Operating Agreement. As of the over-allotment option. The proceeds from the private placementopen of the private units will be added to the proceedstrading on July 21, 2021, our Class A Common Stock and Warrants, formerly those of this offeringAndina, began trading on Nasdaq as “SNAX” and placed in an account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee. The foregoing purchases will only be made by the purchasers if they are able to do so in accordance with Regulation M and Sections 9(a)(2) and 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.“SNAXW,” respectively.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except the private warrants will be non-redeemable and may be exercised on a cashless basis, in each case so long as they continue to be held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. Additionally, because the private warrants will be issued in a private transaction, the holders and their transferees will be allowed to exercise such warrants for cash even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective and receive unregistered ordinary shares. Furthermore, the purchasers have agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution from the trust account upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchasers have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as for the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of our initial business combination.

Our principal executive offices are located at Calle 113 # 7-45 Torre B, Oficina 1012, Bogotá, Colombia5801 Tennyson Parkway, Suite 275, Plano, Texas 75024, and our telephone number is (646) 565-3861.(972) 987-5130. Our website address is www.stryve.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

8

THE OFFERING

Shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us:                shares of Class A Common Stock based on the assumed public offering price.
Number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering(1):              shares of Class A Common Stock (or                shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriter exercises their option to purchase additional shares in full based on the assumed public offering price).
Over-allotment option:We have granted the underwriter the right to purchase up to an additional 15% (or additional shares based on the assumed public offering price) of Class A Common Stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discount within 30 days from the date of the closing of the offering to cover over-allotments.
Use of proceedsWhile we will have broad discretion on the allocation of the use of net proceeds of this offering, we currently expect to utilize such proceeds for working capital to support near term growth, capital expansion projects, including potentially increasing manufacturing capacity and adding manufacturing capabilities by building or procuring other manufacturing facilities and making other process improvements, and general corporate purposes, including marketing and sales initiatives and potentially repaying debt. See “Use of Proceeds”.

Nasdaq Capital Market symbols

Our Class A Common Stock and Warrants are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “SNAX” and “SNAXW,” respectively.

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A Common Stock is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. As an investor you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10.

(1) The Offeringnumber of shares outstanding after this offering is based on 8,610,005 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of December 15, 2021 and excludes, as of such date:

11,502,355 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of a set of one share of Class V Common Stock and one Class B Unit pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement;

10,997,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share;

800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding pre-funded warrants;

1,771,526 shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance under our Incentive Plan; and

400,750 of unvested restricted stock units issued under our Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us.

9

RISK FACTORS

In making your decision on whether toInvesting in our Class A Common Stock is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. Before you invest in our securities, you should take into account not onlygive careful consideration to the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conductedfollowing risk factors, in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitledaddition to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forthinformation included in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

Securities offered10,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one ordinary share, one right and one redeemable warrant.
Listing of our securities and proposed symbolsWe anticipate the units, and the ordinary shares, rights and warrants once they begin separate trading, will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ANDAU,” “ANDA,” “ANDAR” and “ANDAW,” respectively.
Separation of ordinary shares, rights and warrantsEach of the ordinary shares, rights and warrants may trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Cowen determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.
Once the ordinary shares, rights and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading ordinary shares, rights and warrants.
We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Cowen has allowed separate trading of the ordinary shares, rights and warrants prior to the 52ndday after the date of this prospectus.
Ordinary shares:
Number outstanding before this offering2,875,000 shares1
Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale of private units12,875,000 shares2

(1)This number includes an aggregate of up to 375,000 insider shares held that are subject to compulsory repurchase by us if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full.
(2)Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 14,787,500, including an aggregate of 412,500 private shares.

Rights:
Number outstanding before this offering0 rights
Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale of private units10,375,000 rights3
Terms of the rights:

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the 1/10 of a share underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of the business combination. More specifically, each holder will be required to indicate his, her or its election to convert the rights into their underlying shares as well as to return the original rights certificates to us. There is no length of time within which an investor must affirmatively elect to convert the rights. However, until a holder affirmatively elects to convert its rights, the right certificates held by such holder will not represent the ordinary shares they are convertible for but instead will simply represent the right to receive such ordinary shares.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. Because we will only issue a whole number of shares, you will not receive any fractional shares to the extent the number of rights held by you upon consummation of our initial business combination is not divisible by ten.

Redeemable warrants:
Number outstanding before this offering0 warrants
Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale of private units10,375,000warrants3
ExercisabilityEach warrant is exercisable for one ordinary share.
Exercise price$11.50 per share. No public warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such ordinary shares. It is our current intention to have an effective and current registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such ordinary shares in effect promptly following consummation of an initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants is not effective within 90 days following the consummation of our initial business combination, public warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the day prior to the date of exercise. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis.

(3)

Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 11,912,500 rights, including an aggregate of 412,500 private rights, and 11,912,500 warrants, including an aggregate of 412,500 private warrants.

Exercise periodThe warrants will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and 12 months from the date of this prospectus. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption.
Redemption of warrants

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (excluding the private warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

●  at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

●  upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption,

●  if, and only if, the last sales price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption, and

●  if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption, each warrant holder can exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the ordinary shares may fall below the $18.00 trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.
If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Whether we will exercise our option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of our ordinary shares at the time the warrants are called for redemption, our cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive share issuances.

Offering proceeds to be held in trust$96,250,000of the net proceeds of this offering (or $110,875,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), plus the $3,750,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units (or $4,125,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), for an aggregate of $100,000,000 (or an aggregate of $115,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering (regardless of whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part) will be placed in a trust account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. The remaining $750,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the trust account.
Except as set forth below, the proceeds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination within the required time period or our entry into liquidation if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until an initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be released to us from the trust account any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations. With this exception, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (estimated to initially be $750,000); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account and interest earned on the funds held in the trust account available to us are insufficient, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units (and underlying securities) upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

Limited payments to insiders

Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:

repayment at the closing of this offering of an aggregate of approximately $48,869 of advances made by B. Luke Weil, one of our directors;
payment of underwriting and business combination fees as described under the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”;
payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination; and
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations.

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account available to us, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.
Shareholder approval of, or tender offer in connection with, initial business combinationIn connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. If enough shareholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, or we are unable to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require us to conduct a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules).

Unlike other blank check companies which require shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and related conversions of public shares for cash upon consummation of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, we will have the flexibility to avoid such shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.
However, if we seek to consummate a business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such business combination, the net tangible asset requirement may limit our ability to consummate such a business combination and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.
Our initial shareholders have agreed (i) to vote their insider shares, private shares and any public shares purchased in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination and (ii) not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve, or sell their shares to us in any tender offer in connection with, a proposed initial business combination. The purchasers of the private units have also agreed to vote their private shares in favor of any proposed business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, we would need only 3,562,501 (or approximately 36%) of the 10,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the aftermarket). None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions. However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. There is no limit on the amount of shares that may be purchased by the insiders. Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including the fact that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Public shareholders who convert their public shares or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer will continue to have the right to exercise any warrants they may hold if the business combination is consummated. If the business combination is not consummated, public shareholders will not be entitled to convert their public shares.
Conversion rightsIn connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert his public shares into a pro rata share of the trust account upon consummation of the business combination.
We may also require public shareholders wishing to exercise conversion rights, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender the certificates they are seeking to convert to our transfer agent or to deliver the shares they are seeking to convert to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. The foregoing is different from the procedures used by traditional blank check companies. In order to perfect conversion rights in connection with their business combinations, many traditional blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise its conversion rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for it to deliver its certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which it could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, it could sell its shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the conversion rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become an “option” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the closing of the shareholder meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is completed.
Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only ten days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their conversion rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders.
Please see the risk factors titled “In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights” and “If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.”
Once the shares are converted by the beneficial holder, and effectively repurchased by us under Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Shareholders to reflect all conversions.

Limitation on conversion rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote

Notwithstanding the foregoing conversion rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not offer conversion in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking conversion of its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, without our prior consent. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to convert their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its conversion rights against an initial business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to convert no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination.
Liquidation if no business combinationIf we fail to consummate a business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering, we will (i) cease all existing operations, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
Prior to our redemption of our public shares, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

The holders of the insider shares and private shares will not participate in any liquidation distribution from the trust account with respect to such securities.
B. Luke Weil has contractually agreed pursuant to a written agreement with us that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, he will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account or available to be released to us from interest earned on the trust account balance, Luke Weil would not have any obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to Mr. Weil’s obligations to pay such claim would be if the party executed an agreement waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they have in or to any monies held in the trust account. We cannot assure you that Mr. Weil will be able to satisfy these obligations if he is required to do so. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust account, if we liquidate the trust account because we have not completed a business combination within the required time period, will not be less than $10.00.
We will pay the costs of liquidating the trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Mr. Weil has contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $25,000) and has contractually agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.
Conflict of InterestCowen has a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) in this offering because it or an affiliate of it beneficially owns more than 10% of our ordinary shares. Due to this conflict of interest, Chardan Capital Markets, LLC (“Chardan”) is acting as a “qualified independent underwriter” in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a qualified independent underwriter participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part. Chardan will be paid a fee of $75,000 from the total underwriting discount in this offering, in consideration for its services and expenses as qualified independent underwriter. Chardan will receive no other compensation in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Chardan against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for further information.

Risks

In making your decision onthis prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to invest in our securities,securities. The occurrence of any of the adverse developments described in the following risk factors could materially and adversely harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you should take into accountmay lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Stryve’s Business, Brand, Products and Industry

Stryve has a history of losses and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

Stryve has experienced net losses since its inception. In the special risks we facenine months ended September 30, 2021 and years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Stryve incurred net losses of $20.0 million, $17.5 million and $23.4 million, respectively. Stryve anticipates that its operating expenses and capital expenditures may likely increase in the foreseeable future as it continues to invest to increase its customer base and supplier network, expand its product offerings and brands, expand marketing channels, invest in distribution and manufacturing facilities, hire additional employees and enhance technology and production capabilities. The expansion efforts may prove more expensive than anticipated, and Stryve may not succeed in increasing its revenues and margins sufficiently to offset the anticipated higher expenses. In addition, many of Stryve’s expenses, including the costs associated with its existing and any future manufacturing facilities, are fixed. Accordingly, Stryve may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability and it may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. These factors, among others, caused our independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 to include an explanatory paragraph that expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a blank check company,“going concern.”

Pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks, such as the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”), may disrupt Stryve’s business, including, among other things, consumption and trade patterns, supply chain, and production processes, each of which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The actual or perceived effects of a disease outbreak, epidemic, pandemic or similar widespread public health concern, such as COVID-19, could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 outbreak situation remains dynamic and subject to rapid and material change, including but not limited to changes that may materially affect the operations of Stryve’s customers and supply chain partners.

Pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks may affect demand for Stryve’s products because quarantines or other government restrictions on movement may cause erratic consumer purchase behavior. Governmental or societal impositions of restrictions on public gatherings, especially if prolonged, may have adverse effects on in-person traffic to retail stores. Even the perceived risk of infection or health risk may adversely affect traffic to Stryve’s store-based retail consumers and, in turn, its business, financial condition and results of operations, particularly if any self-imposed or government-imposed restrictions are in place for significant time.

The spread of pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks such as COVID-19 may also disrupt Stryve’s third-party business partners’ ability to meet their obligations, which may negatively affect its operations. These third parties include those who supply Stryve’s ingredients, packaging, and other necessary operating materials, distributors, and logistics and transportation services providers. Because of the COVID-19 outbreak, transport restrictions related to quarantines or travel bans have been put in place and supply may become constrained, each of which may cause price increases or shortages of certain ingredients and raw materials used in Stryve’s products and/or it may experience disruptions to its operations. Further, Stryve’s ability to manufacture its products may be impaired by any material disruption to its manufacturing facility in Oklahoma because of COVID-19 or similar outbreaks. If a significant percentage of Stryve’s workforce cannot work, including because of illness, travel or government restrictions in connection with pandemics or disease outbreaks, its operations may be negatively affected.

Stryve’s results of operations depend on, among other things, its ability to maintain and increase sales volume with existing customers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Stryve’s ability to implement its advertising, display and promotion activities designed to maintain and increase its sales volumes on a timely basis, including the ability to do in-person retail product demonstrations designed to attract new customers, have been and may continue to be negatively affected because of modifications to retailer shelf reset timing or retailer pullback on in-store display and promotional activities during the COVID-19 outbreak or similar situations. Stryve may be unable to grow direct sales to consumers through its e-commerce channel or other digital marketing efforts. Retailers may also alter their normal inventory receiving and product restocking practices during pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks such as COVID-19, which may negatively affect Stryve’s business.

10

Stryve’s operations during 2020 were affected by changes in consumer shopping and consumption behavior due to COVID-19. Stryve’s retail sales decreased during the second and third quarters of 2020 as a result of decrease of in-person shopping trips. These effects on consumer demand and shopping behavior as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak may occur in the future. The COVID-19 pandemic led, and could again lead, to interruptions in the delivery of beef and other supplies arising from delays or restrictions on shipping or manufacturing, closures of supplier or distributor facilities or financial distress or insolvency of suppliers or distributors. These delays or interruptions could impact the availability of certain items, including beef. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if our key suppliers or distributors are unable to fulfill their responsibilities and we are unable to identify alternative suppliers or distributors in a timely manner or effectively transition the impacted business to new suppliers or distributors.

Stryve’s efforts to manage and mitigate these factors may be unsuccessful, and the effectiveness of these efforts depends on factors beyond its control, including the duration and severity of any pandemic, epidemic or disease outbreak, and third-party actions taken to contain its spread and mitigate public health effects.

Stryve may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive snacking and nutritional snacking industry.

Stryve’s competitors include companies selling beef jerky and other meat snacks, as well as companies in the nutritional snack industry in general, including those selling meal replacement bars and other healthy snacks. The snacking industry is large and intensely competitive. Competitive factors include product quality, taste, brand awareness among consumers, nutritional content, simpler and less processed ingredients, innovation of “on-trend” snacks, variety of snacks offered, grocery aisle placement, access to retailer shelf space, price, advertising and promotion, product packaging and package design. Stryve competes in this market against numerous multinational, regional and local companies principally based on product taste and quality, brand recognition and loyalty, nutritional content, marketing, advertising and price. Views towards nutritional snacking, and other nutritional approaches, are cyclical, with constantly changing consumer perceptions. If consumers do not perceive that a meat-based, low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich eating approach is healthy or effective, Stryve’s business could be adversely affected.

Stryve faces direct competition in the future from well-capitalized competitors and may face additional such competition in the future.

Many of Stryve’s competitors have resources substantially greater than Stryve and sell brands that are more widely recognized than its brands and may offer generic or private-label products at more competitive prices than its brands. Stryve’s current and potential competitors may offer products similar to its products, offer a wider range of products than it offers, offer such products at more competitive prices than Stryve or decide to build a biltong facility and start competing directly with Stryve’s biltong products. Local or regional markets often have significant additional competitors, many of whom offer products similar to Stryve’s and may have unique ties to regional or national retail chains. Other label, generic or store-branded products may be a less expensive option for consumers than Stryve products, making it more difficult to sell Stryve branded products. Any increased or new competition from existing meat snacking companies, including an expansion of their products to biltong products, or new products or entrants from other nutritious snack companies, could cause reductions in Stryve’s sales, require it to reduce prices, or both, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve’s brand and reputation may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with its products, including meat, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Real or perceived quality or food safety concerns or failures to comply with applicable food regulations and requirements, whether or not based on fact and whether or not involving Stryve (such as incidents involving meat-based products in general), could cause negative publicity and reduced confidence in Stryve, its brand or products, or meat-based products in general, which could in turn harm its reputation and sales, and could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. Although Stryve believes it has rigorous food safety and quality control processes, there can be no assurance that its products will always comply with the standards set for its products.

Stryve has no control over its products once purchased by consumers. Consumers may improperly store Stryve’s products, which may adversely affect their quality and safety. If consumers do not perceive Stryve’s products to be safe or of high quality, then the value of its brand would be diminished. The growing use of social and digital media by consumers and third parties increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative publicity about Stryve, its brands or products, on social, digital or other media could seriously damage its brands and reputation, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

11

If Stryve fails to implement its growth strategies successfully, timely, or at all, its ability to increase revenue and achieve profitability could be materially and adversely affected.

Stryve’s success depends in large part on its ability to implement its growth strategies effectively. Stryve expects to continue its focus on nutritious meat snack products and intends to add additional brands and other products to its portfolio. Stryve’s ability to expand successfully depends on, among other things, its ability to identify, and successfully cater to, new demographics and consumer trends, develop new products, identify and acquire additional product lines and businesses, secure shelf space in grocery stores, wholesale clubs and other retailers, increase its direct e-commerce sales, increase consumer awareness of its brands, enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of its products, and compete with numerous other companies and products.

Consumers are constantly seeking new products and strategies to achieve their healthy eating goals. Stryve’s success depends heavily on its ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, the technical capability of its innovation staff in developing and testing product prototypes, including complying with applicable governmental regulations, and the success of its management and sales and marketing teams in marketing its new and existing products, including familiarizing consumers in the United States with biltong. Failure to develop and market new products that appeal to consumers may lead to a decrease in Stryve’s sales and impact its ability to achieve profitability. Additionally, the development and introduction of new products requires substantial research, development and marketing expenditures, which Stryve may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance.

Stryve may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategies, expand its brands, develop brand loyalty or continue to maintain growth in sales at its current rate, or at all. If Stryve fails to implement its growth strategies or if it invests resources in growth strategies that prove unsuccessful, its sales and ability to achieve profitability may be negatively affected, which would materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If Stryve fails to effectively manage its manufacturing and production capacity, its business and operating results and brand reputation could be harmed.

If Stryve does not have sufficient capacity to meet its customers’ demands and to satisfy increased demand, it will need to expand its operations, supply and manufacturing capabilities. Stryve may not be able to effectively scale production processes and effectively manage its supply chain requirements. Stryve may not be able to accurately forecast demand for its products, since its forecasts are based on multiple assumptions. Any failure to accurately forecast demand for its products may affect Stryve’s ability to obtain adequate manufacturing capacity (whether its own manufacturing capacity or co-manufacturing capacity) in order to meet the demand for its products, which could harm its brand and business, and in some cases may result in discounts, credits or other payments to customers or distributors if it is unable to fulfill orders placed by them in a timely manner or at all.

If Stryve overestimates demand for its products, it may have significantly underutilized assets and may experience reduced margins. If Stryve does not accurately align its manufacturing capabilities with demand for its products, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Most of Stryve’s products are manufactured in its single facility in Oklahoma and any damage to or disruption at this offeringfacility would materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve manufactures a significant majority of its products at a single facility in Oklahoma. A natural disaster, tornado, fire, power interruption, pandemic, work stoppage (due to a COVID-19 outbreak or otherwise), regulatory or food safety issue or other problem at this facility would significantly disrupt Stryve’s ability to manufacture and deliver its products and operate its business. Stryve’s manufacturing facility and equipment is costly and may require substantial time to replace or repair if necessary. During such time, Stryve may not be able to find suitable co-manufacturers to replace the output from Stryve’s facility on a timely basis or at a reasonable cost, if at all. Stryve may also experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production because of regulatory issues, equipment failure or delays in raw material deliveries. Any such disruption or unanticipated event may cause significant interruptions or delays in Stryve’s business. While Stryve has property and business interruption insurance for its manufacturing facility, such insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of Stryve’s potential losses, and may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Any disruption in the operation of Stryve’s manufacturing facility, or damage to a material amount of its equipment or inventory, would materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

12

Beef, other raw material and packaging costs can be volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the ability of Stryve to achieve profitability.

Stryve purchases large quantities of raw materials to make its products, including beef. Historically, beef prices have fluctuated in response to a number of factors, including changes in the United States government farm support programs, changes in international agricultural and trading policies, weather, animal disease and other conditions. In addition, Stryve purchases and uses significant quantities of cardboard, film and plastic to package its products. Costs of raw materials, ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, weather conditions, consumer demand and changes in governmental trade and agricultural programs. Volatility in the prices of beef, raw materials and other supplies Stryve purchases could increase its cost of sales and reduce its ability to achieve profitability. Moreover, it may not be able to implement price increases for its products to cover any increased costs and any price increases it does implement may result in lower sales volumes. If Stryve is not being conductedsuccessful in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Actmanaging its beef, raw material and therefore, youpackaging costs, or if it is unable to increase prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve relies on a limited number of third-party suppliers, and may not be entitledable to protections normally affordedobtain beef and other raw materials on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities to investorsproduce its products or meet the demand for its products.

Stryve relies on a limited number of vendors and key brokers to supply it with beef and other raw materials, and its financial performance depends in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “Proposed Business — Comparisonlarge part on its ability to offeringspurchase beef and other raw materials in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. Stryve is not assured of blank check companies subjectcontinued supply or pricing of beef or other raw materials. Stryve typically does not have any formal contracts or agreements in place with any meat providers and purchases meat as demand requires in order to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider theseproduce its products. Any of Stryve’s suppliers could discontinue or seek to alter their relationship with Stryve. During 2021, as beef suppliers across North America faced production challenges, the price of beef and other raw meats increased materially. If Stryve’s suppliers continue to experience problems with their businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw materials, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as natural disasters, fires or other catastrophic occurrences, it could impair Stryve’s ability to obtain sufficient raw materials at competitive prices.

Given the other risks set forthminimally processed nature of biltong production, the quality of the beef used in Stryve’s products is important. Currently, the availability of grass-fed beef in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our businessUnited States can be scarce at times, and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operationsmay require Stryve to date, so only balance sheet data are presented.

        September 30, 2018
  December 31, 2016
(Audited)
  December 31, 2017
(Audited)
  Actual
(Unaudited)
  As Adjusted(1)
(Unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:               
Working capital (deficiency) $(24,640) $(25,064) $(70,711) $100,753,493
Total assets $35,839  $35,839  $74,204  $100,753,493
Total liabilities $24,640  $25,064  $70,711  $

Value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion/tender $  $  $  $95,753,490
Shareholders’ equity $11,199  $10,775  $3,493  $5,000,003

(1) Includes the $3,750,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units.

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering, including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs fromseek such sale and the repayment of the accrued and other liabilities required to be repaid.

The “as adjusted” working capital and total assets amounts include the $100,000,000 to be heldbeef internationally. Any interruption in the trust account, which, except for limited situations described in this prospectus,supply of high quality beef due to supply, disease or other unforeseen circumstances would negatively impact Stryve’s business. If Stryve needs to replace an existing beef supplier or another supplier of raw materials, there can be no assurance that supplies will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all, or that a new supplier would allocate sufficient capacity to us only uponStryve in order to meet its requirements, fill orders in a timely manner or meet Stryve’s quality standards. Any disruption in the consummationsupply of beef or other raw materials from its suppliers could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve currently relies on sales to a limited number of retailers and losing one or more such retailers could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of Stryve’s sales is generated from a limited number of retailers. These retailers, or other large customers, may take actions that affect Stryve for reasons it cannot anticipate or control, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy or operations, the perceived quality of Stryve’s products and the availability of competing products. There can be no assurance Stryve’s customers will continue to purchase its products in the same quantities or on the same terms as in the past.

Stryve’s customers rarely provide it with firm, long- or short-term volume purchase commitments. As a result, Stryve could have periods with limited orders for its products while still incurring costs related to workforce maintenance, marketing, manufacturing and general corporate expenses. Stryve may not find new customers to supplement its revenue in periods when it experiences reduced purchase orders, or recover fixed costs incurred during those periods, which could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

Consolidation of customers or the loss of a significant customer could negatively impact Stryve’s sales and ability to achieve profitability.

Supermarkets in North America and elsewhere continue to consolidate. This consolidation has produced larger, more sophisticated organizations with increased negotiating and buying power that are able to resist price increases, as well as operate with lower inventories, decrease the number of brands that they carry, and increase their emphasis on private label products, all of which could negatively impact Stryve’s business. The consolidation of retail customers also increases the risk that a significant adverse impact on their business combination withincould have a corresponding material adverse impact on Stryve’s business.

The loss of any large customer, the reduction of purchasing levels or the cancellation of any business from a large customer for an extended length of time could negatively impact Stryve’s sales and ability to achieve profitability. Furthermore, as retailers consolidate, they may reduce the number of branded products they offer in order to accommodate private label products and generate more competitive terms from branded suppliers. Consequently, Stryve’s financial results may fluctuate significantly from period describedto period based on the actions of one or more significant retailers. A retailer may take actions that affect Stryve for reasons that cannot be anticipated or controlled, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy or operations, the introduction of competing products or the perceived quality of Stryve’s products. Despite operating in different channels, Stryve’s retailers sometimes compete for the same consumers. Because of actual or perceived conflicts resulting from this prospectus.competition, retailers may take actions that could negatively affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve’s growth may be limited if it is unable to add additional shelf or retail space for its products.

Stryve’s results will depend on its ability to drive revenue growth, in part, by expanding the distribution channels for its products. However, Stryve’s ability to do so may be limited by an inability to secure additional shelf or retail space for its products. Shelf and retail space for nutritional snacks is limited and subject to competitive and other pressures, and there can be no assurance that retail operators will provide sufficient shelf space nor that online retailers will provide Stryve online access to their platform to enable Stryve to meet its growth objectives.

Changes in retail distribution arrangements may result in the temporary loss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products which could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, retailers may change distribution centers that supply some of their retail stores. If a new distribution center or partner has not previously distributed Stryve’s products in that region, it may take time for a retailer’s distribution center or partner to begin distributing new products in its region. Even if a retailer approves a new distribution method in a region, Stryve’s sales may decline while the transition in distribution method takes place. If Stryve does not get approval to have its products offered in a new distribution region or if getting this approval takes longer than anticipated, Stryve’s business, combinationfinancial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, Stryve relies on the performance of distribution partners to ensure the timely and accurate distribution of its products to certain retail customers. Should one of these distributions partners fail to timely and accurately distribute Stryve’s products, it may result in limited products available for purchase, poor supplier reviews, and potentially loss of retail shelf space which could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising, and product or packaging damages, as well as undelivered or unsold food products may disrupt Stryve’s customer relationships and could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Retailers may charge slotting fees for access to shelf space and often enter into promotional and advertising arrangements with manufacturers that result in the sharing of promotional and advertising costs among the retail customer, distributor or manufacturer. As the retail industry has consolidated and become more competitive, retailers have sought greater participation by manufacturers in cooperative promotional and advertising arrangements and may seek to pass on unanticipated increases in promotional and advertising costs to distributors and manufacturers. If Stryve is not so consummated,charged significant and unanticipated promotional allowances or advertising charges directly or indirectly by retail customers, or if Stryve, its third-party distributors, retailers or its other direct or indirect customers take substantial charge-backs or return material amounts of its products, its operating results and liquidity could be harmed, perhaps substantially. Moreover, unresolved disagreements with retail customers concerning invoiced costs to carry its products could significantly disrupt or cause the trust account, less amounts we are permittedtermination of customer relationships. If Stryve fails to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public shareholders (subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claimseffectively manage costs and charges concerning promotional allowances, advertising charges, charge-backs or returns, such failures could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of creditors).operations.

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

14
 

RISK FACTORSStryve offers a limited number of products and any change in consumer demand for biltong products or meat products in general could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

An investmentDried meat snack products have been the focal point of Stryve’s sales, product development and marketing efforts and Stryve believes that such products will continue to constitute the primary portion of its sales and cash flow for the foreseeable future. Any change in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, togetherconsumer perceptions or negative developments associated with the other information containedconsumption, safety, health or benefits of the human consumption of meat, including but not limited to biltong and beef jerky products, could cause a decrease in this prospectus, before making a decision to investdemand for biltong or meat products in our units. This prospectusgeneral, which would negatively impact Stryve’s business and operations. Stryve may also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We have no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We have no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

The report of our independent registered public accountants on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern. Moreover, there is no assurance that we will consummate our initial business combination. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months before receiving liquidation distributions.

We have 18 months from the consummation of this offering in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific period of time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business transaction.

We have 18 months from the consummation of this offering to complete an initial business combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to completeconvince healthy snackers to try its meat snack products. In addition, Stryve cannot be certain that it will be able to expand to new product offerings, as the food industry in general involves evolving consumer preferences and new and changing nutritional and health-related concerns. If Stryve is unable to identify and react appropriately to changes in consumer trends, demands and preferences, it may experience reduced demand and price reduction for its products, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve may not successfully increase production capacity at its manufacturing facility or its facility may not operate in accordance with its expectations.

Stryve may on occasion experience unanticipated increases in orders of its products from retailers that it may not yet have the manufacturing capacity to fulfill on a timely basis. If Stryve cannot timely fill orders for its products, its reputation with these retailers may be harmed, which could materially and adversely affect its business, combinationfinancial condition and results of operations. Any substantial delay in Stryve’s plan to increase the production capacity of the facility may hinder Stryve’s ability to fill anticipated orders, grow its business or achieve profitability.

Failure by transportation providers to deliver Stryve’s products on time, or at all, could result in lost sales.

Stryve relies upon third-party transportation providers for its product shipments. The utilization of delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, employee strikes and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet shipping needs. Stryve could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries or could incur costs and expend resources in connection with any other target business. This risk willa change or providers. Any significant delays in product shipments could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If Stryve fails to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain its existing customers or its consumers, or if it fails to derive revenue from its existing customers consistent with its historical performance, its business could be materially and adversely affected.

Stryve’s success, and its ability to increase as we get closerrevenue and achieve profitably, depends in part on its ability to the time limits referenced above.

You willcost-effectively acquire new customers, to retain existing customers, and to keep existing consumers engaged so that they continue to purchase Stryve’s products. If Stryve is unable to cost-effectively acquire new customers, retain existing customers or keep existing consumers engaged, its business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. If consumers do not perceive Stryve’s product offerings to be healthy, of sufficient value and quality, or if it fails to offer new and relevant product offerings, it may not be entitledable to protections normally affordedattract or retain customers or engage existing consumers so that they continue to investors of blank check companies.purchase products.

15

Stryve may not have or be able to generate sufficient cash to meet its debt service obligations.

 

Since the net proceedsStryve’s ability to meet its debt service obligations or to refinance its debt, depends on its operating and financial performance, which will be affected by Stryve’s ability to successfully implement its business strategy as well as general macroeconomic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond its control. If Stryve cannot generate sufficient cash to meet its debt service requirements or if Stryve is unable to refinance its debt, Stryve may, among other things, need to delay planned capital expenditures or investments or sell material assets to meet those obligations.

If Stryve is not able to refinance any or all of this offering are intendedits debt, obtain additional financing or sell assets, including engaging in sale and leaseback transactions, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, it may not be able to be usedsatisfy its debt obligations. In that event, borrowings under other debt agreements or instruments that contain cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions with respect to complete a business combination with a target business thatother indebtedness may become payable on demand and Stryve may not have sufficient funds to repay all of its debts.

Stryve may face difficulties as it expands its operations into countries in which it has not been identified, weno prior operating experience.

Stryve may be deemed to be a “blank check” company underexpand into countries other than the United States, securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rulesless developed countries which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and require us to complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of the offering. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination and we may have more time to complete an initial business combination.

We may issue ordinaryless political, social or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholderseconomic stability and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our memorandumless developed infrastructure and articles of association currently authorize the issuance of up to 100,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering and the purchase of the private units (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be _______ authorized but unissued ordinary shares available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares underlying the private units, public and private rights and public and private warrants). Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary shares and preferred shares, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;
may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;
may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities,legal systems. In addition, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

We may be unabledifficult for Stryve to obtain additional financing, if required,understand and accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in new geographic markets. It would be costly to complete a business combination or to fund theestablish, develop and maintain international operations and growth of the targetdevelop and promote Stryve’s brands in international markets. If Stryve expands its business into new countries, it may encounter regulatory, legal, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase its expenses and/or delay its ability to operate profitably in such countries, which could compel us to restructure or abandonmay have a particularmaterial adverse effect on its business combination.and brand.

Since we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain theStryve may need additional capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash (or purchase in any tender offer) a significant number of shares from shareholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financingand it may not be available on acceptable terms ifor at all. To the extent that

Stryve may need to access additional capital to grow or finance its operations or acquisitions of other products or businesses. However, financing may not be available to Stryve on acceptable terms, or at all. Stryve’s ability to obtain additional financing proveswill be subject to several factors, including market conditions, its operating performance and investor sentiment. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms or conditions of additional financing unattractive, if available. If Stryve cannot generate sufficient funds from operations or raise additional capital on a timely basis when needed, its growth or operations could be impeded.

Certain of Stryve’s obligations have been guaranteed by its founders and management, and Stryve may not have the capital or assets available to replace or supplement those guarantees if necessary.

Stryve’s founders and members of its management team have guaranteed certain of Stryve’s current debt obligations and obligations to lessors of its facilities. If these guarantees cease to be unavailable when neededavailable, or the lenders or lessors, as applicable, require supplemental guarantees, Stryve may become obligated to consummatereplace or supplement such guarantees. If Stryve is unable to replace or supplement such guarantees, it may need to repay these obligations or obtain replacement financing, and there is no assurance that such financing will be available to Stryve on acceptable terms, or at all, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

16

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose Stryve to significant liabilities and have a particular business combination, we wouldnegative impact on its reputation or business.

From time to time, Stryve may be compelledparty to either restructurevarious claims and litigation proceedings. Stryve evaluates these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the transactionlikelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, it may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or abandon that particular business combinationlosses may differ materially from its assessments and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, weestimates.

Lawsuits may require additional financing to fund the operationsdivert Stryve’s management’s attention, and Stryve may incur significant expenses in defending any lawsuits. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financingsettlements in any legal dispute may result in monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief, which could have a material adverse effect on the continued developmentStryve’s financial position, cash flows or growthresults of the target business. Noneoperations. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage Stryve’s reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance. Furthermore, while Stryve maintains insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types of our officers, directors or shareholderspotential liabilities and is requiredsubject to provide any financingvarious exclusions, as well as limits on amounts recoverable.

Failure to us in connection with or after aretain Stryve’s senior management may adversely affect its business, combination.financial condition and results of operations.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.00.

 

Our placingStryve’s success is substantially dependent on the continued service of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seekcertain members of its senior management, including its Chief Executive Officer, Joe Oblas, and its Chief Financial and Operating Officer, Alex Hawkins. These executives have been primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of Stryve’s business and for executing its growth strategy and are integral to have all vendorsits brand, culture and service providers we engagethe reputation it enjoys with suppliers, distributors, customers and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claimconsumers. The loss of the services of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the trust account. A court may not uphold the validitythese executives could have a material adverse effect on Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders. If we liquidate the trust account before the completion of a business combination, B. Luke Weil has agreed that he will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, heoperations, as it may not be able to meetfind suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all.

Stryve intends to grow through acquisitions or joint ventures and it may not successfully integrate, operate or realize the anticipated benefits of such obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust accountbusiness combinations.

Stryve intends to pursue acquisitions or joint ventures involving products that complement its existing products, as well as brands in such a situation may be less than $10.00 duenew categories and new geographies, to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forcedexpand its business to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, or if we otherwise enter compulsory or court supervised liquidation, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law,include other nutritional snacks and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, wepotentially other food products. Stryve may not be able to returnsuccessfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acquisitions of identified candidates on favorable terms, or integrate acquisitions it may complete.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase target prices and/or materially and adversely affect Stryve’s ability to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.

Our shareholdersconsummate transactions on favorable terms. These risks include the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions, the risk that Stryve overpays for an acquisition, the potential inability to identify all of the risks and liabilities inherent in a target company or assets notwithstanding diligence efforts, the diversion of management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of the business and additional strain on existing personnel, increased leverage resulting from any debt financing that may be held liable for claims by third parties against usrequired to complete an acquisition, and the extentneed to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions.

Any acquisitions may pose risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, distribution channels, lines of distributions received by them.business or product categories, where Stryve may not have significant prior experience. Potential acquisitions may entail significant transaction costs and require significant management time and distraction from its core business, even where it cannot consummate or decides not to pursue a particular transaction.

Integration of acquired entities can involve significant difficulties. These include the failure to achieve financial or operating objectives regarding an acquisition, systems, operational and managerial controls and procedures, the need to modify systems or to add management resources, difficulties in the integration and retention of consumers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies, amortization of acquired assets (which would reduce future reported earnings), possible adverse short-term effects on cash flows or operating results, integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures, coordinating sales and marketing functions and retaining key personnel of an acquired business. Failure to manage these risks could have an adverse effect on Stryve’s business.

17

Stryve relies upon Amazon, Shopify and other vendors to host and operate portions of its e-commerce business and platforms and any disruption of or interference with its use of these services would adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Stryve outsources the hosting and operation of some of its e-commerce business and platforms to infrastructures like Amazon, Shopify and other vendors. Customers of Stryve’s products need to be able to access these platforms and websites to shop, review our product offerings and prices and purchase its products. Some of its vendors run their own platform that Stryve accesses, and it is, therefore, vulnerable to service interruptions. Stryve has experienced and expects that in the future it may experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions and capacity constraints. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will continue in existence only until 18 months from the consummation of this offering if a business combination has not been consummated by such time.

If weStryve’s customers are unable to complete an initialpurchase its products within a reasonable amount of time or at all, then Stryve’s business, combination during such time period, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100%financial condition and results of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and as further described herein. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them pursuant to such process and any liability of our shareholders may extend beyond the date of such distribution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties, or us under the control of an official liquidator, will not seek to recover from our shareholders amounts owed to them by us.

If we are unable to consummate a transaction within the required time period, upon notice from us, the trustee of the trust account will distribute the amount in our trust account to our public shareholders. Concurrently, we shall pay, or reserve for payment, from funds not held in trust, our liabilities and obligations, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. If there are insufficient funds held outside the trust account for such purpose, B. Luke Weil has agreed that he will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholdersoperations could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directorsadversely affected. In some instances, Stryve may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offense and may be liable to pay a fine of US$15,000 and subject to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

Holders of rights and warrants will not have redemption rights.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the rights and warrants will expire and holders will not receive any of the liquidating proceeds with respect to such securities.

We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights or warrants.

In no event will we have any obligation to net cash settle the rights or warrants. Accordingly, the rights and warrants may expire worthless.

If we do not maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the redeemable warrants, public holders will only be able to exercise such redeemable warrants on a “cashless basis” which would result in a fewer number of shares being issued to the holder had such holder exercised the redeemable warrants for cash.

Except as set forth below, if we do not maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants at the time that holders wish to exercise such warrants, they will only be able to exercise them on a “cashless basis” provided that an exemption from registration is available. As a result, the number of ordinary shares that a holder will receive upon exercise of its warrants will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised its warrant for cash. Further, if an exemption from registration is not available, holders would not be able to exerciseidentify the cause or causes of these performance problems within a period of time acceptable to its customers. Any of the above circumstances or events may possibly move customers to stop purchasing Stryve’s products, impair its ability to increase revenue from existing customers, impair its ability to grow its customer base and otherwise harm its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve relies on information technology systems and any inadequacy, failure, interruption or security breaches of those systems may harm its ability to operate its business.

Stryve is dependent on various information technology systems, including, but not limited to, networks, applications and outsourced services in connection with the operation of its business. A failure of information technology systems to perform as anticipated could disrupt Stryve’s business and result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and loss of sales, causing the business to suffer. In addition, Stryve’s information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond its control, including fire, natural disasters, systems failures, viruses and security breaches. Any such damage or interruption could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

A cybersecurity incident or other technology disruptions could negatively impact business, financial condition, results of operations and relationships with customers.

Stryve uses computers in substantially all aspects of its business operations, including direct sales through its e-commerce website. It also uses mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with employees, suppliers, distributors, customers and consumers. Such uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breaches, espionage, system disruption, theft and inadvertent release of information. Stryve’s business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ information, private information about employees and financial and strategic information about it and its business partners. As Stryve pursues a strategy to grow through acquisitions and to pursue new initiatives that improve its operations and cost structure, it will also be expanding its reliance on information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding exposure to cybersecurity risk. If Stryve fails to assess and identify cybersecurity risks associated with acquisitions and new initiatives, it may become increasingly vulnerable to such risks. While Stryve has implemented measures intended to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, its preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which it relies, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability and competitive disadvantage all of which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

18

Disruptions in the U.S. or worldwide economy may materially and adversely affect Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions, such as those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, may impact distributor, retailer and consumer demand for Stryve’s products. In addition, Stryve’s ability to manage normal commercial relationships with its suppliers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their warrantsinventories. Stryve’s results of operations depend upon, among other things, its ability to maintain and increase sales volume with existing distributors and retailer customers, its ability to attract new consumers, the financial condition of its consumers, and its ability to provide products that appeal to consumers at attractive prices. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on Stryve’s sales and ability to achieve profitability, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve could be adversely affected by changes in applicable tax laws, regulations, or administrative interpretations.

Stryve could be adversely affected by changes in applicable tax laws, regulations, or administrative interpretations and changes in tax law could reduce its after-tax income and adversely affect its business and financial condition. For example, the U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted in December 2017, resulted in fundamental changes to the Code, including, among many other things, a cashless basisreduction to the federal corporate income tax rate, a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, a limitation on the deductibility of certain director and would only be able to exercise their warrants for cash if a currentofficer compensation expense, limitations on net operating loss carrybacks and effective prospectuscarryovers and changes relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercisescope and timing of U.S. taxation on earnings from international business operations. Subsequent legislation, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) enacted on March 27, 2020, relaxed certain of the warrantslimitations imposed by the Tax Act for certain taxable years, including the limitation on the use and carryback of net operating losses and the limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense. The exact impact of the Tax Act and the CARES Act for future years is available.difficult to quantify, but these changes could materially affect us. In addition, other changes could be enacted in the future to increase the corporate tax rate, limit further the deductibility of interest, or effect other changes that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Such changes could also include increases in state taxes and other changes to state tax laws to replenish state and local government finances depleted by costs attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and the reduction in tax revenues due to the accompanying economic downturn.

In addition, Stryve’s effective tax rate and tax liability are based on the application of current income tax laws, regulations and treaties. These laws, regulations and treaties are complex and often open to interpretation. In the future, the tax authorities could challenge our interpretation of laws, regulations and treaties, resulting in additional tax liability or adjustment to our income tax provision that could increase our effective tax rate. Changes to tax laws may also adversely affect Stryve’s ability to attract and retain key personnel.

Stryve’s only significant asset is its ownership interest in Holdings and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable it to pay any dividends on its outstanding shares or to satisfy our other financial obligations, including any payments required to be made by us under the Tax Receivables Agreement.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A common units of Holdings. We are not expected to have independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes, operating expenses (including expenses as a publicly traded company) and pay any dividends in the future will be dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of our subsidiaries.

19

The financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries may limit our ability to obtain cash from Holdings. There can be no assurance that our subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to enable Holdings to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants under debt instruments will permit such distributions. If Holdings does not distribute sufficient funds to us to pay our taxes or other liabilities, we may default on contractual obligations or have to borrow additional funds. In the event that we are required to borrow additional funds, it could adversely affect our liquidity and subject us to additional restrictions imposed by lenders.

Our subsidiary will be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is wholly owned by Holdings, which will be taxed as a partnership U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, both Holdings and our subsidiaries will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income and taxable loss of Holdings and our subsidiaries will be allocated by Holdings, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the holders of Holdings Units. Under the terms of the warrant agreement,Amended Holdings Operating Agreement, Holdings is obligated to make pro rata tax distributions to holders of Holdings Units calculated at certain assumed rates. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the Tax Receivables Agreement, which could be significant and some of which will be reimbursed (excluding payment obligations under the Tax Receivables Agreement). For so long as we are Managing Member (as defined in the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement) of Holdings, we intend to cause Holdings to make ordinary distributions and tax distributions to the holders of Holdings Units on a pro rata basis in amounts sufficient to enable us to cover all applicable taxes, relevant operating expenses, payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement and dividends, if any, declared by us. However, Holdings’ ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, retention of amounts necessary to satisfy the obligations of Holdings and its subsidiaries and restrictions on distributions that would violate any applicable restrictions contained any debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have agreedthe effect of rendering Holdings insolvent. To the extent we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Additionally, nonpayment for a specified period and/or under certain circumstances may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivables Agreement and therefore accelerate payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement, which could be substantial.

We anticipate that the distributions received from Holdings may, in certain periods, exceed our actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement. The Board, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, to pay dividends on our best effortsClass A Common Stock. We will have no obligation to meet these conditionsdistribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our shareholders.

The Tax Receivables Agreement requires us to make cash payments to the TRA Holders in respect of certain tax benefits and such payments may be substantial. In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement may (i) exceed any actual tax benefits the Tax Group realizes or (ii) be accelerated.

At the Closing of the Business Combination, we, Holdings and Seller entered into the Tax Receivables Agreement. Pursuant to maintainthe Tax Receivables Agreement, we will generally be required to pay the TRA Holders 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxes that are based on, or measured with respect to, net income or profits, and any interest related thereto that the Tax Group realize, or are deemed to realize, as a currentresult of certain Tax Attributes, which include:

tax basis adjustments resulting from taxable exchanges of Holdings Class B common units and Class V common stock (including any such adjustments resulting from certain payments made by us under the Tax Receivables Agreement) acquired by us from a TRA Holder pursuant to the terms of the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement; and
tax deductions in respect of portions of certain payments made under the Tax Receivables Agreement

(each of the foregoing, collectively, the “Tax Attributes”).

Payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement generally will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine (with the amount of subject payments determined in consultation with an advisory firm and effective prospectussubject to the review and consent of a representative of Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC), and the IRS or another taxing authority may challenge all or any part of a position taken with respect to Tax Attributes or the utilization thereof, as well as other tax positions that we may take, and a court may sustain such a challenge. In the event that any Tax Attributes initially claimed or utilized by the Tax Group are disallowed, the TRA Holders will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, any excess payments made to such TRA Holders will be applied against and reduce any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us to the applicable TRA Holders under the Tax Receivables Agreement, after the determination of such excess. However, a challenge to any Tax Attributes initially claimed or utilized by the Tax Group may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment and, even if challenged earlier, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivables Agreement. As a result, there might not be future cash payments against which such excess can be applied, and we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement in excess of the Tax Group’s actual savings in respect of the Tax Attributes.

20

Moreover, the Tax Receivables Agreement will provide that, in certain early termination events, we will be required to make a lump-sum cash payment to all the TRA Holders equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivables Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercisethere being sufficient future taxable income of the warrants untilTax Group to fully utilize the expirationTax Attributes over certain specified time periods and that all Class B common units of Holdings and Class V common stock that had not yet been exchanged for Class A common stock are deemed exchanged for cash. The lump-sum payment could be material and could materially exceed any actual tax benefits that the Tax Group realizes subsequent to such payment.

Payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement will be our obligations and not obligations of Holdings. Any actual increase in our allocable share of Holdings and its relevant subsidiaries’ tax basis in relevant assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the market price of the warrants. However, we cannot assure youClass A Common Stock at the time of an exchange of Seller Consideration Units by a TRA Holder pursuant to the terms of the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement and the amount and timing of the recognition of the Tax Group’s income for applicable tax purposes. While many of the factors that will determine the amount of payments that we will be ablerequired to do so. Ifmake under the Tax Receivables Agreement are outside of our control, we expect that the aggregate payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivables Agreement could be substantial and, if those payments substantially exceed the tax benefit we realize in a given year or in the aggregate, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, which may be material.

Any payments made by us under the Tax Receivables Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to the Company. To the extent that we are unable to do so,make timely payments under the potential “upside”Tax Receivables Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Additionally, nonpayment for a specified period and/or under certain circumstances may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivables Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivables Agreement. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the holder’s investment in our companyTax Attributes that may be reduceddeemed realized under the Tax Receivables Agreement.

Regulatory Risks

The removal of USDA inspectors from Stryve’s facility would materially adversely impact its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve has been granted a full grant of inspection with respect to its manufacturing facility in Oklahoma which allows Stryve to manufacture and produce its products. Stryve’s operations at its Oklahoma facility require inspections conducted under the supervision of a USDA inspector and requires Stryve to meet certain regulatory requirements including but not limited to having a written Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP) plan, sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and other regulatory requirements. If Stryve were to lose such grant of inspection, Stryve would be unable to operate its manufacturing facility in Oklahoma and the production of Stryve’s products would cease immediately due to the prohibition of production under the Federal Meat Inspection Act of processing and distributing meat without federal inspection. Given the difficulty in procuring USDA inspection approval of biltong production, it is unlikely that Stryve could procure alternative production of its biltong products in a timely fashion. As a result, the loss of its grant of inspection would have an adverse effect on Stryve’s sales and ability to achieve profitability, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

21

Stryve is subject to extensive government regulations and a failure to comply with such regulations could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve’s operations are subject to extensive regulation by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and by other federal, state, and local authorities regarding the processing, packaging, storage, transportation, distribution, and labeling of products that are manufactured, produced and processed by it. Specifically, Stryve is subject to the requirements of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA and the Federal Meat Inspection Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the USDA. This comprehensive regulatory program governs, among other things, the manufacturing, composition and ingredients, packaging, labeling and safety of food and food ingredients. Under this regulatory program, the FDA requires that facilities that manufacture food products comply with a range of requirements, including hazard analysis and preventative controls regulations, current good manufacturing practices, or GMPs, and supplier verification requirements. Stryve’s processing facilities are subject to periodic inspection by federal, state and local authorities and if Stryve cannot manufacture products that conform to the warrants may expire worthless. Notwithstandingstrict regulatory requirements of the foregoing, the private warrantsFDA, USDA or others, it may be exercisable for unregistered ordinary shares for cash even ifsubject to adverse inspectional findings or enforcement actions, which could materially impact its ability to market its products or could result in a recall of a product that has already been distributed. The USDA has also issued strict regulations concerning the prospectuscontrol of listeria monocytogenes in ready-to-eat meat and poultry products and contamination by food borne pathogens such as E. coli and salmonella and implemented a system of regulation known as the HACCP program. The HACCP program requires all meat processing plants to develop and implement sanitary operating procedures and other program requirements. OSHA oversees safety compliance and establishes certain employer responsibilities to help “assure safe and healthful working conditions” and keep the workplace free of recognized hazards or practices likely to cause death or serious injury.

If a regulatory authority determines that Stryve has not complied with the applicable regulatory requirements, it could be subject to fines or lose its ability to process meat, which materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

If Stryve chooses to expand internationally, it will be subject to international regulations that could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stryve will be subject to extensive regulations internationally where it manufactures, distributes and/or sells its products. Currently, Stryve sells its products into Canada and Mexico and may expand to additional countries. Stryve’s products are subject to numerous food safety and other laws and regulations relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercisesourcing, manufacturing, storing, labeling, marketing, advertising and distribution of these products. If Stryve fails to comply with applicable laws and regulations in other jurisdictions, it could be subject to civil remedies or penalties, such as fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the warrantsproducts, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions. In addition, enforcement of existing laws and regulations, changes in legal requirements and/or evolving interpretations of existing regulatory requirements may result in increased compliance costs and create other obligations, financial or otherwise, that could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit Stryve’s business activities, increase its operating costs, reduce demand for its products or result in litigation.

Elements of Stryve’s business, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of Stryve’s products, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, and the laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which Stryve’s products or components thereof, such as packaging, may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws, regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, because of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such factors may include changes in:

food and drug laws (including FDA and USDA regulations) including those relating to manufacturing of ready to eat meat products;
laws related to product labeling;
advertising and marketing laws and practices;

22

laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of certain products;
laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in certain products;
laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of certain products;
state consumer protection and disclosure laws;
taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of certain products;
competition laws;
anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and the UK Bribery Act of 2010 (the “Bribery Act”);
economic sanctions and anti-boycott laws, including laws administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the European Union (“EU”);
laws relating to export, re-export, transfer, tariffs and import controls, including the Export Administration Regulations, the EU Dual Use Regulation and the customs and import laws administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
employment laws;
privacy laws; and
farming and environmental laws.

New laws, regulations or governmental policies and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes, tariffs or other limitations on the sale of Stryve’s products, ingredients in its products or commodities used in the production of its products, may alter the environment in which it does business and, therefore, may affect its operating results or increase its costs or liabilities.

Legal claims, government investigations or other regulatory enforcement actions could subject Stryve to civil and criminal penalties.

Stryve operates in a highly regulated environment with constantly evolving legal and regulatory frameworks. Consequently, Stryve is subject to heightened risk of legal claims, government investigations or other regulatory enforcement actions. Although Stryve has implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with existing laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that its employees, temporary workers, contractors or agents will not currentviolate its policies and effective.procedures. Moreover, a failure to maintain effective control processes could lead to violations, unintentional or otherwise, of laws and regulations. Legal claims, government investigations or regulatory enforcement actions arising out of Stryve’s failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties that could materially and adversely affect Stryve’s product sales, reputation, financial condition and operating results; including a cessation of operations at Stryve’s manufacturing facility. In addition, the costs and other effects of defending potential and pending litigation and administrative actions may be difficult to determine and could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents or advertising or product mislabeling may materially adversely affect Stryve’s business by exposing it to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing its operating costs and reducing demand for its product offerings.

Selling food for human consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents caused by products Stryve sells, or involving its suppliers, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or its relationships with such suppliers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or harm to its reputation. Shipment of adulterated or misbranded products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose Stryve to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against Stryve may exceed or be outside the scope of its insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against Stryve that is more than its policy limits or not covered by its policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from cash reserves, which would reduce is capital resources.

 

The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs, disruptions in supply and a reduction in sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination or regulatory noncompliance, whether or not caused by Stryve’s actions, could compel Stryve, its suppliers, distributors or customers, depending on the circumstances, to conduct a recall in accordance with FDA and/or USDA regulations, and comparable state laws. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing distributors or customers and a potential negative impact on the ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or because of an adverse impact on Stryve’s brand and reputation. The costs of a recall could exceed or be outside the scope of Stryve’s insurance policy coverage or limits.

23

In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and Stryve, like any food company, could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. Recently issued FDA regulations will require companies like Stryve to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If Stryve does not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of product tampering, it could face possible seizure or recall of its products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

An investor will onlyStryve may not be able to exerciseadequately protect its intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to its business.

Stryve’s ability to compete effectively depends in part upon protection of its rights in trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and other intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Stryve’s use of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and agreements, and trademark, unfair competition, trade secret and other laws to protect its intellectual property and other proprietary rights may be inadequate. Stryve may not be able to preclude third parties from using its intellectual property rights with respect to its products, its processes with respect to the air-drying of its meat products in a warrantmanner satisfactory to the USDA and other regulators, and may not be able to leverage its branding beyond its current product offerings. In addition, Stryve’s trademark or other intellectual property applications may not always be granted. Third parties may oppose Stryve’s intellectual property applications, or otherwise challenge its use of its trademarks or other intellectual property. Third parties may infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate Stryve’s intellectual property, and changes in applicable laws could serve to lessen or remove the current legal protections available for its intellectual property. Any legal action that Stryve may bring to protect its brand and other intellectual property could be unsuccessful and expensive and could divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Any litigation or claims brought against Stryve, for trademark infringement or related matters, even without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of its resources. A successful claim of trademark, copyright or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violation against Stryve could prevent it from providing its products or services, or could require it, if the issuance of ordinary shares uponit is unable to license such exercise has been registeredthird-party intellectual property on reasonable terms, to redesign or qualifiedrebrand its products or is deemed exempt under the securities lawsproduct packaging. Any of the stateforegoing results could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of residenceoperations.

Risks Related to Stryve Being a Public Company

Stryve has not previously been managed as a public company and its current resources and management personnel may not be sufficient to fulfill its public company obligations.

Following the Business Combination, Stryve is subject to various regulatory requirements, including those of the holderSEC and Nasdaq. These requirements include record keeping, financial reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations. Stryve does not currently have the resources typically needed to operate a publicly-traded company. Stryve’s internal infrastructure may not be adequate to support its increased reporting obligations, and it may be unable to hire, train or retain necessary staff and may be reliant on engaging outside consultants or professionals to overcome its lack of experience or employees. The post-combination business could be adversely affected if Stryve’s internal infrastructure is inadequate, if it is unable to engage outside consultants or if it is otherwise unable to fulfill its public company obligations.

24

Stryve will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and its management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.

Stryve will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Dodd-Frank Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC, impose substantial burdens related to corporate governance practices of public companies. Stryve expects that compliance with these and other similar laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the warrants.Sarbanes-Oxley Act, will substantially increase its expenses, including Stryve’s legal and accounting costs, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these laws, rules and regulations to have made it more expensive for Stryve to obtain director and officer liability insurance. A substantial increase in Stryve’s legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses in the future will negatively impact its business, results of operations and financial condition.

If Stryve does not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, it could fail to report its financial results accurately.

 

No warrants will be exercisableEffective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for cashStryve to provide reliable financial reports. Stryve may discover areas of its internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. Stryve has not historically documented its internal controls, and weif in the future Stryve identifies a control deficiency that rises to the level of a material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting, this material weakness may adversely affect its ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, its financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be obligatedprevented or detected on a timely basis. If Stryve fails to issue ordinary shares unless the ordinary shares issuable upon such exercise haveproperly and efficiently maintain an effective internal control over financial reporting, it could fail to report its financial results accurately.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Securities Generally

The price for our securities has been registered or qualified or deemedvolatile and is likely to be exempt undervolatile in the future.

Fluctuations in the price of Stryve’s securities lawscould contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. The trading price of Stryve’s securities has been volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond its control. Any of the statefactors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in Stryve’s securities and its securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of residenceStryve’s securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of our securities may include:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar
changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;
success of competitors;
operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;
changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning us or the industries in which we operate in general;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
our ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis, including the continued appeal and reputations of celebrity endorsers;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

25

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the volume of shares of Class A Common Stock available for public sale;
any major change in our Board or management;
sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock by our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, pandemics, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general, and Nasdaq, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the holderparticular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of the warrants. At the time that the warrants become exercisable, we expect to continue tothese stocks, and of our securities, may not be listed on a national securities exchange, which would provide an exemption from registrationpredictable. A loss of investor confidence in every state. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. If the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the stock of other companies that investors perceive to be similar to us could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions, or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities are currently listed on the Nasdaq. If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
a determination that shares of our Class A Common Stock are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our shares;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on Nasdaq, our securities are covered securities. If we are no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which our securities are offered.

Delaware Law and the Charter contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

The Charter and the DGCL contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by the Board, and therefore depress the trading price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of the Board or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in management. Among other things, the Charter and the Bylaws include provisions regarding:

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of the Company Board;

26

the ability of the Company Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, the Company’s directors and officers;
the right of the Company Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Company Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Company Board;
the requirement that directors may only be removed from the Company Board for cause;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Company Board, the chairman of the Company Board or the Company’s chief executive officer, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of the Company Board and stockholder meetings;
the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company, voting together as a single class to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions in the Charter and the Bylaws, respectively, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
the ability of the Company Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Company Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Company Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company;
the ability of the Company Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, the Company’s directors and officers;
the right of the Company Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Company Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Company Board;
the requirement that directors may only be removed from the Company Board for cause;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Company Board, the chairman of the Company Board or the Company’s chief executive officer, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of the Company Board and stockholder meetings;
the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company, voting together as a single class to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, respectively, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
the ability of the Company Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Company Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Company Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

27

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in the Company Board or management.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, the Company is generally subject to provisions of Delaware law, including the DGCL. Although the Company elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, certain provisions of the Charter do, in a manner substantially similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, prohibit certain Company stockholders (other than those stockholders who are party to a stockholders’ agreement with the Company) who hold 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock from engaging in certain business combination transactions with the Company for a specified period of time unless certain conditions are met.

Any provision of the Charter, the Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of the Company’s capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for the Company’s common stock.

Provisions in the Charter and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against the directors and officers of the Company.

The Charter requires that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims under the Exchange Act, but will apply to other state and federal law claims including actions arising under the Securities Act. Section 22 of the Securities Act, however, creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

Although we believe this provision will benefit the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against the Company’s directors and officers.

We may be limitedsubject to securities litigation, which is expensive and theycould divert management attention.

The per share price of the Class A Common Stock may expire worthless if they cannot be sold.volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject the Company to significant liabilities.

Our management’s ability to require holders of our redeemable warrants to exercise such redeemable warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer ordinary shares of Class A commons stock upon their exercise of the redeemable warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their redeemable warrants for cash.

 

If we call our warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectusherein have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his warrants (including any warrants held by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrants for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.the Company.

28

We may amend theThe terms of the rightswarrants may be amended in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding rights.warrants.

Our rights will beThe warrants were issued in registered form underpursuant to a rightswarrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent,Warrant Agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The rights agreement requires the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding rights (including the private rights) in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a way that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreementWarrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The warrant agreementWarrant Agreement requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants (including the private warrants) in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain Accordingly, the merits or risksterms of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses on specific locations as described in this prospectus, we are not limited to those locations and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, wewarrants may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherentamended in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

The requirement that the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete such a business combination with.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place or be hired after consummation of the business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the Americas, we may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have the most experience, our management may retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination. However, our management is not required to engage consultants or advisors in any situation. If they do not engage any consultants or advisors to assist them in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. Even if our management does engage consultants or advisors to assist in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, we cannot assure you that such consultants or advisors will properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target businessmanner adverse to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. All of our officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see the section titled “Management — Conflicts of Interest.”

Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our officers and directors have waived their right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer) their insider shares, private shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although none of these insiders have indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions from the trust account with respect to their insider shares or private shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. The private warrants and any other warrants they acquire will also be worthless if we do not consummate an initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
a determination that our ordinary shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units and eventually our ordinary shares, rights and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants will be covered securities. If we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise their conversion rights or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public shareholders may exercise conversion rights or seek to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. In the event that the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents available at the time of closing. If the number of our shareholders electing to exercise their conversion rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 18 months in order to be able to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the trust account for their shares.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We intend to hold a shareholder vote before we consummate our initial business combination. However, if a shareholder vote is not required, for business or legal reasons, we may conduct conversions via a tender offer and not offer our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination evenholder if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its public shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder (but not our initial shareholders) the right to have his, her or its public shares converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. Furthermore, we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the then outstanding shares voted are voted in favorwarrants approve of such amendment. We may amend the terms of the business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their conversion rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination so long aswarrants with the consent of at least a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favorthen outstanding warrants to effect any change thereto, including to increase the exercise price of the proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offeredwarrants, shorten the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination. This is also different than other similarly structured blank check companies where there is a specificexercise period or decrease the number of shares soldpurchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

The Warrants may not be in the offering which must notmoney at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.

The exercise conversion rightsprice for the companyoutstanding warrants is $11.50 per share. There can be no assurance that the warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to complete a business combination. The lack oftheir expiration, and as such, a thresholdthe warrants may expire worthless.

Our Private Warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the abilitychanges in value of our warrants could have a material effect on our future financial results.

On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the SEC together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “SEC Statement”). As a result of the SEC Statement, the Company reevaluated the accounting treatment and determined to seek conversion while votingclassify the Private Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in favorfair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. As a proposed business combinationresult of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements and results of operations may make it more likelyfluctuate quarterly and such fluctuations are outside of our control. We expect that we will consummaterecognize non-cash gains or losses on our initial business combination.Private Warrants each reporting period and those amounts could be material.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior toWe are an emerging growth company within the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert its public shares into a sharemeaning of the trust account. Such conversion will be effectuated under Cayman Islands law as a repurchase of the shares, with the repurchase price to be paid being the applicable pro rata portion of the monies held in the trust account. We may require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. It is also our understanding that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System. However, this too may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

Investors may not have sufficient time to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion.

Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only ten days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their conversion rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our limited resources and structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well establishedSecurities Act and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others antaken advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction, a risk a target business may not be willingexemptions from disclosure requirements available to accept. Additionally, our outstanding rights and warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote.

Upon consummation of our offering, our initial shareholders will collectively own approximately 22% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units inemerging growth companies; this offering). None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to assist us in consummating our initial business combination. In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination.

Our board of directors is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Accordingly, shareholders would not have the right to such a meeting or election of directors, unless the holders of not less than 10% in par value capital of our company request such a meeting. As a result, it is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights for up to 18 months. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial shareholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.

Our initial shareholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.009 per share, for the insider shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating all of the unit purchase price to the ordinary shares and none to the right or warrant included in the unit) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our initial shareholders acquired their insider shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 87.4% or $7.94 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $1.15, and the effective initial offering price of $9.09 per share). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 96.4% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own approximately 79.1% of our outstanding securities. Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

Our outstanding rights and warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing rights that will result in the issuance of an additional 1,000,000 ordinary shares and warrants that will result in the issuance of an additional 10,000,000 ordinary shares as part of the units offered by this prospectus and private units, private rights and private warrants that will result in the issuance of an additional 375,000 ordinary shares, 37,500 ordinary shares and 375,000 ordinary shares, respectively. The potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon conversion of the rights and exercise of the warrants could make us athe Company’s securities less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when converted or exercised, will increase the number of issuedto investors and outstanding ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our rights and warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increasecompare the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the rights and warrants could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these rights and warrants are converted or exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.Company’s performance with other public companies.

If our shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

 

Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their 2,875,000 insider shares at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from escrow. Additionally, the purchasers of the private units and our initial shareholders, officers and directors are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the securities underlying the private units and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us at any time after we consummate a business combination. The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our ordinary shares.

Each of the joint book-running managersmay have a conflict of interest in rendering services to us in connection with our initial business combination.

We have engaged each of the joint book-running managers to assist us in connection with our initial business combination. We will pay each of them a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of our initial business combination in an aggregate amount equal to 3% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering. In addition, Cowen Investments II LLC (“Cowen Investments”), an affiliate of Cowen, holds 436,888 of our insider shares and will purchase 87,500 of our private units (or 96,250 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), and Craig-Hallum holds 187,238 of our insider shares and will purchase 37,500 of our private units (or 41,250 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). These securities will be worthless if we do not consummate an initial business combination. These financial interests may result in the joint book-running managers having a conflict of interest when providing the services to us in connection with an initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account, it is possible that we could be deemed an investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may be invested by the trustee only in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States treasuries. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;
adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not allotted.

We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.

We may acquire a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

While we do not currently intend to pursue an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, we are not prohibited from pursuing such a transaction, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition, provided in each case we obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. These affiliations could cause our officers or directors to have a conflict of interest in analyzing such transactions due to their personal and financial interests.

The determination of the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights and warrants were negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares, rights and warrants underlying the units, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;
prior offerings of those companies;

our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;
our capital structure;
the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the trust account;
an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and
general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to which to compare them.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under“emerging growth company” within the lawsmeaning of the Cayman Islands and certain of our officers and directors are residents of jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) or the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governedSecurities Act, as modified by the common lawJOBS Act, and have taken advantage of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in partcertain exemptions from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, butvarious reporting requirements that are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results.

If we consummate a business combination with a target business located outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:

rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
tariffs and trade barriers;
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
longer payment cycles;
inflation;
economic policies and market conditions;
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
challenges in managing and staffing international operations;
tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations;
challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
cultural and language differences;
protection of intellectual property; and
employment regulations.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we mayother public companies that are not be ableemerging growth companies including, but not limited to, enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of the target business prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB or reconciled to U.S. GAAP, we may not be able to complete an initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. These financial statements may bebeing required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements are required to be audited in accordancecomply with the standardsauditor attestation requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require us to have such system audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or shareholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. A target business may also not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actreduced disclosure obligations regarding the adequacy of internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidenceexecutive compensation in our reported financialperiodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on certain executive compensation matters. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

they may deem important. We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We willmay remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of thisour initial public offering, (b) in which we haveour total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of ourthe issued and outstanding ordinary shares of common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period. As an emerging growth company, we are not being required to comply withperiod, meaning that the auditor attestation requirementsoccurrence of section 404one or more of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation inaforementioned events or circumstances could cause our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt fromloss of that status prior to the requirementsfifth anniversary of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approvalthe date of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.IPO. We cannot predict ifwhether investors will find our sharessecurities less attractive because we may rely on these provisions.exemptions. If some investors find our sharesthe securities less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our sharessecurities and our share pricethe trading prices of the securities may be more volatile.

29

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that aan emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means thatperiod. Accordingly, when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard untilat the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard, unless early adoption is permitted by the standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.

An investmentConflicts of interest may arise between the Company’s management and holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or the Company.

Because members of the Company’s senior management team will hold most or all of their economic interest in the Company through ownership of Class B common units of Holdings (and corresponding shares of Class A Common Stock), they may have interests that will not align with, or conflict with, those of the holders of Class A Common Stock or with the Company. For example, members of the Company’s senior management team may have different tax positions from those of the Company and/or holders of Class A Common Stock, which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to enter into certain transactions or dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, and whether and when the Company should terminate the Tax Receivables Agreement and accelerate the obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions and investments may take into consideration tax considerations applicable to holders of the Class B common units of Holdings even where no similar benefit would accrue to the Company and the holders of the Class A Common Stock.

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering, and will likely experience additional dilution in the future.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering. After giving effect to the sale by us of                  shares of Class A Common Stock offered in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investmentbased on an assumed public offering price of $      per share, and after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, investors in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, there is a risk thatcan expect an investor’s entitlement to receive payments in excessimmediate dilution of the investor’s initial tax basis in our ordinary shares upon$           per share assuming no exercise of the investor’s conversion rightunderwriter’s over-allotment option. In addition, we have also issued and may in the future issue Class A Common Stock or upon our liquidationsecurities that will convert to Class A Common Stock that could be dilutive.

We will have considerable discretion over the allocation of the trust accountuse of proceeds from this offering, and we may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Our management will resulthave considerable discretion in constructive incomethe application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the investor, which could affect the timing and character of income recognition and result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the investor without the investor’s receipt of cash from us. Furthermore, because thereproceeds are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuingbeing used appropriately. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the allocation an investor makesjudgment of our management with respect to the purchase priceuse of proceeds. If we do not use the unit between the ordinary shares, rights and warrants included in the units could be challenged by the IRS or the courts. See the section titled “Taxation” for a summary of the material United States Federal income tax consequences of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

We have also not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequences describednet proceeds that we receive in this prospectus. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions of U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Any such determination could subject an investor oroffering effectively, our company to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that would be different than those described in this prospectus. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities, including the applicability and effect of state, local, or foreign tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

We may qualify as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

In general, we will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder of our units, ordinary shares, rights or warrants, the U.S. holder may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (or after the end of the start-up period, if later). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

Risks related to operations in Latin America

Business combinations with companies with operations in Latin America entail special considerations and risks. If we complete a business, combination with a target business with operations in Latin America, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the risks set forth below. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another geographic location, these risks will likely not affect us and we will be subject to other risks attendant with the specific industry or location of the target business which we acquire, none of which can be presently ascertained.

After a business combination, substantially all of our assets will likely be located in Latin America and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in Latin America. Accordingly, ourfinancial condition, results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the region.

Economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, in Latin America could affect our business. Future government actions concerning the economy and taxation could have a significant effect on us following our initial business combination. Any changes in regulations or shifts in political attitudes are beyond our control and may adversely affect our business.

If relations between the United States and countries in Latin America deteriorate, potential target businesses or their goods or services could become less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and countries in Latin America is subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. Changes in political conditions in these regions and changes in the state of United States relations with countries in these regions are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

If our management following a business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that management of the target business will be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.harmed.

If restrictions on repatriation of earnings from the target business’ home jurisdiction to foreign entities are instituted, our business following a business combination may be materially negatively affected.

It is possible that following an initial business combination, the home jurisdiction of the target business may have restrictions on repatriations of earnings or additional restrictions may be imposed in the future. If they were, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Currencies of companies operating in Latin America may depreciate significantly over time.

Currencies of countries in Latin America, such as Brazil, Chile, Colombia and Peru, have experienced significant depreciation in the past. If we acquire a target business in one of these countries, we could be subject to currency fluctuations which could adversely impact our operations and profitability.

Local accounting practices vary significantly and reconciling the accounting practices of a target business to U.S. accounting practices could be time consuming and expensive.

Local accounting practices vary significantly from country to country. Although Colombia, Peru and Chile have all adopted IFRS in recent years, there is still divergence among countries. If we need to reconcile accounting practices of a target business to U.S. generally accepted accounting practices, it could be time consuming and expensive and could have a negative impact on our results of operations and profitability.

A global economic downturn could have a greater negative impact on countries in Latin America than in other parts of the world.

Although a global economic downturn would impact all countries worldwide, it could have a greater negative impact on countries in Latin America. As commodity exporters, these countries have been impacted by the decline in international price of raw materials. However, a deepening of the global slowdown or an external crisis could more severely impact the slowdown in the countries of this region.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

30
 ability to identify or complete an initial business combination;
limited operating history;
success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;
pool of prospective target businesses;
the ability of our officers and directors to generate potential investment opportunities;
potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business;
use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;
financial performance following this offering; or
listing or delisting of our securities from Nasdaq or the ability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq following our initial business combination.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from theour issuance and sale of the private units (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

  Without
Over-Allotment
Option
  Over-Allotment
Option
Exercised
 
Gross proceeds        
From offering  100,000,000   115,000,000 
From private placement  3,750,000   4,125,000 
Total gross proceeds  103,750,000   119,125,000 
         
Offering expenses(1)        
Underwriting discount (2.5% of gross proceeds from units offered to public)  2,500,000(2)  2,875,000(2)
Legal fees and expenses  250,000   250,000 
Nasdaq listing fee  75,000   75,000 
Printing and engraving expenses  40,000   40,000 
Accounting fees and expenses  40,000   40,000 
FINRA filing fee  

20,000

   

20,000

 
SEC registration fee  

15,500

   

15,500

 
Miscellaneous expenses  

59,500

   

59,500

 
Total offering expenses  3,000,000   3,375,000 
         
Net proceeds        
Held in trust  100,000,000   115,000,000 
Not held in trust  750,000   750,000 
Total net proceeds  100,750,000   115,750,000 
         
Use of net proceeds not held in trust and amounts available from interest income earned on the trust account(3)(4)  

Amount

   

Percentage

 
Legal, accounting and other third party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination  300,000   40.0
Due diligence of prospective target businesses by officers, directors and initial shareholders  75,000   10.0% 
Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations  150,000   20.0% 
Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance, general corporate purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves  225,000   30.0% 
Total  

750,000

   

100.0

%

(1)Approximately $48,869 of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid from the funds we borrowed from B. Luke Weil described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us.
(2)No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the private units.

(3)The amount of proceeds not held in trust will remain constant at $750,000 even if the over-allotment is exercised.
(4)These are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of that business combination. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would be deducted from our excess working capital.

Certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwritersour Class A Common Stock in this offering have agreed that they and their respective designees will purchasebe approximately $             , based upon an aggregate of 375,000 private units at aassumed public offering price of $10.00 per unit ($3,750,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with$    (which was the closing of this offering. Certainprice of our initial shareholders have further agreed that ifcommon stock on Nasdaq on     , 2022) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriter’s exercise their over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, or part. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

$100,000,000, or $115,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will be placed in an account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York, as trustee. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 andestimate that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

Other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and the payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination, no compensation of any kind will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us outside of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $750,000. $               .

We intend to use the excessnet proceeds from this offering as follows: for working capital available for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us withsupport near term growth, capital expansion projects, including potentially increasing manufacturing capacity and adding manufacturing capabilities by building or procuring other manufacturing facilities and making other process improvements, and general corporate purposes, including marketing and sales initiatives and potentially repaying debt.

The foregoing expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our search for a targetintentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. However, the nature, amounts and for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expensestiming of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders, officers and directors in connection with activitiesactual expenditures may vary significantly depending on our behalf as described above. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay any tax obligations thatnumerous factors. For example, we may owe.

Thealso elect to use proceeds from this offering to acquire complimentary products or businesses, although we are not a party to any letters of intent or definitive agreements for any such acquisition. As a result, our management has and will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds availablefrom this offering. We may find it necessary or advisable to us outside ofuse the trust account, along with the available interest earned on the funds heldnet proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the trust account, representsapplication of net proceeds from this offering. Pending our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the trust account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds offrom this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business, to pay holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portionwe may invest certain amounts of the funds held in the trust account and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including a fees payable to the joint book-running managers in this offering in an aggregate amount equal to 3.0% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable) upon consummation of our initial business combination for assisting us in connection with our initial business combination, as described under the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) — Business Combination Marketing Agreement.” If the payment of our liabilities were to reduce the amount available to us in trust necessary to pay all holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account, we would not be able to consummate such transaction. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination, to pay holders who wish to convert their shares into a portion of the funds held in the trust account or pay our expenses relating thereto will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of wayscapital preservation investments, including continuing or expandingshort-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

31

MARKET PRICE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

Market Price of our Class A Common Stock

Our Class A Common Stock and Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitionssymbols “SNAX” and for marketing, researchSNAXW,” respectively.

On December 27, 2021, the closing price of our Class A Common Stock was $4.62 and developmentthe closing price of existing or new products.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, B. Luke Weil has agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $25,000) and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

Warrants was $0.71. As of September 30, 2018, B. Luke Weil had loaned us an aggregate of $48,869 to be used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for a portion of the legal expenses. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us for payment of offering expenses.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. The notes would either be paid upon consummationDecember 15, 2021, there were 8,610,005 shares of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000Class A Common Stock outstanding, held of the notes may be converted upon consummationrecord by 43 holders, and 10,997,500 Warrants outstanding, held of our business combination into additional private units at a pricerecord by 10 holders. The number of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that the initial business combinationrecord holders does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.include The Depository Trust Company participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

Dividend Policy

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us) only in the event of (i) our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination within the required time period, (ii) if that public shareholder converts such public shares or sells them to us in a tender offer in each case in connection with a business combination which we consummate or (iii) in connection with an amendment to our memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of an initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have notnever paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination.dividends. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequentfrom time to completion of a business combination.time. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our boardBoard of directors at such time.Directors, and our Board of Directors will consider whether or not to institute a dividend policy. It is the present intention of our board of directors topresently expected that we will retain all earnings if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, it is not expected that our boardBoard of directors does not anticipate declaringDirectors will declare any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition,

32

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows cash and cash equivalents, indebtedness, and our boardcapitalization at September 30, 2021:

on an actual basis; and

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $    per share (which was the closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq on   , 2022), after deducting the underwriter’s discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the underwriter’s do not exercise the over-allotment option.

We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of directors is not currently contemplatingFinancial Condition and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the sizeResults of Operations.”

  As of September 30, 2021 
  Actual  As Adjusted 
Cash and cash equivalents $13,389,570              
Line of credit  3,500,000    
Current portion of long-term debt  3,445,495    
Long-term debt, net of current portion  154,335    
Preferred stock - $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding  -    
Class A common stock - $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized, 8,217,321 shares issued and outstanding;                 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted  822    
Class V common stock - $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 11,502,355 shares issued and outstanding  1,150    
Additional paid-in-capital  100,140,208    
Accumulated deficit  (72,154,199)   
Total stockholders’ equity $27,987,981    

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) underis based on 8,217,321 shares of Class A Common Stock, which is the Securities Act,number of shares outstanding on September 30, 2021, and excludes the following:

11,502,355 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of a set of one share of Class V Common Stock and one Class B Unit pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement;

10,997,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share;

800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding pre-funded warrants; and

2,564,960 shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance under our Incentive Plan.

33

DILUTION

If you invest in which case weour Class A Common Stock, you will effect a share dividend immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding ownership of the private units). Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

DILUTION

The difference betweenimmediate dilution since the public offering price per share assuming no valueyou will pay in this offering is attributed tomore than the redeemable warrants included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and included in the private units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering constitutesoffering.

The net tangible book value of our stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2021 was $14,873,039 or $0.72 per share based upon 20,519,676 shares of Class A and V Common Stock outstanding, including 800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the warrants underlying the private units.outstanding pre-funded warrants. Net tangible book value per share is determinedrepresents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by dividingthe amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of Class A and Class V Common stock outstanding, including 800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding pre-funded warrants. Tangible assets equal our total assets less goodwill and intangible assets.

The as adjusted net tangible book value which isof our total tangible assets less total liabilities by the numberstockholders’ equity as of outstanding ordinary shares.

At September 30, 2018,2021, based on the assumed public offering price of $     (which was the closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq on       , 2022), was $           or $            per share. The as adjusted net tangible book value was $(70,711) or approximately $(0.02) per share. For purposes of the dilution calculation, in order to present the maximum estimated dilution as a result of this offering, we have assumed (i) the issuance of 0.10 of a share for each right outstanding, as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of any additional consideration and (ii) the number of shares included in the units offered hereby will be deemed to be 11,000,000 (consisting of 10,000,000 shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and 1,000,000 shares for the outstanding rights), and the price per share in this offering will be deemed to be $9.09. After givinggives effect to the sale of               10,000,000 ordinary shares includedof Class A Common Stock in the units we arethis offering by this prospectus, the deductionat an assumed public offering price of $               per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed public offering price per share$
Net tangible book value per share before this offering, as of September 30, 20210.72
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering based on the assumed public offering price
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after offering
Dilution in tangible book value per share to new investors$

If the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, and based on an assumed public offering price of this offering,$       per share, the sale of 375,000 private units, our pro formaas adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2018 would have been $5,000,003 or $1.15(deficit) per share representing an immediate increase inafter this offering would be approximately $              per share.

The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value of $1.17 per share tofollowing the initial shareholders and an immediate dilutioncompletion of 87.4% per share or $7.94 to new investors not exercising their conversion/tender rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is $95,753,490 lesssubject to adjustment based on the actual public offering price of our Class A Common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The foregoing discussion is based on 8,217,321 shares of Class A Common Stock, 800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding pre-funded warrants and 11,502,355 shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding on September 30, 2021, and excludes the following:

10,997,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share; and

2,564,960 shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance under our Incentive Plan.

34

BUSINESS

Overview

Stryve is an emerging healthy snacking company which manufactures, markets and sells highly differentiated healthy snacking products that Stryve believes can disrupt traditional snacking categories. Stryve’s mission is “to help Americans snack better and live happier, better lives.” Stryve offers convenient snacks that are lower in sugar and carbohydrates and higher in protein than other snacks. Stryve offers all-natural, delicious snacks which it otherwise would have been because if we effectbelieves are nutritious and offer consumers a business combination,convenient healthy snacking option for their on-the-go lives.

Stryve’s current product portfolio consists primarily of air-dried meat snack products marketed under the abilityStryve®, Kalahari®, Braaitime®, and Vacadillos® brand names. Unlike beef jerky, Stryve’s all-natural air-dried meat snack products are made of public shareholders (but not our initial shareholders)beef and spices, are never cooked, contain zero grams of sugar, and are free of monosodium glutamate (MSG), gluten, nitrates, nitrites, and preservatives. As a result, Stryve’s products are Keto and Paelo diet friendly. Further, based on protein density and sugar content, Stryve believes that its air-dried meat snack products are some of the healthiest shelf-stable snacks available today.

Stryve distributes its products in major retail channels, primarily in North America, including grocery, club stores and other retail outlets, as well as directly to exercise conversion rights or sell their sharesconsumers through its e-commerce websites which officially launched in 2020, as well as direct to us in any tender offer may resultconsumer through the Amazon platform.

Stryve believes increased consumer focus in the conversion or tenderU.S. on health and wellness will continue to drive growth of the nutritional snacking category and increase demand for Stryve’s products. Stryve has shown strong sales growth since its inception in 2017. Stryve has made substantial investments since its inception in product development, establishing its manufacturing facility, and building its marketing, sales and operations infrastructure to grow its business. Stryve intends to continue to invest in product innovation and acquisition, improving its supply chain, increasing its manufacturing capacity, and expanding its marketing and sales initiatives to continue its growth.

Stryve’s Strengths

Aligned with consumer trends. Stryve believes that a number of consumer trends in the U.S. will continue to drive the growth of the nutritional snacking category and increase the demand for Stryve’s products. These trends include:

greater consumer focus on health and wellness;
nutrition guidance which recommends increased consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day;
preference for convenient, “better-for-you” snacks;
desire to reduce carbohydrate and sugar consumption; and
preference for snacks and other foods without additives or preservatives.

Stryve’s products are aligned with these trends, offering high protein content with limited ingredients, and contain zero grams of sugar, and are free of monosodium glutamate (MSG), gluten, nitrates, nitrites, and preservatives. Stryve believes its products appeal to consumers interested in an active lifestyle who are seeking protein rich, low-carbohydrate snacking options, many of whom do not currently purchase meat snacks. Utilizing an MRI-Simmons 2018 Consumer Segmentation Study, Stryve believes that of the 183 million healthy snack seekers in the United States, only 25% had purchased a meat snack in the prior 12 months. Stryve believes that with increased marketing and consumer education, Stryve’s meat products will appeal to healthy snack seekers.

Scalable platform with an attractive market opportunity. Stryve has grown its revenues since inception through product and brand development, as well as acquisitions of complementary products. According to Statista, the U.S. healthy snacking market in 2022 is estimated to be approximately $110 billion. Stryve believes that it can leverage its relationships with its retail customers and distributors to launch new products, brands and brand extensions, increase consumer recognition, and continue to expand its healthy snacking platform.

35

Manufacturing capacity to support growth. By manufacturing its products, Stryve believes it can maintain pricing advantages against its competitors, achieve margins that support marketing spend, streamline innovation and new product development, and capitalize on potential private label opportunities. Stryve believes that its recently-constructed, state-of-the-art manufacturing facility can support revenues of up to 9,575,349 shares$100 million with limited additional capital expenditures and is the only facility of scale with a full grant of inspection from the USDA to produce air-dried, never-cooked, shelf-stable meat snack products.

Experienced management team. Stryve has built an experienced team of industry veterans with collectively over 50 years of experience across multiple branded consumer product, food and nutrition categories. Stryve’s co-founder and CEO, Joe Oblas, founded ProSupps USA, a sports nutrition brand, and co-founded Juice Stop, a smoothie company. Stryve’s co-founder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Stryve, Ted Casey, was the founder and CEO of Dymatize Nutrition, a nutrition supplement company. Alex Hawkins, Stryve’s Chief Financial and Operating Officer, has experience acquiring, growing, and exiting businesses as a Principal at Rosewood Private Investments, a private equity firm. Bruce Boettner, Stryve’s Chief Revenue Officer, previously served as the head of sales at Kashi, Evolution Fresh, and Humm Kombucha.

Data-driven direct-to-consumer business. Stryve has developed a substantial direct-to-consumer businesses for its brands using an in-house web fulfillment operation. By utilizing a data-driven approach to digital marketing, Stryve believes that it can more accurately target its ideal consumers.

Stryve’s Strategy

Focus on growing e-commerce. Stryve officially launched its Stryve.com direct-to-consumer business in the second quarter of 2020, and has sold its products directly to consumers through Amazon since 2018. Stryve has prioritized e-commerce as a key channel for growth, including international growth. Stryve’s uses focused targeted digital media to acquire, engage and retain consumers, including newsletters and discounts for initial and repeat consumer orders. E-commerce sales provide Stryve with higher margins, prompt payment, and the ability to test new product innovations. Total e-commerce sales grew from approximately $1.6 million in this offering. 2019 to approximately $7.1 million in 2020.

Pursue growth in retail stores, private label opportunities and international distribution. Stryve has a strong presence at leading retailers, including Wal-Mart, Aldi, CVS, 7-Eleven and others. Stryve is working to expand its retail customer base store penetration across the food, multi-outlet and convenience segments, as well as expanding the number of products available for sale at retail locations by adding additional product flavors. Stryve is also working to grow its private label business with retail customers, which can support Stryve’s efforts to place its branded products in those customers’ locations. In addition, Stryve may seek to develop relationships with international partners to expand its product sales outside the U.S. beyond its current limited distribution in Canada and Mexico.

Leverage manufacturing capacity and existing platform to expand and strengthen product offerings. Stryve believes that its recently-constructed manufacturing facility is the largest air-drying meat facility operating in the U.S., and one of only a limited number of such facilities approved by the USDA. The limited number of other USDA-approved facilities currently provides a barrier to entry for potential competitors to enter the air-dried meat snack category. Stryve plans to strengthen and expand its existing product offerings with new and innovative flavors and formats, simple ingredients, and packaging alternatives, to complement its current products and take advantage of its manufacturing capabilities. In addition, Stryve will continue to enhance, strengthen and expand its existing product offerings with new and innovative flavors and forms, simple ingredients and packaging alternatives.

Continue to introduce healthy snackers to meat snacks. Stryve’s target consumers are healthy snack seekers, including consumers seeking to stay fit or diet, as well as runners, cyclists, and on-the-go families, many of whom are non-participants to the meat snack category. Stryve believes it can use social media as a cost-effective way to educate, attract and retain these consumers, utilizing targeted digital marketing, directed advertising and promotions, and informational videos. Through these efforts, Stryve is working to create a loyal group of healthy snack seeker consumers.

36

Stryve’s Brands and Products

Stryve’s flagship product is air-dried beef, which is marketed and sold under the Stryve®, Kalahari®, Braaitime® and Vacadillos® brand names. Stryve currently produces two forms of air-dried meat: biltong and carne seca which were both developed hundreds of years ago in South Africa and Latin America, respectively. Stryve’s biltong generally consists of high-quality beef that is primarily sourced, purchased, seasoned, dried and packaged in the United States. Stryve’s air-dried process ensures that its beef always retains full flavor and tenderness. Stryve’s products are not injected with any sugar-laden marinades or preservatives and are never cooked or dehydrated over high heat like beef jerky products. All of Stryve’s products are manufactured in the United States at its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma, with the exception of the use of a U.S. co-manufacturer who manufactured Kalahari products prior to Stryve’s acquisition of Kalahari in December 2020. Beginning in January 2021, Stryve began manufacturing of legacy Kalahari products to its Madill, Oklahoma facility.

Stryve also produces meat sticks, chili bites and, with the acquisition of Kalahari, meat crisps. In 2020, Stryve launched its carne seca products, which is Latin America’s version of air-dried meat, under the Vacadillos® brand name. Stryve expects these flavorful products to appeal to the roughly 60 million Hispanics in the U.S.

Stryve® Branded Products

The Stryve® brand is Stryve’s top-selling flagship biltong brand.

Stryve® Whole Biltong Slabs. Biltong slabs are whole slabs of lean beef that consumers can slice to their desired thickness, and are perfect for sharing as a part of a charcuterie board. Stryve® original biltong slabs are available in an eight ounce package, and each one- ounce serving contains 16 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar and zero grams of carbohydrates.

Stryve® Sliced Biltong. Biltong slabs are sliced and packaged for an on-the-go healthy snack. Stryve® sliced biltong won the 2020 ChefsBest Award for Excellence, which is awarded to brands that surpass quality standards established by chefs. Stryve® sliced biltong is available in regular and grass-fed beef options in a variety of different flavors, including original, hickory, cajun, peppered, spicy peri peri, teriyaki, zesty garlic and mesquite bbq. Each one-ounce serving of Stryve® sliced biltong contains 16 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar and zero grams of carbohydrates.

Stryve® Biltong Sticks. Biltong sticks are biltong turned into sticks to provide consumers with the “snap” similar to commercial beef jerky, but without the junk. Stryve® biltong sticks are available in regular, mini and bite size options in a variety of different flavor options, including original, spicy peri peri, hatch green chile and mesquite bbq. A regular size one-ounce Stryve® biltong stick and each one-ounce serving of Stryve® biltong mini stick and bites contain 14 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar and zero grams of carbohydrates.

Kalahari ® Products

Kalahari® is a brand that Stryve acquired in December 2020.

37

 

The following table illustrates the dilutionKalahari Biltong®. Kalahari Biltong® is available in original, spicy peri peri, garlic and chili lime flavors. Each two- ounce bag of Kalahari Biltong® contains 160 calories, 32 grams of protein, and zero grams of sugar.

Kalahari Crisps®. Kalahari Crisps® are crunchy, air dried beef chips that are crafted from slow-roasted thin slices of beef. Kalahari Crisps® are available in original, rosemary citrus, and southwest verde flavors. Each one- ounce bag of Kalahari Crisps® contains 100 calories, 20 grams of protein, and zero grams of sugar.

Vacadillos® Products

Stryve recently created and launched its Vacadillos® carne seca products that are targeted at Hispanic consumers. Carne seca is a Latin American version of air-dried beef.

Vacadillos® Carne Seca. Vacadillos® Carne Seca is steak that is sliced, seasoned with various spices and flavors, including chiles and lime, air-dried, and sliced into lean strips. In Latin cultures, it is eaten as a snack and used in cooking. Vacadillos® Carne Seca is available in both chile lime and habanero flavors. Each two-ounce serving of Vacadillos® Carne Seca contains 15 grams of protein, and zero grams of sugar.

Braaitime® Products

Braaitime® is a biltong brand acquired by Stryve and originally created by Warren Pala, Stryve’s Chief Manufacturing Officer, when he came to the new investorsUnited States from South Africa. Braaitime® products are available exclusively online.

38

Braaitime® Biltong Slabs. Braaitime® biltong slabs are available with lean meat or with fat and are available in original, peri peri and garlic flavors. A one-ounce serving of Braaitime® lean biltong slabs contains 80 calories, 15 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar, and 1 gram of carbohydrates.

Braaitime® Sliced Biltong. Braaitime® biltong slabs are sliced and packaged for an on-the-go healthy snack. Braaitime® sliced biltong is available in original, peri peri, cajun, garlic and parsley, and BBQ flavors. A one-ounce serving of Braaitime® sliced biltong contains 80 calories, 15 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar, and 1 gram of carbohydrates.

Braaitime® Droëwors. Braaitime® droëwors are meat sticks made with the same beef as the biltong, except that droëwors are sliced and rolled into 4-inch sticks prior to drying. Braaitime® droëwors are available in traditional, peri peri and hatch green chile flavors. A one-ounce serving of Braaitime® droëwors contains 100 calories, 14 grams of protein, zero grams of sugar, and 1 gram of carbohydrates.

Marketing, Advertising and Consumer Outreach

Stryve’s marketing strategy is focused on building brand awareness, driving product trials, and supporting repeat purchases using a disciplined approach to marketing spend. Stryve utilizes a combination of paid and earned media, intelligent e-mail and text campaigns, and shopper marketing programs to reach consumers.

Target Demographics

Stryve’s target consumers are “healthy snack seekers,” many of whom eat meat, but are not current participants in the meat snacks industry. Utilizing an MRI-Simmons 2018 Consumer Segmentation Study, Stryve estimates that of the 183 million healthy snack seekers in the United States, only 25% purchased a meat snack in the prior 12 months. Stryve believes that through their differentiated and innovative air dried meat products and marketing efforts they will be able to bring healthy snack seekers to Stryve’s products. Stryve has segmented healthy snack seekers group into five different sub-groups; fit and focused, disciplined and dieters, runners, cyclists, and the largest category, families in motion. Stryve believes that these groups have above average household income, read nutritional labels and are seeking healthy snacks for themselves and their families. Stryve believes there is significant opportunity to expand its marketing, education and product sales to healthy snack seekers who are not necessarily looking for a biltong meat snack, but are looking for health snacks that are high in protein with minimal sugar, protein rich, low in carbohydrates, are free of monosodium glutamate (MSG), gluten, nitrates, nitrites, and preservatives, are Keto and Paleo diet-friendly and are all natural.

Building Brand Awareness and Driving Product Trials

Stryve seeks to expand its consumer base and grow its business by educating consumers about its product benefits and taste in order to encourage product trials and support repeat purchases resulting in customer loyalty and value. Stryve uses a variety of marketing and advertising strategies to connect with consumers, including paid digital media, paid influencers, organic social media efforts and, following the COVID-19 pandemic restrictions, in-person product displays and sampling.

39

Stryve dedicates a substantial portion of its marketing and advertising spending to digital marketing channels. Stryve’s website, www.stryve.com, and each of its brand’s websites, contain information about biltong and how it is made, and nutritional information regarding the benefits of Stryve’s products. Stryve utilizes a data-driven approach in its e-commerce strategy, with specific consumer segmentation and messaging tailored for different audiences.

Stryve extensively uses social media and online platforms including Google, Instagram, Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn. These platforms allow Stryve to directly reach desirable target audiences, offering product discounts and promotions, and educating consumers about the health benefits of its products. In addition, Stryve uses social media influencers and celebrities to amplify Stryve’s online marketing.

Stryve also maintains a blog on its website in order to educate consumers about its products, product recipes and health benefits. Consumers can sign up for newsletter emails on its website for access to information about its products and recipes. Stryve also seeks to build repeat purchases by using targeted discounts and promotions as well as information on product innovation through intelligent email flows, text messages and subscribe and save offerings.

Manufacturing

Substantially all of Stryve’s products are manufactured in the United States at its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma. Stryve believes its manufacturing facility can be scaled with limited additional capital expenditures to supply approximately $200 million in product sales. Stryve believes that manufacturing its products supports higher margins and speed to market, and facilitates its ability to take advantage of private label opportunities.

Suppliers.  Stryve relies on a per-share basis, assuming no valuelimited number of vendors to supply it with beef and other raw materials. Stryve does not have any formal contracts or agreements in place with any meat providers, and generally secures meat two months in advance of production in order to meet delivery requirements for its products. Stryve purchases the majority of its beef through beef brokers from suppliers located in the United States. Given the minimally processed nature of biltong production, the quality of the beef used in Stryve’s products is attributedimportant. Currently, Stryve believes it can replace its current suppliers of beef without significant impact to its business. Currently, the availability of grass-fed beef in the United States can be scarce at times, and may require Stryve to seek such beef internationally to produce its grass-fed products. However, any disruption in the supply of beef could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The other principal ingredients used to manufacture Stryve products include vinegar, flavoring and spices, packaging, and lamb casings. These ingredients are generally readily available in the market from many suppliers, Stryve believes that it can within a reasonable period of time make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of an interruption of supply.

Production Process. Stryve believes that its manufacturing facility is the largest USDA approved air-dried meat manufacturing facility in the United States and that its extensive food safety procedures are proprietary. The manufacturing process for Stryve’s biltong products generally consists of spraying beef with vinegar, cutting it into slabs, mixing the slabs with spices, air-drying the meat, slicing and packaging finished products as follows:

Food Safety and Quality.  Stryve dedicates substantial resources to ensure that consumers receive safe, high quality food products, including, but not limited to, third-party testing programs. Stryve’s manufacturing facility has a SQF Level II Food Safety Certification by the Safe Quality Food Institute. Stryve’s facility is inspected daily by the USDA and other regulators such as state and local inspectors and is required to follow rigorous food safety guidelines. Stryve believes that the combination of USDA requirements for approving air-drying meat facilities and USDA restrictions on importing air-dried or uncooked meats into the United States, creates a barrier to entry for companies seeking to compete with Stryve’s products.

40

Quality Control. Stryve developed quality protocols and procedures with its products and unique manufacturing processes in mind. Stryve performs testing on every lot of production intended to ensure that its products match Stryve’s standards, including by conducting sampling at various times throughout the production process.

Storage & fulfillment. Stryve leases a portion of a distribution center in Farmers Branch, Texas, where it stores some finished product and conducts its direct-to-consumer web fulfillment operations. Stryve leases approximately 5,000 square feet of floor space within the Farmers Branch, Texas distribution center. Stryve fulfills the majority of its orders other than direct-to-consumer sales from its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma, using commercial freight carriers. Stryve fulfills certain orders by key customers through a retail consolidator. Stryve also partners with Amazon to fulfill its direct-to-consumer sales through the Amazon platform.

Distribution

Stryve distributes its products through a number of channels:

Retailers. Stryve distributes, either directly or through a distributor, its products in major retail channels, primarily in North America, including grocery, club stores and other retail outlets. Sales to Stryve’s largest retailers, Aldi, Inc. and Walmart Inc. represented 26.0% and 12.8%, respectively, (approximately 63% of sales to Aldi being private label and approximately 37% of sales being branded product sales) of its sales during the year ended December 31, 2020. No other customer represented more than 10% of Stryve’s sales in 2020.

Direct-to-Consumer E-Commerce. Stryve launched its stryve.com direct-to-consumer business in the second quarter of 2020, and has sold its products on Amazon since 2018. Stryve has prioritized e-commerce as a key channel for growth. Stryve utilizes a data-driven approach to grow the e-commerce space with specific customer segmentation and messaging tailored for each audience. Stryve sells products directly to consumers through its websites, including Stryve.com, Eatbiltong.com, Vacadillos.com and Braaitime.com.

Private Label. Stryve also manufactures and sells its products under private labels for certain retailers, including Aldi, Inc.

International. Stryve currently distributes its products to a limited extent in Canada and Mexico through distribution partners. International sales represent an area for potential expansion

Product Innovation

Stryve seeks to capitalize on the capacity of its manufacturing facility by expanding its product line to include additional dried meat snack products and flavors and form varieties, and expanding into additional meat snack products. Stryve’s innovation strategy is based on its ongoing research into consumers’ healthy lifestyle, nutritional needs and preferences.

Intellectual Property

Stryve currently owns domestic and international trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to its business. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are used in the regular course of trade and/or their registrations are properly maintained. Stryve believes the protection of its trademarks, domain names, trade dress and trade secrets are important to its success. Stryve protects its intellectual property rights by relying on a combination of trademark, trade dress and trade secret laws. Stryve also owns all of the recipes and specifications to its products.

Competition

Stryve competes in both retail and e-commerce channels with companies which make beef jerky and meat snacking products, as well companies as in the healthy snacking industry which sell meal replacement bars and other healthy snacks.

41

The snack industry is large and intensely competitive. In the meat snack market, Stryve’s competitors include Jack Links, Slim Jim, Tillamook, Country Archer, Chef’s Cut, Perky Jerky, Krave, The New Primal and others. In addition, the healthy snacking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, and includes makers of protein bars, protein shakes and other specialty healthy snacks. Competitive factors include product quality, taste, brand awareness among consumers, nutritional content, simpler and less processed ingredients, innovation, variety of snacks offered, grocery aisle placement, access to retailer shelf space, price, advertising and promotion, product packaging and package design.

Stryve’s current and potential competitors may offer products similar to its products, and a wider range of products than it offers, and may offer such products at more competitive prices than Stryve. Many of Stryve’s competitors have resources substantially greater than it has and sells brands that are more widely recognized than Stryve’s brands.

Regulation and Compliance

Stryve, along with its brokers, distributors, ingredients and packaging suppliers, is subject to laws and regulations in the United States promulgated by federal, state and local government authorities. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of products including, among others, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only approve products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products before they can be marketed in the United States.

Stryve is subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters.

Food-Related Regulations

As a manufacturer and distributor of food products, Stryve is subject to a number of food-related regulations, including the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA and the Federal Meat Inspection Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the USDA. This comprehensive regulatory framework governs the manufacture (including composition and ingredients), labeling, packaging and safety of food in the United States. The FDA:

regulates manufacturing practices for foods through its current good manufacturing practices regulations;
specifies the standards of identity for certain foods, including many of the products Stryve sells; and
prescribes the format and content of certain information required to appear on food product labels

Stryve is subject to the redeemable warrants:Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011, which, among other things, mandates that the FDA adopt preventative controls to be implemented by food facilities in order to minimize or prevent hazards to food safety. Stryve is also subject to numerous other federal, state and local regulations involving such matters as the licensing and registration of manufacturing facilities, enforcement by government health agencies of standards for its products, inspection of its facilities and regulation of its trade practices in connection with the sale of food products.

Stryve’s products are also subject to inspection prior to distribution, primarily by the USDA and the FDA. Stryve also participates in the USDA’s Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) program or FDA’s Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Prevention Controls (“HARPC”) program as applicable and are subject to the Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures and the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002.

Public offering price     $9.09 
Net tangible book value before this offering $(0.02)    
Increase attributable to new investors and private sales  1.17     
Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering      1.15 
Dilution to new investors     $7.94 
Percentage of dilution to new investors      87.4%
42

Environmental Regulations

The following table sets forth informationStryve is subject to various state and federal environmental laws, regulations and directives, including the Food Quality Protection Act of 1996, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

Labeling Regulations

Stryve is subject to various labeling requirements with respect to our initial shareholdersits products at the federal, state and local levels. At the federal level, the USDA pre approves any labels that Stryve intends to use, additionally the FDA has authority to review product labeling, and the new investors:FTC may review labeling and advertising materials, including online and television advertisements, to determine if advertising materials are misleading. Stryve is also subject to various state and local consumer protection laws.

  Shares Purchased  Total Consideration  Average
Price
 
  Number  Percentage  Amount  Percentage  Per Share 
Initial shareholders(1)  2,500,000   17.9   25,000   0.1   0.01 
Private Placement Purchasers  412,500(2)   3.0   3,750,000   3.6   9.09 
New investors  11,000,000(3)   79.1   100,000,000   96.3   10.00 
   13,912,500   100.0   103,775,000   100.0     

Employees

As of December 1, 2021, Stryve employed approximately 219 employees, with 74 employees in corporate positions and 145 employed in manufacturing and warehousing. None of Stryve’s employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement and Stryve believes its overall relations with its workforce is good.

Health and Safety: Stryve maintains a safety culture grounded on the premise of eliminating workplace incidents, risks and hazards. Stryve has created and implemented processes to help eliminate safety events by reducing their frequency and severity, and regularly reviews and monitors its performance. In response to the global novel coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19” or “pandemic”), Stryve has implemented and continues to implement rigorous safety measures, increased sanitation, contract tracing, and contingency plans in all its facilities to ensure continuity of production and supply while maintaining its employees’ safety.

Talent and Development: Stryve’s management is focused on attracting the best talent, recognizing and rewarding their performance, while continually developing, engaging and retaining them. Stryve focuses on creating a strong team atmosphere that shares the company’s mission, vision and business goals while promoting a positive, engaging company culture. Stryve’s culture is built on five core values: passion, quality, innovation, teamwork, having fun and giving back. The Stryve talent and development philosophy promotes the understanding that everyone has a role to play in driving business results and that everyone is a leader regardless of title or position.

Property

Stryve leases its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma that it opened in 2019. The 52,000 square foot facility sits on approximately 18 acres of land, allowing for possible, future expansion. Stryve’s corporate headquarters are located in Plano, Texas. Stryve leases the property for this corporate office, which occupies approximately 6,600 square feet. In addition, Stryve leases a distribution facility in Farmers Branch, Texas, which occupies approximately 5,000 square feet, and an administrative facility in Cambridge, Massachusetts, which occupies approximately 1,900 square feet.

International

Currently, Stryve’s operations are solely in the United States. However, it sells a limited number of products internationally in Canada and Mexico that are shipped from its distribution facility in Texas.

(1)Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us as a result thereof.
(2)Assumes the issuance of an additional 37,500 shares underlying rights included in the private units.
(3)Assumes the issuance of an additional 1,000,000 shares underlying rights included in the units offered.43

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

Numerator:
Net tangible book value before this offering at September 30, 2018(70,711)
Net proceeds from this offering and private placement of private units100,750,000
Plus: Offering costs accrued for and paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value74,204
Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion/tender(95,753,490)
5,000,003
Denominator:
Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering(1)2,500,000
Ordinary shares to be sold in this offering10,000,000
Ordinary shares underlying rights to be sold in this offering1,000,000
Ordinary shares to be sold in private placement375,000
Ordinary shares underlying rights to be sold in private placement37,500
Less: Shares subject to conversion/tender(9,575,349)
4,337,151 

(1)Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us as a result thereof

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 2018 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities.

  September 30, 2018 
  Actual  As Adjusted(1) 
   

(Unaudited)

 
Due to related party(2)  34,259    
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, -0- and 9,575,349 shares are subject to possible conversion/tender     95,753,490 
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding      
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,875,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 3,299,651 shares issued and outstanding(3)(excluding 9,575,349 shares subject to possible conversion/tender), as adjusted  287   330 
Additional paid-in capital  24,713   5,021,180 
Accumulated deficit  (21,507)  (21,507) 
Total shareholders’ equity  3,493   5,000,003 
Total capitalization  37,752   100,753,493 

(1)Includes the $3,750,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units.
(2)Amount due to related party are advances in the aggregate amount of $34,259 made by B. Luke Weil to us. The advances are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019, (ii) the consummation of this offering or (iii) the date we determine to not proceed with this offering.
(3)Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us as a result thereof.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formedThe following discussion and analysis of Stryve’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Stryve’s consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect Stryve’s plans, estimates and beliefs. Stryve’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Stryve,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” herein refer to the parent entity formerly named Andina Acquisition Corp. III, after giving effect to the Business Combination, and as renamed Stryve Foods, Inc., and where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries, and references in this prospectus to “Andina” refer to Andina Acquisition Corp. III before giving effect to the Business Combination.

Overview

Stryve is an emerging healthy snacking company which manufactures, markets and sells highly differentiated healthy snacking products that Stryve believes can disrupt traditional snacking categories. Stryve’s mission is “to help Americans snack better and live happier, better lives.” Stryve offers convenient snacks that are lower in sugar and carbohydrates and higher in protein than other snacks. Stryve offers all-natural, delicious snacks which it believes are nutritious and offer consumers a convenient healthy snacking option for their on-the-go lives.

Stryve’s current product portfolio consists primarily of air-dried meat snack products marketed under the Stryve®, Kalahari® Braaitime® and Vacadillos® brand names. Biltong is a process for preserving meat through air drying that originated centuries ago in South Africa. Unlike beef jerky, Stryve’s all-natural air-dried meat snack products are made of beef and spices, are never cooked, contain zero grams of sugar, and are free of monosodium glutamate (MSG), gluten, nitrates, nitrites, and preservatives. As a result, Stryve’s products are Keto and Paleo diet friendly. Further, based on July 29, 2016protein density and sugar content, Stryve believes that its air-dried meat snack products are some of the healthiest shelf-stable snacks available today.

Stryve distributes its products in major retail channels, primarily in North America, including grocery, club stores and other retail outlets, as well as directly to consumers through its e-commerce websites, which officially launched in 2020, as well as direct to consumer through the Amazon platform.

Stryve believes increased consumer focus in the U.S. on health and wellness will continue to drive growth of the healthy snacking category and increase demand for Stryve’s products. Stryve has shown strong sales growth since its inception in 2017. Stryve has made substantial investments since its inception in product development, establishing its manufacturing facility, and building its marketing, sales and operations infrastructure to grow its business. As a result, Stryve has reported net losses since its inception. Stryve intends to continue to invest in product innovation, improving its supply chain, enhancing its manufacturing capabilities, and expanding its marketing and sales initiatives to drive continued growth. Additionally, moving forward management anticipates additional expenses not previously experienced related to internal controls, regulatory compliance, and other expenses relating to its go-forward operations as a Cayman Islands exempted company to servepublic company.

Comparability of Financial Information

The Company’s results of operations and statements of assets and liabilities may not be comparable between periods as a vehicleresult of the Business Combination and becoming a public company.

Business Combination

On the Closing Date, Andina completed the Business Combination pursuant to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location, although we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the Americas. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:that certain Business Combination Agreement.

44
 may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders;
may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;
will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and
our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

LiquidityAs contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, on or before the Closing Date, the following occurred: (i) the Seller and Capital Resources

As indicatedStryve Foods, LLC (“Stryve LLC”) conducted a reorganization via a merger pursuant to which the Seller became a holding company for Stryve LLC, the former owners of Stryve LLC became the owners of the Seller, and the former holders of convertible notes of Stryve LLC became holders of convertible notes of the Seller, and pursuant to which Stryve LLC retained all of its subsidiaries, business, assets and liabilities, and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller (the “Merger”), (ii) the Company was transferred by way of continuation out of the Cayman Islands and domesticated as a corporation in the accompanying financial statements, at September 30, 2018, we had noState of Delaware, (iii) the Seller contributed to Holdings all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Stryve LLC in exchange for 11,502,355 newly issued Seller Consideration Units and voting (but non-economic) Class V common stock of the Company (subject to a post-Closing working capital true-up), (iv) the Company contributed all of its cash and cash equivalents to Holdings, approximately $37.9 million, after the payment of approximately $7.8 million to the Company’s shareholders that elected to have their shares redeemed in connection with the Closing (the “Redemption”) and the payment of approximately $10.4 million of the Company’s expenses and other liabilities due at the Closing, in exchange for newly issued voting Class A common units of Holdings and (v) the Company issued $10.9 million of Class A Common Stock, satisfied by the offset of principal and accrued interest under $10.6 million of outstanding unsecured Bridge Notes issued by Stryve LLC to the Bridge Investors; and (vi) the Company changed its name to “Stryve Foods, Inc.” In addition, the Company’s ordinary shares converted into shares of Class A Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, without any action of the holder.

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the combined company is organized in an “Up-C” structure in which the business of Stryve LLC and its subsidiaries is held by Holdings, which is a subsidiary of the Company. By virtue of the “Up-C” structure, the Company’s only direct assets consist of its equity interests in Holdings, an entity of which the Company maintains 100% voting control. As the sole voting member of Holdings, the Company has full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business of Stryve LLC and to take all action it deems necessary, appropriate, advisable, incidental, or convenient to accomplish the purposes of Stryve LLC and, accordingly, the financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis.

On July 20, 2021, in connection with the completion of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Company: (i) issued 4,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to private placement investors for aggregate consideration of $42.5 million; and (ii) the Company issued 1,357,372 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Bridge PIPE Investment satisfied by the offset of $10.9 million of principal and accrued interest under outstanding Bridge Notes issued by Stryve LLC, as part of the Business Combination.

The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse capitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Stryve LLC is treated as the acquirer and Andina is treated as the acquired company for financial statement reporting purposes. Because Stryve LLC was deemed the accounting acquirer, the historical financial statements of Stryve LLC became the historical financial statements of the combined company, upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has presented certain challenges and opportunities for the Company. The unpredictable nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, with the uncertainty around vaccination, economic recovery, labor and inflationary pressures. The COVID-19 pandemic also creates uncertainty around customer demand within retail distribution as some retail partners’ willingness to reset distribution (which involves refreshing and reorganizing their product mix) and bring on new products may be affected. As distribution resets are an important way for Stryve to secure new retail distribution for its products, this dynamic delayed Stryve’s entry into many retail locations. Additionally, COVID-19 created certain operational complexities that Stryve’s management sought to overcome by seeking to optimize its supply chain, and implementing safety measures including social distancing, mask requirements, and increased sanitation at its facilities. Largely, Stryve has been successful to date at avoiding a disruption to its supply chain and operations through these measures and was able to maintain continuity of supply for its customers. Further, the Company positioned itself well with its robust direct to consumer (“DTC”) e-commerce strategy to drive continued growth despite the delays in retail distribution. Management anticipates that, although there is still a risk that distribution resets of certain retailers may be affected by the pandemic, management believes that many of the retailers will conduct resets as scheduled.

45

Results of Operations –Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated financial data in dollar amounts and as a percentage of net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

  Nine Months Ended  Nine Months Ended 
  September 30, 2021  September 30, 2020 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 
(In thousands)    % of sales     % of sales 
Net sales $23,248   100.0% $13,013   100.0%
Cost of goods sold  13,735   59.1%  8,353   64.2%
Gross profit $9,513   40.9% $4,660   35.8%
                 
Operating expenses                
Selling expenses $17,873   76.9% $8,018   61.6%
Operations expense  3,264   14.0%  1,709   13.1%
Salaries and wages  5,276   22.7%  4,618   35.5%
Non-cash compensation expense  1,701   7.3%      
Depreciation and amortization expense  1,194   5.1%  962   7.4%
Gain on disposal of fixed assets  (22)  (0.1)%  13   0.1%
Total operating expenses  29,286   126.0%  15,320   117.7%
Operating loss  (19,773)  (85.1)%  (10,660)  (81.9)%
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense  (2,715)  (11.7)%  (2,384)  (18.3)%
Change in fair value of Private Warrants  213   0.9%      
Other income  2,242   9.6%     0.0%
Other income (expense) before income taxes  (260)  (1.1)%  (2,384)  (18.3)%
Net loss $(20,033)  (86.2)% $(13,044)  (100.2)%

Net sales.Net sales increased by $10.2 million from $13.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to $23.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 representing growth of 78.6% for the comparable periods. The primary drivers of the increase in net sales are the continued strength of Stryve’s DTC e-commerce sales platform, increased sales of Stryve’s products to existing wholesale and private label accounts, and net new sales related to additional distribution secured by Stryve in 2021 at a number of key retailers. Stryve drove growth through its targeted DTC e-commerce initiative, which generated $8.6 million in net sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $4.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Net sales to wholesale customers increased to $9.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $5.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Stryve added a significant number of new doors of distribution in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 across its brands, which contributed to its growth. Throughout the nine months ended September 30, 2021 Stryve has secured new distribution with several marquee customers in the club, mass, grocery, and convenience channels. Further, Stryve garnered expanded distribution with a number of its existing retail relationships. Management believes that outside of the new and expanded distribution, the growth in the wholesale channel is, in part, attributable to increased sell-through velocities of its products at retailers supported by increased foot traffic in retail stores following an easing of pandemic related restrictions and associated consumer behavior.

46

The following table shows the net sales of the Company disaggregated by channel for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:

  Nine Month Period Ended  Nine Month Period Ended 
  September 30, 2021  September 30, 2020 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited) 
(In thousands)    % of sales     % of sales 
e-Commerce $8,593   37.0% $4,315   33.2%
Wholesale  9,935   42.7%  5,103   39.2%
Private label  4,720   20.3%  3,595   27.6%
Net sales $23,248   100.0% $13,013   100.0%

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold increased by $5.4 million from $8.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to $13.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which was primarily driven by increased sales volume followed by increased direct labor and commodity input costs, primarily beef. Overall commodity beef prices have increased significantly year-over-year due to what management believes are the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic including labor shortages, and inflationary pressures.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $4.9 million from $4.7 million in the first nine months of 2020 to $9.5 million in the first nine months of 2021. As a percent of net sales, gross profit for the first nine months of 2021 was 40.9% which represents a significant improvement from 35.8% in the first nine months of 2020. A few primary factors contribute to this performance:

Overall net sales increased by $10.2 million in the first nine months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 while gross profit increased by approximately $4.9 million over the same time period.

Stryve’s early investment in its production facility and automation provide it with excess capacity relative to its production volume in both periods. As a result, the Company was able to absorb the increasing net sales without having to materially increase its costs related to overhead.

In the first quarter of 2021, Stryve added certain capabilities to its manufacturing process allowing it to prepare its raw meat inputs exactly to Stryve’s specifications for production. This enabled Stryve to purchase the same cuts and quality of meat without having to pay its meat suppliers to prepare the meat to Stryve’s specification prior to delivery. Additionally in the first quarter of 2021, Stryve made certain changes to the order of its manufacturing process which resulted in enhanced production yields. Processing inputs in a more cost-effective manner as well as increasing production yields have helped lessen the impact of overall commodity price pressure.

In the third quarter of 2021, Stryve closed its Business Combination with Andina. In doing so, it secured capital to support its growth initiatives. Some of these initiatives have an impact on gross profit margin including but not limited to trade discounts and promotional spending to support increased velocity and distribution. One key use of proceeds from the Business Combination was a planned increase in promotional support for all of Stryve’s brands and in particular, Vacadillos. After closing the Business Combination and with capital to support these programs, Stryve’s sales team has made meaningful progress in driving trial of Stryve’ products and the continued launch of the Vacadillos brand.

47

Stryve’s mix of business shifted from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 with the most recent nine-month period experiencing a greater emphasis on DTC e-commerce and wholesale revenue versus private label, which is consistent with Stryve’s growth plans.

Operating Expenses.

Selling expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased by $9.9 million from $8.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to $17.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Stryve increased its spend with respect to its marketing efforts including digital media, advertising, and paid search in the first nine months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Other factors driving this increase include public relations, co-op advertising, and volume driven increases in platform/broker fees. While Stryve intends to continue to invest in meaningfully in marketing the sale of its products, management recognizes that a portion of the selling and marketing expenses incurred in the first nine months of 2021 are not recurring in nature. Further, management anticipates experiencing operating leverage on these expenses as the Company continues to add points of retail distribution, which has the potential to facilitate more efficient marketing spend.

Operations expenses. Operations expenses increased by $1.6 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2021. The ramp-up of Stryve’s DTC web fulfillment operation contributed primarily to an increase in freight-out expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the first nine months of 2020. Stryve anticipates that these DTC web fulfillment expenses will proportionally track the activity of Stryve’s owned DTC website sales. Additionally, expenses related to supplies, maintenance, and equipment increased from the first nine months of 2020 compared to the first nine months of 2021 primarily due to increased overall volumes.

Salaries and wages. Salaries and wages increased $0.7 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2021, increasing from $4.6 million to $5.3 million. This increase is in part attributable to certain non-recurring retention bonus compensation related to a prior acquisition as well as to key contributors within the organization incurred in the third quarter of 2021. Additionally in the third quarter of 2021, Stryve incurred severance expenses. Stryve’s management anticipates some growth in administrative headcount to accommodate the increased reporting and compliance responsibilities of being a public company going forward.

Non-cash compensation expense. In conjunction with the Business Combination, notes receivable were forgiven resulting in a non-cash compensation expense of $1,700,869 in the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.2 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and is primarily attributable to the timing of capital expenditures and dispositions of assets.

Operating Loss. Operating loss increased by $9.1 million from ($10.7) million through the first nine months of 2020 to ($19.8) million through the first nine months of 2021 and is primarily attributable to increased selling and marketing expenses as well as increased operations expense, all of which is partially offset by growth in net sales and gross profit.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $0.3 million from $(2.4) million through the first nine months of 2020 to $(2.7) million through the first nine months of 2021. The Company raised additional debt capital to support the continued growth of the business and to support operations throughout 2020 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Net Loss. Net loss increased $7.0 million from $(13.0) million in nine months ended September 30, 2020 to $(20.0) million nine months ended September 30, 2021 and is primarily attributable to the expenses related to increased selling and marketing expenses as well as increased operations expense, all of which is partially offset by growth in net sales and gross profit. Additionally, the increase in net loss is driven in part by approximately $1.5 million of non-cash expense in the third quarter of 2021 related to the forgiveness of certain related party notes receivables driven by the Business Combination as well as the change in fair value of the warrant liability.

Results of Operations –Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated financial data in dollar amounts and as a percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.

  52 Week Period Ended  52 Week Period Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
  (audited)  (audited) 
(In thousands)    % of sales     % of sales 
Net sales $17,002   100.0% $10,770   100.0%
Cost of goods sold $11,098   65.3% $13,309   123.6%
Gross profit $5,904   34.7% $(2,539)  -23.6%
                 
Operating Expenses                
Selling and marketing expense $8,786   51.7% $6,712   62.3%
General and administrative expense  1,978   11.6%  2,521   23.4%
Operations expense  2,309   13.6%  1,955   18.2%
Salaries and wages  5,799   34.1%  6,818   63.3%
Depreciation and amortization expense  1,290   7.6%  1,090   10.1%
Loss on disposal of fixed assets  14   0.1%  462   4.3%
Total operating expenses  20,176   118.7%  19,558   181.6%
Income from operations  (14,272)  -83.9%  (22,097)  -205.2%
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest income (expense)  (3,302)  -19.4%  (1,335)  -12.4%
Other income (expense) before income taxes  27   0.2%  -   0.0%
Total other income (expense) before income taxes  (3,275)  -19.3%  (1,335)  -12.4%
Taxes  -   0.0%  -   0.0%
Net income $(17,547)  -103.2% $(23,433)  -217.6%

Net sales.Net sales increased by $6.2 million from $10.8 million in 2019 to $17.0 million in 2020. The primary drivers of the increase in net sales are the launch of a direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) e-commerce sales platform and increased sales of Stryve’s products to wholesale and private label accounts (which were on-boarded throughout 2019). Stryve drove significant growth through its targeted DTC e-commerce initiative, which generated $7.1 million in net sales in 2020 compared to $1.6 million in 2019. In particular, management launched its Stryve.com DTC strategy in April 2020 generating $3.3 million in 2020, relative to only $0.02 million in 2019. Sales of private label products increased to $3.3 million in 2020 compared to $1.9 million in 2019. The following table shows the net sales of the Company disaggregated by channel for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
(In thousands)    % of sales     % of sales 
e-Commerce $7,147   42.0% $1,610   14.9%
Wholesale $6,598   38.8% $7,229   67.1%
Private Label $3,257   19.2% $1,931   17.9%
Net Sales $17,002   100.0% $10,770   100.0%

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold decreased by $2.2 million from $13.3 million in 2019 to $11.1 million in 2020 which was driven in large part by three primary factors:

During 2019, the Company transitioned and consolidated all production operations to its newly built Madill, Oklahoma production facility. As part of this process, the Company was required to undergo an extensive food safety validation process with the USDA, which among other things resulted in significant product testing fees and destroyed product costs that did not recur in 2020.
Throughout 2020 Stryve utilized a continuous improvement philosophy and made several process enhancements that helped to provide improved manufacturing yields and minimize waste.
Consistently through 2019 and 2020 Stryve looked for ways to incorporate greater automation throughout its manufacturing facility. As a result, the Company’s direct labor costs improved year-over-year by $0.6 million despite significantly increased production volume.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $8.4 million from $(2.5) million 2019 to $5.9 million in 2020. As a percent of net sales, gross profit for 2020 was 34.7% which represents a significant improvement from (23.6%) in 2019. Three primary factors contribute to this improvement in profitability:

As described above, overall Cost of Goods Sold decreased year-over-year by $2.2 million from 2019 to 2020 despite increased sales of $6.2 million over the same time period.
Stryve’s early investment in its production facility and automation provide it with significant excess capacity relative to its production volume in either 2019 or 2020. As a result, the Company was able to absorb the increasing sales of $6.2 million from 2019 to 2020 without having to materially increase its costs related to overhead and labor.
Stryve’s mix of business shifted from 2019 to 2020 with 2020 experiencing a greater emphasis on DTC e-commerce sales. Selling directly to consumers provides a more attractive margin profile versus selling through wholesale distribution.

Operating Expenses.

Selling, and marketing expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased by $2.1 million from $6.7 million in 2019 to $8.8 million in 2020. From 2019 to 2020, the Company shifted the focus of its marketing spend away from in-person sampling events in favor of its DTC digital marketing efforts. Additionally, Stryve worked closely with sales brokers and marketing consultants in an effort to drive incremental distribution for its products which served to increase expense by $0.5 million from 2019 to 2020. Further, as Stryve increased its DTC sales on its own websites as well as through third-party sites, it incurred incremental platform fees in the amount of $0.3 million from 2019 to 2020.
Operations expenses. Operations expenses increased by $0.4 million from 2019 to 2020. While expenses related to supplies, maintenance, and equipment decreased from 2019 to 2020 by $0.3 million, the ramp of Stryve’s DTC web fulfillment operation contributed primarily to the increase in packaging expense and freight-out expense by an aggregate $0.8 million from 2019 to 2020.

General and administrative expenses, General and administrative expenses decreased $0.5 million from 2019 to 2020. This decrease in large part is driven by a reduction in professional service, consulting, and legal expenses which were $1.3 million in 2019 compared to $0.5 million in 2020. Separately, the Company’s bad debt reserve was increased by $0.6 million in 2020.

48

Salaries and wages. Salaries and wages decreased $1.0 million from 2019 to 2020 falling from $6.8 million to $5.8 million. This decline in salaries and wages is largely attributable to the reduction in the Company’s nationwide field marketing staff in early 2020. For most of 2019, the field marketing program was the Company’s primary marketing initiative which was effective at driving consumer trial through in-store sampling events. However, Stryve’s management made the strategic decision in late 2019 to begin transitioning away from the labor-intensive field marketing program in favor of a more scalable data-driven digital marketing approach.
Loss on disposal of fixed assets. Loss on disposal of fixed assets decreased by $0.5 million from 2019 to 2020 which was primarily attributable to the closure and consolidation of the operations of the Braaitime and Biltong USA manufacturing operations that occurred in 2019. These manufacturing operations were consolidated into Stryve’s current manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma. Through the wind-down of the legacy manufacturing operations, certain capitalized assets were disposed.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.2 million from 2019 to 2020 and is primarily attributable to the timing of capital expenditures and dispositions of assets.

Operating Loss. Operating loss improved by $7.8 million from ($22.1) million in 2019 to ($14.3) million in 2020 and is primarily attributable to the Company’s increase in gross profit of $8.4 million over the same timeframe.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $1.9 million from $(1.4) million in 2019 to $(3.3) million in 2020. The company raised additional debt capital to support the continued growth of the business and to support operations throughout 2019 and 2020.

Net Loss. Net loss improved $5.9 million from $(23.4) million in 2019 to $(17.5) million in 2020. This improvement was driven primarily by improved gross profit of $8.4 million year-over-year while increasing Operating Expenses by only $0.6 million. This improvement was in part offset by an increased cost of capital, including $2.0 million more in interest expense over the same period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use non-GAAP financial information and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in operating results, and provide additional insight on how the management team evaluates the business. Our management team uses EBITDA to make operating and strategic decisions, evaluate performance and comply with indebtedness related reporting requirements. Below are details on this non-GAAP measure and the non-GAAP adjustments that the management team makes in the definition of EBITDA. We believe this non-GAAP measure should be considered along with net income (loss), the most closely related GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations between EBITDA and net income are below, and discussion regarding underlying GAAP results throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA. Stryve defines EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization.

49

The table below provides a reconciliation of EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, which is net income (loss), for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the years December 31, 2020 and 2019.

  Nine Month Period Ended  Nine Month Period Ended  Year
Ended
  Year
Ended
 
  September 30,
2021
  September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (audited)  (audited) 
(In thousands)            
Net income (loss) $(20,033) $(13,044) $(17,547) $(23,433)
Interest expense  2,715   2,384   3,302   1,335 
Income tax expense (benefit)  -   -   -   - 
Depreciation and amortization  1,194   962   1,290   1,090 
EBITDA $(16,124) $(9,698) $(12,955) $(21,008)

EBITDA. For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, EBITDA decreased by $6.4 million from $(9.7) million to $(16.1) million. The 2021 period was negatively influenced by certain non-recurring expenses primarily related to the Business Combination and related transaction. EBITDA increased by $8.1 million from 2019 to 2020. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview. Stryve has historically funded its operations with cash flow from operations, equity capital raises, and note payable agreements from shareholders and private investors, in addition to bank loans. Stryve’s principal uses of cash have been debt service, capital expenditures and working capital, and funding operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company has incurred an operating loss of $20.0 million and used cash in its operations of $27.7 million. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had working capital of $15.7 million which compares favorably to the $14.1 working capital deficit it had as of $70,711. Further,September 30, 2020.

On May 26, 2021, the Company entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement with OK Biltong Facility, LLC (the “Buyer”), an entity controlled by Ted Casey, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, pursuant to which the parties consummated a sale and leaseback transaction (the “Sale and Leaseback Transaction). Under the terms of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company agreed to sell its manufacturing facility and the surrounding property in Madill, Oklahoma (the “Real Property”). The Sale and Leaseback Transaction was consummated on June 4, 2021 for a total purchase price of $7.5 million. The consummation of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction provided the Company with net proceeds (after transaction related costs) of approximately $7.3 million. The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes and to retire the following debt facilities (as defined in Note 8 to Stryve’s unaudited financial statements included herein): the Mortgage, the Lender Agreement, and the Lender Agreement 2 for an aggregate amount of $6.5 million.

On May 24, 2021, Stryve entered into a note purchase agreement with an accredited investor whereby Stryve sold an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $2.3 million having a 15% original issue discount to the purchase price, resulting in net proceeds of $2.0 million. The promissory note accrues interest at a rate of 18% per annum starting on the 45th day following the issuance of the note and all principal and accrued interest is due at maturity. The promissory note matures on the 45th day following the issuance of the note, subject to extension upon prior written notice by Stryve to the noteholder at the earlier of (i) the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and (ii) the 90th day following the issuance of the note. This note was paid off in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“ICBT Agreement”) with ICBT Holdings, Ltd. for the principal amount of up to $1.7 million at a 10% discount, bearing interest at 10% per annum, with all principal and accrued interest thereon due and payable at maturity of June 30, 2024. Of the $1.7 limit, $0.8 million of principal had been drawn from the lender as of June 30, 2021. This note was paid off in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“MCA #4 Agreement”) with Montgomery Capital Partners IV, LP. for the principal amount of up to $2.9 million, bearing interest at 16% per annum, with all principal and accrued interest thereon due and payable at maturity of June 30, 2022. This note was paid off in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

50

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, on July 20, 2021, the Company raised proceeds of $37.9 million (net of Andina’s transaction costs and expenses). Following the Closing, Stryve retired the following debt facilities (as defined in Note 8 to Stryve’s unaudited financial statements included herein): the Promissory Note, the VM Agreement 2, the CVI Agreement, the ICBT Agreement, and the MCA #4 Agreement for an aggregate amount of approximately $11.1 million including principal and interest. The Company believes the cash proceeds from the Business Combination net of the $11.1 million of debt reduction will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

  Principal  Accrued Interest  Total payoff 
          
VM Agreement 2 $4,610,000  $158,343  $4,768,343 
MCA #4 Agreement  2,900,000   25,531   2,925,531 
CVI Agreement  2,300,000   13,800   2,313,800 
Promissory Note  237,500   31,699   269,199 
ICBT Agreement  833,333      833,333 
             
Total $10,880,833  $229,373  $11,110,206 

Cash Flows. The following tables show summary cash flows information for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

  Nine Month Period Ended  Nine Month Period Ended  Year Ended  Year Ended 
  September 30,
2021
  September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
  (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (audited)  (audited) 
(In thousands)            
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $(27,645) $(11,296) $(15,786) $(20,568)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  (811)  (890)  (2,502)  (1,325)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  41,254   12,129   18,823   21,538 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $12,798  $(57) $535  $(355)

Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating Activities. Net cash used in operating activities increased $16.4 million from $(11.3) million through the first nine months of 2020 compared to $(27.7) million through the first nine months of 2021. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in net loss in the first nine months of 2021 as compared to the first nine months of 2020 as well as a $29.9 million increase in net working capital. Net cash used in operating activities improved $4.8 million from $(20.6) million in 2019 to $(15.8) million in 2020. This improvement is primarily attributable to the $5.0 million decrease in net loss in 2020 as compared to 2019.

Net Cash provided by (used in) Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities decreased from $(0.9) million in the first nine months of 2020 to $(0.8) million in the first nine months of 2021, representing a $0.1 million decrease when comparing the same period year over year. Stryve’s management anticipates increased investment in manufacturing and fulfillment assets moving forward in order to stay ahead of demand. Net cash used in investing activities increased to $2.5 million in 2020 from $1.3 million in 2019 representing a $1.2 million increase year over year. Notwithstanding ordinary course capital expenditures in support of the Company’s manufacturing facility, the increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of the Kalahari assets which was completed in December of 2020.

51

Net Cash provided by (used in) Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities generated $29.2 million more cash for the Company in the first nine months of 2021 compared to the first nine months of 2020. In the first nine months of 2020, the Company generated cash from financing activities of $12.1 million from a combination the issuance of convertible notes, short-term borrowings, and repayment of debt. In the first nine months of 2021, the Company generated cash from financing activities of $41.3 million from a combination of the issuance of the Bridge Notes, additional short-term borrowings, repayment of debt, and the consummation of the transactions in connection with the Business Combination. Net cash provided by operating activities generated $2.7 million less cash for the Company in 2020 relative to 2019. In 2019 the Company generated cash from financing activities of $21.5 million from a combination of a Series 2 Preferred equity raise, the issuance of convertible notes, short-term borrowings, and repayment of debt. In 2020, the Company generated cash from financing activities of $18.0 million from a combination of a Series 3 Preferred equity raise, the issuance of additional convertible notes, additional short-term borrowings, and repayment of debt.

Debt and credit facilities. The information below represents an overview of the Company’s debt and credit facilities. The Company’s outstanding indebtedness as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 is as follows:

  As of
September 30,
  As of
December 31,
 
  2021  2020 
Long term debt $295  $5,678 
Short term debt  3,305   7,746 
Related party notes payable     3,001 
Convertible notes, net of subscriptions to members (Note 8)     8,254 
Payroll protection loan     1,670 
Other notes payable     212 
Line of credit (Note 7)  3,500   3,500 
Total notes payable  7,100   30,061 
Less: current portion  (3,446)  (22,650)
Less: line of credit  (3,500)  (3,500)
Notes payable, net of current portion  154   3,911 
Deferred financing fees     (37)
Total notes payable, net $154  $3,874 

Future minimum principal payments on the notes payable as of September 30, 2021, are as follows for the years ending December 31:

    
2021 (for the remainder of) $5,769,293 
2022  602,806 
2023  574,788 
2024  145,146 
2025  7,796 
     
  $7,099,829 

52

The Company is in active discussions to refinance its existing line of credit (the “Line of Credit”) and outstanding notes with Origin Bank, which maturity date has been extended to January 31, 2022, with other lenders. The Company may seek to refinance the Line of Credit and the outstanding notes or utilize liquidity to pay them down.

Certain Factors Affecting Our Performance

Stryve’s management believes that the Company’s future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

Ability to Expand Distribution in both Online and Traditional Retail Channels. Stryve is currently growing its consumer base through both paid and organic means both online as well as by expanding its presence in a variety of physical retail distribution channels. Online consumer acquisitions typically occur through the Company’s portfolio of DTC e-commerce websites and Amazon.com. The Company’s online consumer acquisition program includes paid and unpaid social media, search, and display media. Stryve’s products are also sold through a growing number of traditional retail channels where the Company has an opportunity to acquire new consumers. Traditional retail channels include grocery chains, natural food outlets, club stores, convenience stores, and drug stores, all either direct or through distribution partners.

Ability to Acquire and Retain Consumers at a Reasonable Cost. Stryve’s management believes an ability to consistently acquire and retain consumers at a reasonable cost relative to projected life-time value will be a key factor affecting future performance. To accomplish this goal, Stryve intends to strategically allocate advertising spend between online and offline channels favoring digital media, as well as emphasizing more targeted and measurable “direct response” digital marketing spend with advertising focused on increasing consumer awareness and driving trial.

Ability to Drive Repeat Usage of Our Products. Stryve accrues substantial economic value from repeat consumers who consistently purchase its products either online or in traditional retail. The pace of Stryve’s growth rate will be affected by the repeat usage dynamics of existing and newly acquired customers. The Company utilizes a number of methods to drive repeat behavior including intelligent e-mail and text campaigns, targeted digital media, and subscribe and save incentives.

Ability to Expand Gross Margins. Stryve’s overall profitability will be impacted by its ability to expand gross margins through effective sourcing of raw materials, managing production yields, controlling labor and shipping costs, as well as spreading other production-related costs over greater manufacturing volumes.

Ability to Expand Operating Margins. The Company’s ability to expand operating margins will be impacted by its ability to effectively manage its fixed and variable operating expenses as net sales increase.

Ability to Manage Supply Chain and Expand Production In-line with Demand. Stryve’s ability to grow and meet future demand will be affected by its ability to effectively plan for and source inventory from a variety of suppliers located inside and outside the United States. Additionally, efficiently scaling production capacity ahead of growth in net sales will be critical to the Company’s meet future demand without disruption.

Ability to Optimize Key Components of Working Capital. Stryve’s ability to reduce cash burn in the near-term and eventually generate positive cash flow will be partially impacted by the Company’s ability to effectively manage the key components of working capital which have a direct impact on the cash conversion cycle.

Seasonality. Because Stryve is so early in its lifecycle of growth, it is difficult to discern the exact magnitude of seasonality affecting its business. Any evidence of seasonality is not clearly discernable from the Company’s historical growth. However, understanding potential trends in seasonality will be key in Stryve’s management of its expenses, liquidity, and working capital.

53

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

In connection with the consummation of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, Stryve entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease Agreement”) with Buyer pursuant to which Stryve leased back the Real Property from Buyer for an initial term of twelve (12) years unless earlier terminated or extended in accordance with the terms of the Lease Agreement. Under the Lease Agreement, Stryve’s financial obligations include base rent of approximately $60,000 per month, which rent will increase on an annual basis at two percent (2%) over the initial term. Stryve is also responsible for all monthly expenses related to the leased facility, including insurance premiums, taxes and other expenses, such as utilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risks

Stryve’s future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.

Concentration of credit risk. The balance sheet items that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable. The Company continuously evaluates the credit worthiness of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains cash balances in bank accounts that may, at times, exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits of $250,000 per institution. The Company incurred no losses from such accounts and management considers the risk of loss to be minimal.

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, customer and vendor concentrations in excess of 10% consolidated sales, purchases accounts receivable, and accounts payable are as follows:

  Sales  Purchases  Accounts
Receivable
  Accounts
Payable
 
Customer A  12%     15%   
Customer B  10%     13%   
Customer C        11%   
Customer D        11%    
Vendor A           15%

Interest rate risk. Stryve is subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowing based on a variable interest rate. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements and interest rate cap agreements, are not currently but may be used for the purpose of managing fluctuating interest rate exposures that exist from Stryve’s variable rate debt obligations that are expected to remain outstanding. Interest rate changes do not affect the market value of such debt, but could impact the amount of Stryve’s interest payments, and accordingly, Stryve’s future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. Additionally, changes in prevailing market interest rates may affect Stryve’s ability to refinance existing debt or secure new debt financing.

Foreign currency risk. Stryve is exposed to changes in currency rates as a result of its revenue generated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Revenue and profit generated by international operations will increase or decrease compared to prior periods as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. However, the operations that are impacted by foreign currency risk are less than 5% of Stryve’s net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the 52-week period ended December 31, 2020 and therefore, the risk of this is insignificant.

54

Raw material risk. Stryve’s profitability depends, among other things, on its ability to anticipate and react to raw material costs, primarily beef. The price of beef and other raw materials are subject to many factors beyond Stryve’s control, including general economic conditions, inflation, cost of feed, demand, natural disasters, weather and other factors. Changes in the prices of beef and other raw materials could have a material impact on Stryve’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Inflation risk. Inflation may impact Stryve’s revenue and cost of services and products, Stryve believes the effects of inflation, if any, on its business, financial condition and results of operations have been modest to date given management’s mitigation strategies. However, there can be no assurance that its business, financial condition and results of operations will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing our financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that can have incurreda significant impact on our reported revenue, results of operations, and expectcomprehensive net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during, and as of, the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary and are made based on our historical experience, market trends and on other assumptions and factors that we believe to continue to incur significant costs in pursuitbe reasonable under the circumstances because future events and their effects on our results of operations and value of our financingassets cannot be determined with certainty. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained. We may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this uncertainty through this offering are discussed above. Our plans to raise capital or to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt aboutknown for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our abilityconsolidated financial statements are described below.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Returns, and Deductions. Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company records accounts receivable at their net realizable value, which requires management to continueestimate the collectability of the Company’s receivables. Judgment is required in assessing the realization of these receivables, including the credit worthiness of each counterparty and the related aging of past due balances. Management provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectable amounts, in addition to a general provision based on historical experience. Management provides for the customer accommodations based upon a general provision of a percentage of sales in addition to known deductions. The percentage provided for was increased from 8% to 11% during the current quarter based upon the level of deductions year to date. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts and returns and deductions totaled $976,073 and $1,603,069, respectively. Total bad debt expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $513,661. Total bad debt expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $521,964.

  As of September 30,  As of December 31, 
(In thousands) 2021  2020  2020  2019 
Beginning balance $1,603  $688  $688  $50 
Provisions  391   686   915   652 
Write-offs/ reversals  (1,018)  (50)     (14)
Ending balance $976  $1,324  $1,603  $688 

55

Revenue Recognition. The Company manufactures and markets a broad range of protein snack products through multiple distribution channels. The products are offered through branded and private label items. The Company accounts for revenue from contracts with customers, which comprises substantially all of its revenue, through the following steps:

1) Identification of the contract with a customer;

2) Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

3) Determination of the transaction price;

4) Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5) Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a going concern.performance obligation.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000The Company’s revenue derived from the sale of the insider sharesbranded and loans from B. Luke Weil in an aggregate amount of $48,869private label products is considered variable consideration that is more fully described belowbased on a fixed per item charge applied to a variable quantity of product. Generally, this variable consideration is recognized at the point in “Related Party Transactions.” We estimate thattime when the net proceeds from (1)customer obtains control of the product, which may occur upon either shipment or delivery of the product. The Company also maintains consignment arrangements whereby revenue is recognized upon sale of the unitsproduct to the end customer. The payment terms of the Company’s contracts are generally net thirty to thirty-five days, although early pay discounts are offered to customers.

The Company regularly experiences customer deductions from amounts invoiced due to product returns, product shortages and delivery nonperformance penalty fees. This variable consideration is estimated using the expected value approach based on the Company’s historical experience, and it is recognized as a reduction to the transaction price in this offering, after deducting offering expensesthe same period that the related product sale is recognized. In years prior to 2020, customer deduction amounts were insignificant and recognized when incurred.

Revenue is measured as the amount of approximately $750,000consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to customers. Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract by transferring the promised product to its customer.

The Company’s contracts generally do not include any material significant financing components.

The Company has elected the following practical expedients provided for in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

1) The Company is excluding from its transaction price all sales and underwriting discounts and commissionssimilar taxes collected from its customers.

2) The Company has elected to recognize the incremental costs of $2,500,000 (or $2,875,000obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) and (2) the saleamortization period of the private unitsasset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

3) The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after control of the related good transfers as fulfillment activities instead of assessing such activities as performance obligations.

4) The portfolio approach has been elected by the Company as it expects any effects would not be materially different in application at the portfolio level compared with the application at an individual contract level.

5) The Company has elected not to disclose information about its remaining performance obligations for any contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

Neither the type of good sold nor the location of sale significantly impacts the nature, amount, timing, or uncertainty of revenue and cash flows.

56

Inventory. Inventories consist of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods, and stated at lower of cost or net realizable value determined using the standard cost method, adjusted at each reporting date for price and efficiency variances. The Company reviews the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs and write-offs of inventory based on items no longer being utilized in operations, damaged, short-dated, or expired. Write-downs and write-offs are included in cost of goods sold. Infrequent and significant write offs are included separately from cost of goods sold in loss on damaged inventory.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in the acquisition of Biltong USA Inc., and Braaitime LLC in 2018. Goodwill is accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”. Goodwill is reviewed and tested for impairment on a reporting unit level annually.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-03, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”, effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with an election to adopt early. The ASU requires only a one-step qualitative impairment test, whereby a goodwill impairment loss will be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. It eliminates Step 2 of the current two-step goodwill impairment test, under which a goodwill impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value and performing goodwill impairment tests. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no impairment of goodwill.

Reporting Unit Analysis

The Company presents a single segment for purposes of financial reporting and prepared its consolidated financial statements upon that basis. The Company considered ASC 350-20-35-35 related to reporting unit determination and the aggregation of components into one reporting unit.

The economic characteristics considered were whether:

1) The nature of the products and services are similar

2) The type of class of customer for products and services are similar

3) The methods used to distribute the products or provide the services are similar

4) The manner in which an entity operates and the nature of those operations is similar

Currently, the Company has one reporting unit due to the similarity of its components when evaluated against the aforementioned economic characteristics.

Fair Value Analysis

The following table provides a summary of certain assumptions that drive the fair value of the Company (reporting unit):

Entity’s (Reporting unit’s) current carrying value
Calculated as total assets less total liabilities plus total debt all as of 12/31/2020
 $20,687,363 
Date of most recent quantitative valuation  12/31/20 
Entity’s (Reporting unit’s) fair value per most recent valuation
Calculated as Enterprise Value of Stryve utilized in the Business Combination Agreement less total debt as of 12/31/2020
 $99,975,770 
Significant assumptions from most recent valuation:    
● Revenue growth  57.9%
● Gross margins  34.7%

57

Since inception, the Company has increased revenues, improved gross profit and reduced net losses each year. In addition to reviewing the financial performance of the Company, Stryve management also reviewed various events or circumstances that may affect fair value in the following categories: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, and other relevant entity-specific events. In doing so, Stryve management determined if each event or circumstance would have an adverse, neutral, or positive impact on the business and assessed the relative impact of each.

Based on this analysis, Stryve management has determined that it is more than likely that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount as of December 31, 2020. As a result, no impairments were made to Goodwill.

Intangible Assets. On December 11, 2020, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Kalahari Snacks, LLC, entered into an asset purchase agreement with Kalahari Brands, Inc. consisting principally of its brands and marks, to acquire certain assets and liabilities of Kalahari Brands for a purchase price of $3,750,000 (or $4,125,000 if the over-allotment option$5,867,344.

The brand name is exercisedaccounted for in full)accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”, will be $100,750,000 (or $115,750,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). $100,000,000 (or $115,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account. The remaining $750,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will not be held in the trust account.

We intend to use substantially alland amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years and reviewed annually for impairment. As of December 31, 2020, there was no impairment of the net proceeds of this offering, includingintangible asset.

Income Taxes. Through the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business or businesses and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including fees payable to the joint book-running managers in this offering in an aggregate amount equal to 3.0%date of the gross proceeds raised in this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable) upon consummation of our initial business combinationClosing the Company was a Texas limited liability company and had elected to be taxed as a pass-through partnership and accordingly was not a taxpaying entity for assisting us in connection with our initial business combination, as described under the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) — Business Combination Marketing Agreement.” To the extent that our share capital is used in wholefederal income tax purposes. The Company’s annual income or in part as considerationloss was allocated to effect our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceedsindividual members for reporting on their own individual federal tax returns. The Company was subject to certain state and local taxes, such amount was not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations,material for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurredperiods prior to the completionClosing.

After the date of our initial business combination ifClosing, the funds availableCompany complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to us outsidefinancial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the trust account were insufficientperiods in which the differences are expected to cover such expenses.

Over the next 18 months, we will be using the funds held outside of the trust account for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. We anticipate that we will incur approximately:

$300,000of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;
$75,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business by our officers, directors and initial shareholders;
$150,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and
$225,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses, including director and officer liability insurance premiums.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amountaffect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to do so, orreduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest availableand penalties related to us from the trust account is less than we expectunrecognized tax benefits as a result of the current interest rate environment, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

income tax expense. As of September 30, 2018, B. Luke Weil loaned us2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position over the next twelve months.

Warrants

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an aggregate of $34,259 on a non-interest bearing basis for payment of offering expenses on our behalf. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. The loans will be repaid outassessment of the proceeds of this offering not being placedwarrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in the trust account.

We maintain our principal executive offices at office space provided to us at no cost by a third party affiliated with Julio Torres, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors.

We are also permitted to pay consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination.

Certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, have committed to purchase an aggregate of 375,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,750,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Certain of our initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option.

If needed to finance transaction costs in connection with searching for a target business or consummating an intended initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Such loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. We believe the purchase price of these units will approximate the fair value of such units when issued. However, if it is determined, at the time of issuance, that the fair value of such units exceeds the purchase price, we would record compensation expense for the excess of the fair value of the units on the day of issuance over the purchase price in accordance withFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718 — Compensation — Stock Compensation.480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own ordinary shares and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

Controls and Procedures

WeFor issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are not currently required to maintain an effective systembe recorded as a component of internal controls as defined by Section 404additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will becriteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. As ofbe recorded at their initial fair value on the date of this prospectus, we have not completedissuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter.

58

Accordingly, the Company classifies private warrants issued to Andina’s original stockholders (the “Private Warrants”) as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Standards

ASU 2016-02, Leases. In 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance related to accounting for leases. The new guidance requires the recognition of right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance. In 2018, the FASB also approved an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expectamendment that would permit the option to assessadopt the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controlsnew standard prospectively as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regardingeffective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. In November of 2020, the adequacyFASB proposed a delay and the effective date was deferred until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is evaluating the effect of internal controls. Target businesses we may consideradopting ASU 2016-02.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvementIncome Taxes”. The standard includes multiple key provisions, including removal of certain exceptions to ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplification in several other areas such as:

staffing for financial,as accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;
reconciliation of accounts;
proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;
evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;
documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and
documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectationsa franchise tax that is partially based on income. ASU 2019-12 is effective for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when, or if, required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceedsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of the date of this prospectus, wenew standard did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements asan impact to our disclosures.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-10 “Codification Improvements.” The new accounting rules improve the consistency of the Codification by including all disclosure guidance in the appropriate Disclosure Section (Section 50) that had only been included in the Other Presentation Matters Section (Section 45) of the Codification. Additionally, the new rules also clarify guidance across various topics including defined benefit plans, foreign currency transactions, and interest expense. The standard was effective for the Company in Item 303(a)(4)(ii)the first quarter of Regulation S-K and2021. Adoption of this new standard did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating dataan impact to our disclosures.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors of the Company

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of each of the individuals who serve as our directors and executive officers as of December 1, 2021:

NameAgePosition
Executive Officers
Joe Oblas49Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Alex Hawkins35Chief Operating and Financial Officer
Non-Employee Directors
Ted Casey52Chairman of the Board
Kevin Vivian63Director
B. Luke Weil42Director
Mauricio Orellana56Director
Robert “Bo” D. Ramsey III41Director
Gregory S. Christenson54Director
Charles D. Vogt58Director

Executive Officers

Joe Oblas. Since the consummation of the Business Combination Joe Oblas has served as a Chief Executive Officer (becoming sole CEO in November 2021) and a Director of the Company. Mr. Oblas is includedStryve’s co-founder and had served as its co-Chief Executive Officer (becoming sole CEO in this prospectus as we have conducted no operationsNovember 2021) and Director since November 2017. Prior to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012,founding Stryve, Mr. Oblas was the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisionsco-founder, Chief Operating Officer and Director of ProSupps USA, a successful sports nutrition brand, from November 2007 until December 2016. Prior to that among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies.time, he also co-founded Juice Stop, a smoothie company. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowedbelieve he is qualified to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements basedserve on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on July 29, 2016 for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses.

Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location, although we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the Americas. While we expect to explore target businesses throughout the Americas that our management team finds attractive, our management team’s most extensive experience is with companies in Latin America. Our geographic target also includes North America, which historically has maintained close trade and financial links to Latin America, and which continues to show strong economic performance. We believe that our management team’s successful experiences with Andina I and Andina II,Company’s Board because he co-founded Stryve as well as due to his expertise and years of success developing successful nutritional brands.

59

R. Alex Hawkins. Since the composition of our team including our underwriters, positions us well to target companies across the Americas.

Opportunities in Latin America

Within Latin America, we intend to focus on the countries with stable political and macro-economic frameworks which include: Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Chile, Mexico and Peru. We intend to capitalize on opportunities presented by high growth rates within these countries.

Local capital markets have been maturing in tandem with the stabilization of domestic economic conditions, but still lack the depth and liquidity seen in developed markets. While Latin American capital markets have matured in recent years, regulatory hurdles and the still-limited sizeconsummation of the local stock exchanges limit the ability of local companies to gain access to the public equity capital markets. We believe this creates opportunities for us to connect attractiveBusiness Combination Alex Hawkins has served as Chief Operating and growing companies in Latin America seeking capital from the U.S. capital markets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, manyFinancial Officer of the countriesCompany. Before the Business Combination, Mr. Hawkins had served as Stryve’s Chief Operating Officer since October 2019 and its Interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2020 until February 2021. Prior to such time, Mr. Hawkins served as a Principal at Rosewood Private Investments, the private equity division of Rosewood Corporation, from 2012 through 2019. Mr. Hawkins worked in this area are stillJ.P. Morgan’s Private Bank from 2010 through 2012 and before then worked for APQC from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Hawkins holds a BBA in the development stage and are maturing. This often results in challenges for management teams in areas such as reconciling financial reporting standards to those of more established countries. Additional challenges to doing business in these countries include potential changes to tax codes, bureaucratic inefficiencies and idiosyncratic judicial systems. These challenges may negatively impact a target business’ operations or profitability more than if we acquired a target business in a more established jurisdiction.

Brazil

Brazil is the largest economy in South AmericaFinance with a nominal GDP of around $1.8 trillionminor in Economics and specialization in International Business from Texas A&M University and is home to a large number of mature and sophisticated companies across a variety of sectors including agriculture, mining, manufacturing and services that are expanding their international presence. Moreover, interest rate differentials in Brazil are very high making foreign sources of capital attractive to local companies. CFA Charterholder.

We believe companies in Brazil will benefit fromNon-Employee Directors

Ted Casey. Since the country emerging from a deep recession that took place between 2015 and 2017, buoyed by an ambitious reform agenda and much improved fundamentals. A flexible FX rate policy has also left the Brazilian currency at more attractive levels for foreign investors. Meanwhile, international reserves at $365 billion are above recommended adequacy levels and provide a meaningful buffer against external shocks.

Chile

Chile has long been considered oneconsummation of the most stableBusiness Combination Ted Casey has served as the Chairman of the Company’s Board. Mr. Casey was a co-founder of Stryve and best managed economieshas served as its Chairman of its Board since its inception. Mr. Casey founded and served as the CEO of Dymatize from 1993 to 2014 until its sale to Post Holdings in Latin America. In fact,2014. Mr. Casey has served as the country has held investment grade statusCEO and Founder of DryBev Inc., a manufacturer of branded and private label nutritional supplements, since 1992 offering a low risk-high return profile for foreign investors.

Chile isJuly 2011. He also serves as a member of the Rio Group,Board of Directors of Emerge Clinical Solutions LLC, a full member of APEC,cloud based SaaS software for medical provider networks since May 2017, and Dynamic Pharmaceuticals Inc., a founding member of UNASUR, andprivate label pharmaceutical manufacturing company since October 2005. Mr. Casey holds a BA from Tulane University. We believe Mr. Casey is qualified to serve on the only South American country member of the OECD. The Chilean government has continuously sought to expand global commercial ties, as evidenced by the 60 bilateral free trade agreements the country has signed with Europe, China, and the United States, among others.

Colombia

Colombia is the fourth largest economy in Latin America, with a nominal GDP of $307 billion and a population of 49 million.

The economy is in the middle of a recovery and growth forecasts point to a return to potential GDP of approximately 4%, above the regional average. Moreover, the sources of growth are shifting away from miningCompany’s Board due to the government’s launch of a comprehensive infrastructure investment program as well as the resilience of domestic consumption. This increases the appeal of a larger range of sectors for foreign investors. We also maintain that valuations remain very compelling for foreign investors looking to increase exposure to the country.

Finally, we believe that newly elected President Ivan Duque heralds a period of stable and investor-friendly policies based on the technocratic appointments made to key cabinet positions such as the Finance Minister.

Peru

According to the International Monetary Fund, per-capita income has grown approximately 50% in the last decade, allowing a significant reduction in poverty — from 59% in 2004 to 21% in 2017. While the country has benefited from high commodities prices, particularly for copper and gold, we believe that the multi-year trend of economic expansion has been made possible by prudent macroeconomic and monetary policies. Inflation has remained low, the fiscal position has strengthened, dollarization rates have dropped drastically and financial stability has been maintained.

Peru was granted investment grade by the three leading rating agencies between 2008 and 2009, reflecting these structural and social achievements.

Strong growth prospects, exemplary economic management, and exposure to rising commodity prices have made Peru a favored destination for foreign investors. According to the Central Reserve Bank of Peru, Peru received foreign direct investments of approximately $7.8 billion in 2015.

Mexico

Mexico offers a large ($1 trillion) free market economy, with one of the highest private sector participation in the region, and a mix of modern and traditional industry. Economic management is undermined by very strong policies and institutional policy framework.

Recent governments have prioritized wide-spreading structural economic and competitiveness reforms enhancing the country’s medium term potential growth. In the current cycle, the Mexican economy has shown resilience to a complex external environment. GDP is expending to expand 2-3% in the coming years, above the US economy, with private consumption as the main driver of activity and supported by manufacturing exports.

The flexible exchange rate has played a key role in helping the economy adjust to external shocks with the MXN depreciating close approximately 75% from the 10.00-11.00 range for USD-MXN that prevailed from 2002 to 2008.

Finally, Mexico’s economy is the most open in South America. The country has free trade agreements with over 50 countries with almost 90% of its trade flow covered by free trade agreements.

Competitive Advantages

We believe our competitive strengths to be the following:

Statusin-depth experience as a Public Companyfounder of Stryve and his prior experience founding and working with other vertically-integrated nutrition companies.

Kevin Vivian.

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares in the target business for our shares or for a combination of shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses might find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, roadshow and public reporting efforts that will likely not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us. Furthermore, once the business combination is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests than it would have as a privately-held company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a blank check company as a deterrent and may prefer to effect a business combination with a more established entity or with a private company. These inherent limitations include limitations on our available financial resources, which may be inferior to those of other entities pursuing the acquisition of similar target businesses; the requirement that we offer shareholders the right to seek conversion of their shares in connection with a proposed business combination by either a proxy statement or tender offer, which may delay the consummation of a transaction; and the existence of our outstanding rights and warrants, which may represent a source of future dilution.

Financial Position

With funds held in trust available for our initial business combination initially in the amount of $100,000,000 (or $115,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with shares in a public company and a public means to sell such shares, providing cash for stock, and providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to consummate our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and it may not be available to us.

Management Operating and Investing Experience

We believe that our executive officers possess the experience, skills and contacts necessary to source, evaluate, and execute an attractive business combination. Several of our officers and directors were previously officers, directors or advisors and consultants to Andina I, Andina II and MI Acquisitions Inc., three similar blank check companies that successfully consummated business combinations. We intend to leverage the contacts and relationships of our executive officers and directors to source, evaluate and execute business combination opportunities.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units, our share capital, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units are intended to be applied generally toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, share exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with our company. Additionally, we have not contacted any of the prospective target businesses that Andina I, Andina II or M I Acquisitions, the only other blank check companies that members of our management team have been involved with, had considered and rejected. We do not currently intend to contact any of such targets; however, we may do so in the future if we become aware that the valuations, operations, profits or prospects of such target business, or the benefits of any potential transaction with such target business, would be attractive.

We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate such an acquisition candidate. We have also not conducted any research with respect to identifying the number and characteristics of the potential acquisition candidates. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate a target business or that we will be able to engage in a business combination with a target business on favorable terms or at all.

Subject to our officers’ and directors’ existing fiduciary duties and the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings which will not commence until after the completion of this offering. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their respective affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. If we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors or initial shareholders, we will do so only if we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no affiliated entity that we consider a business combination target.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to our officers’ and directors’ existing fiduciary duties and the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

financial condition and results of operation;

growth potential;

experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

capital requirements;

competitive position;

barriers to entry;

stage of development of its products, processes or services;

degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection for its products, processes or services;

regulatory environment of the industry; and

costs associated with effecting the business combination.

We believe such factors will be important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of the location or industry in which such target business operates. However, this list is not intended to be exhaustive. Furthermore, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance. We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value (for instance, if our board is not thoroughly familiar with the industry in which the target business we are seeking to acquire operates or if the assets of the target business we are seeking to acquire are difficult to evaluate from a financial standpoint), we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Lack of Business Diversification

Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and
result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selectingBusiness Combination Kevin Vivian has served as a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operationsmember of the particular target business.

FollowingCompany’s Board. Mr. Vivian has served as a business combination, we may seekdirector of Stryve since April 2018. Prior to recruit additional managerssuch time, Mr. Vivian worked for 32 years for Pepsi Co., retiring in May 2018 after serving as its Senior Vice President of National Sales since January 2012 and the Division Vice President for Frito Lay from January 2002 through January 2012. Mr. Vivian has a BBA from Western Michigan. We believe Mr. Vivian is qualified to supplementserve on the incumbent managementCompany’s Board due to his years of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approveas an Initial Business Combination

In connection with any proposed business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on depositexecutive in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require us to conduct a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Unlike other blank check companies which require shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and related conversions of public shares for cash upon consummation of such initial business combination even when a vote is not required by law, we will have the flexibility to avoid such shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.consumer snacking industry.

We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. However, if we seek to consummate an initial business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such initial business combination, our net tangible asset threshold may limit our ability to consummate such initial business combination (as we may be required to have a lesser number of shares converted or sold to us) and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. Public shareholders may therefore have to wait 18 months from the closing of this offering in order to be able to receive a pro rata share of the trust account.

Our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed (1) to vote any ordinary shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination, (2) not to convert any ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination and (3) not sell any ordinary shares in any tender in connection with a proposed initial business combination. The purchasers of the private units have also agreed to vote their private shares in favor of any proposed business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, we would need only 3,532,501 (or approximately 36%) of the 10,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the aftermarket).

None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units or ordinary shares in this offering or from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Conversion/Tender RightsRobert “Bo” D. Ramsey III.

At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders (but not our initial shareholders) may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The conversion rights will be effected under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law as repurchases. If we hold a meeting to approve an initial business combination, a holder will always have the ability to vote against a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of his shares.

Alternatively, if we engage in a tender offer, each public shareholder will be provided the opportunity to sell his public shares to us in such tender offer. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their public shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors will not have conversion rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket. Additionally, the purchasers of the private units will not have conversion rights with respect to any private shares.

We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. Once the shares are converted by the beneficial holder, and effectively repurchased by us under Cayman Island law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Shareholders to reflect all conversions. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time our proxy statement is mailed through the vote on the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his conversion rights. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to provide at least 10 days’ advance notice of any shareholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a shareholder would have to determine whether to exercise conversion rights. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their conversion rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise conversion rights. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising conversion rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require shareholders seeking to exercise conversion rights to deliver their shares prior to Since the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated, this may result in an increased cost to shareholders.

Any request to convert or tender such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination or expiration of the tender offer. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered his certificate in connection with an election of their conversion or tender and subsequently decides prior to the vote on the business combination or the expiration of the tender offer not to elect to exercise such rights, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their conversion or tender rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

Limitation on Conversion Rights

Notwithstanding the foregoing conversion rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not offer conversion in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking conversion of its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, without our prior consent. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to convert their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its conversion rights against an initial business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to convert no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination.

Redemption of Public Shares if No Business Combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Prior to such redemption of public shares, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

Each of our initial shareholders and the purchasers of the private units have agreed to waive its rights to participate in any liquidation of our trust account with respect to the insider shares, private shares and private warrants. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our rights or warrants which will expire worthless.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share distribution from the trust account would be $10.00.

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public shareholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our shareholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason.

B. Luke Weil Mr. Ramsey has agreed that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, he will be personally liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the trust account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, we cannot assure you that he will be able to satisfy those obligations if he is required to do so. Accordingly, the actual per-share distribution could be less than $10.00 due to claims of creditors. Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination or obtain the necessary financial information to be sent to shareholders in connection with such business combination may delay or prevent the completion of a transaction;
our obligation to convert public shares held by our public shareholders may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;
Nasdaq may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements to maintain the listing of our securities following a business combination;

our outstanding rights and warrants, and the potential future dilution they represent;

our obligation to pay the joint book-running managers of this offering aggregate fees of 3.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering upon consummation of our initial business combination;
our obligation to either repay or issue private units upon conversion of up to $500,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates;
our obligation to register the resale of the insider shares, as well as the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans; and
the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our principal executive offices at Calle 113 # 7-45 Torre B, Oficina 1012, Bogotá, Colombia. This space is being provided to us at no cost by a third party affiliated with Julio Torres, our Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial information included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. The financial statements are also required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial information. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We may be required to have our internal control procedures audited for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and will remain such for up to five years. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our outstanding ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

Terms of the OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Escrow of offering proceeds$100,000,000 of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units will be deposited into a trust account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.$85,050,000of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net proceedsThe $100,000,000 of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries.Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.
Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business
The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination.

We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.
Trading of securities issuedThe units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares, rights and warrants comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Cowen determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Terms of the OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Exercise of the warrantsThe warrants cannot be exercised until the completion of a business combination and, accordingly, will be exercised only after the trust account has been terminated and distributed.The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.
Election to remain an investorWe will either (1) give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less taxes. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least 10 days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether to exercise their rights to convert their shares into cash at such a meeting or to remain an investor in our company. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as we would have included in a proxy statement. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45thbusiness day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.
Business combination deadlinePursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares using the funds held in the trust account.If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.
Terms of the OfferingTerms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Interest earned on the funds in the trust accountThere can be released to us, from time to time, any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.
Release of fundsExcept for interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination (in which case, the proceeds released to us will be net of the funds used to pay converting or tendering shareholders, as the trustee will directly send the appropriate portion of the amount held in trust to the converting or tendering shareholders at the time of the business combination) and the liquidation of our trust account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Julio A. Torres51Chief Executive Officer and Director
Mauricio Orellana53Chief Operating Officer and Director
Marjorie Hernandez38Treasurer
B. Luke Weil39Director (Chairman)

Matthew S. N. Kibble

40Director
David Schulhof47Director

Julio A. Torres has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2018 and as a member of our Board of Directors since November 2018. Since 2013, hethe Company’s Board. Mr. Ramsey has been a managing partner at Multiple Equilibria Capital, a financial advisory firm covering Latin and Central America. From October 2015 to March 2018, Mr. Torres served as CEOa director of Andina Acquisition Corp. II on the deal that resulted in the merger with Lazydays. Between 2012 and 2013,Stryve since April 2019. Mr. TorresRamsey has served as the co-CEOChief Investment Officer for Oxford Financial Group, Ltd. since February 2021. Prior to joining Oxford, he served as Co-Chief Investment Officer at Pendyne Capital, LLC from February 2020 through February 2021, where he managed alternative investment portfolios, after having worked there since October 2017. Prior to his time at Pendyne Capital, Bo was Deputy Chief Investment Officer at Indiana Public Retirement System from July 2016 through October 2017 after having worked there since April 2012. Mr. Ramsey received his Bachelor of Science and board memberhis MBA from Indiana University Kelley School of Andina Acquisition Corp. I. Since the merger with TecnoglassBusiness. He received his J.D. from Indiana University McKinney School of Law, where he has continued asgraduated cum laude. He is a board memberChartered Financial Analyst and a Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst. Mr. Ramsey is a Board Member and Investment Committee Member of the merged entity. Prior to that he was managing directorIndianapolis Symphony Orchestra Foundation, an Advisory Board Member of NexusPacenote Capital, Partners,LLC and a private equity firm focused in the infrastructure sector in the Andean region. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Torres served with the Colombian MinistryBoard Member of Finance as director general of public credit and the treasury. He has also worked in other well recognized institutions in the financial sector such as JP Morgan Chase and is currently a board member of several companies in the region including Tuscany Oilfield Holdings, Fiduprevisora, and Serfinansa.

Top Echelon Software. We believe Mr. TorresRamsey is well-qualifiedqualified to serve as a member of ouron the Company’s Board due to his contacts and priorextensive experience with Andina I and Andina II.as an investment manager.

Mauricio Orellanahas served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2016 and a member of ourthe Board of Directors since November 2018.2018 and previously served as Andina’s Chief Operating Officer from September 2016 until the consummation of the Business Combination. Since 2013, Mr. Orellana has served as a financial consultant to companies in Latin America in the media, infrastructure and services sectors. From August 2015 to March 2018, Mr. Orellana served as Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of Andina II. From 2005 to 2013, Mr. Orellana was a Managing Director at Stephens Inc., a private investment banking firm. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Orellana was a Vice President and Managing Director at Cori Capital Partners, L.P., a financial services firm. Prior to this, he served as Investment Officer for Emerging Markets Partnership and Inter-American Investment Corporation, each private investment firms. Mr. Orellana received a degree in electrical engineering from the Universidad Central de Venezuela and an M.B.A. from the Instituto de Education Superior de Administracion.

We believe that Mr. Orellana is well-qualified to serve as a member of ourthe Board due to his contacts and prior experience with Andina II.

Marjorie Hernandezhas served as our Treasurer since September 2016. Ms. Hernandez served as Secretary of Andina II from August 2015 and as Treasurer from October 2015, in each case until March 2018. She was also an initial investor and advisor to Andina I. From 2008 to 2015, Ms. Hernandez served as senior currency strategist for Latin America at HSBC Securities (USA). From 2005 to 2008, she was the lead macro-economic and political analyst for HSBC, covering the Andean region. Previously, she was a public policy associate at the Council of the Americas, a forum dedicated to the contemporary political, social, and economic issues in Latin America. Ms. Hernandez received a B.A. from Columbia University.

60

B. Luke Weil has served as a memberAndina’s Executive Chairman from July 2020 until the consummation of our Board of Directors (Chairman) since our inception and as our Chief Executive Officer from inception until August 2018.the Business Combination. In October 2014, he founded the Long Island Marine Purification Initiative, a non-profit foundation established to improve the water quality on Long Island, New York, and has served as its Chairman since such time. In November 2012, he also co-founded Rios Nete, a medical clinic in the upper amazonAmazon region of Peru. Mr. Weil served as Chief Executive Officer of Andina II from its inception in July 2015 until August 2015, served as a member of its Board of Directors from its inception until its business combination with Lazy Days’ R.V. Center, Inc. (including as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board from February 2016 until the business combination) and has served as a director of the newly formed public company, Lazydays Holdings, Inc., since the business combination. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Weil was Vice President, International Business Development — Latin America for Scientific Games Corporation, a supplier of technology-based products, systems and services to gaming markets worldwide. From January 2013 until its merger in December 2013, Mr. Weil served as Chief Executive Officer of Andina 1 and previously served as a member of its board from September 2011 until March 2012. From January 2004 to January 2006, Mr. Weil served as an associate of Business Strategies & Insight, a public affairs and business consulting firm. From June 2002 to December 2004, Mr. Weil served as an analyst at Bear Stearns. Mr. Weil received a B.A. from Brown University and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School.

We believe that Mr. Weil is well-qualified to serve as a member of ourthe Board due to his contacts and prior experience with Andina I and Andina II.

MatthewGregory S. N. KibbleChristenson has served as a member of ourthe Board of Directors since November 2018. In November 2013,2021. Mr. Kibble founded Australy International LLC, a boutique investment bank,Christenson is the Chief Financial Officer of Champion Petfoods and has served there since July 2019, where he leads finance, accounting, tax, legal, treasury, and strategy as well as corporate development. He joined Champion Petfoods from Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (which was purchased by Hershey in 2018). At Amplify, Mr. Christenson served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, with responsibility for all public company financial and accounting aspects. Prior to his time at Amplify, he served as Chief Financial Officer of The WhiteWave Foods Company (which was purchased by Danone in 2017), as well as the Chief Financial Officer, America Foods and Beverages and Senior Vice President of WhiteWave. While at WhiteWave, he was integral in driving sustained growth in the business, including the acquisition and integration of six companies, selling the company to Danone, generating continued profit improvements, and leading the development and strengthening of its finance, accounting and IT functions. Prior to joining WhiteWave, Mr. Christenson was Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Oberto Brands from 2011 to June 2013 and was responsible for the finance, accounting, IT, procurement and risk management functions. Before that he spent 14 years at Kraft Foods, Inc. in several financial leadership roles of expanding responsibility across several business units and functions, as well as a Partner since.number of corporate roles. He alsospent the first seven years of his career in public accounting, mostly at KPMG. Mr. Christenson holds a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Northeastern University and Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Providence College. We believe Mr. Christenson is qualified to serve on the founder and Managing PartnerCompany’s Board due to his years of Kibble Holdings,experience as a private investment vehicle. Since July 2013, heCFO.

Charles D. Vogt has also served as Principal and an advisor to Cap-Meridian Ventures, a venture capital firm. From October 2010 to July 2013, Mr. Kibble was the Founder and Chief Operating Officer of Everlight Capital, LLC, a boutique investment bank. From June 2009 to June 2010, Mr. Kibble served as Executive Director of The Westrock Group, Inc., a broker-dealer and asset management firm. From November 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Kibble was with JPMorgan Securities Inc. where he worked in the institutional equities and derivatives section. Prior to this, Mr. Kibble was an analyst at JPMorgan Chase and GMCG, LLC. Mr. Kibble is currently a director of Kibble Pet, Sargon Capital and Selong Selo Developments, all private companies. Mr. Kibble served as a member of the Board of Directors of Andina II from August 2015 until its business combination with Lazy Days’ R.V. Center, Inc.since November 2021. Mr. Kibble received a Bachelor of ScienceVogt is the President, Chief Executive Officer and a Bachelordirector of CommerceDZS INC. and has served there since August 2020. Prior to joining DZS INC., Mr. Vogt was the President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of ATX Networks, a leader in broadband access and media distribution, where he led the company through extensive transformation and growth since February 2018 and remains a member of the board. From July 2013 to January 2018, Mr. Vogt served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Imagine Communications, where he directed the company through revolutionary change as it evolved its core technology, including large-scale restructuring and rebranding and multiple technology acquisitions as he implemented a disruptive vision and growth strategy. Before joining Imagine Communications, Mr. Vogt was President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of GENBAND (today known as Ribbon Communications), where he transformed the company from a startup to the University of Queenslandindustry’s global leader in Australia.

voice over IP and real-time IP communications solutions. His professional career has also included leadership roles at Taqua (Tekelec), Lucent Technology (Nokia), Ascend Communications (Lucent), ADTRAN, Motorola and IBM. Mr. Vogt received his B.S. in Economics and Computer Science from Saint Louis University. We believe Mr. KibbleVogt is well-qualifiedqualified to serve as a member of ouron the Company’s Board due to his contacts and prioryears of public company experience with Andina II.as an executive.

61

David Schulhof has served as a memberComposition of ourthe Board of Directors since November 2018. Mr. Schulhof has served as President of Music at AGC Studios since January 2018 and

The Company’s business affairs is managed under the co-founder and President of IM Global Music which he founded in December 2014. From March 2012 to November 2014, he was a Managing Director at G2 Investment Group, an offshoot of New York private equity firm Guggenheim Partners, focusing on the firm’s media investments. Prior to G2, he was the Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Evergreen Copyrights from January 2005 through December 2010, which pursued a global acquisition strategy. Mr. Schulhof and his partners built Evergreen into onedirection of the leading independent music publishing companies worldwideBoard. Subject to the terms of the Charter and in 2010 sold Evergreen to KKR/BMG Rights Management. Before launching Evergreen, from 1997 to 2004, he was Vice President of Motion Picture Music at Miramax and Dimension Films. Prior to joining Miramax, he was a lawyer atBylaws, the law offices of Pryor Cashman Sherman and Flynn, representing film, music and TV clients. He began his career at Interscope Records. Mr. Schulhof served as Director of MI Acquisitions Inc., a blank check company that successfully completed a business combination with Priority Holdings LLC. Mr. Schulhof received a B.A. from Georgetown University and a J.D. from the NYU School of Law.

We believe Mr. Schulhof is well-qualified to serve as a member of our Board due to his prior experience including with MI Acquisitions Inc.

Our boardnumber of directors iswill be fixed by the Company’s Board. The Company’s Board currently consists of eight members, divided into three classes with only oneof staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of its stockholders, a class of directors beingwill be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring, as follows:

the Class I directors, whose terms will expire in 2022, are Kevin Vivian, Robert Ramsey and Charles Vogt;
the Class II directors, whose terms will expire in 2023, are B. Luke Weil, Mauricio Orellana and Gregory S. Christenson; and
the Class III directors, whose terms will expire in 2024, are Joe Oblas and Ted Casey.

When considering whether directors and director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Company’s Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of its business and structure, the Company’s Board expects to focus primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of David Schulhof, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mauricio Orellana and Matthew S. N. Kibble, will expire at the second annual meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of B. Luke Weil and Julio Torres, will expire at the third annual meeting.

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and the payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they renderdirectors’ individual biographies set forth above in order to effectuate,provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the consummationsize and nature of its business.

Director Independence

The Board currently consists of eight members, six of whom qualify as independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of Nasdaq. Joe Oblas and Ted Casey are not considered independent.

The Company’s Class A Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a business combination. However, such individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than ourlisted company’s board of directorsdirectors. In addition, the rules of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and audit committee, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, ornominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.

Director Independence

Currently B. Luke Weil, Matthew S. N. Kibble and David Schulhof would each be considereddirector will only qualify as an “independent director” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which,if, in the opinion of thethat company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactionsAudit committee members must also be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested independent directors.

Audit Committee

Effective assatisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the dateExchange Act and the rules of this prospectus, we have establishedNasdaq. Compensation committee members must also satisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and the rules of Nasdaq.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and under the rules of Nasdaq, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and under the rules of Nasdaq, the board of directors must affirmatively determine that the member of the compensation committee is independent, including a consideration of all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to the company which will consistis material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of Messrs.a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (i) the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the company to such director; and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the company, a subsidiary of the company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the company.

The Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, Kevin Vivian, Robert Ramsey, Charles Vogt, Gregory S. Christenson, B. Luke Weil Kibble and Schulhof,Mauricio Orellana are considered “independent directors” as defined under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq and the applicable rules of the Exchange Act.

62

Committees of the Company Board

The Company Board has an audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee. All of the committees comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations as further described below. The responsibilities of each of whomthe committees of the Company’s Board is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. Notwithstanding that Mr. Weildescribed below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by the Board.

Audit Committee

The Company’s audit committee is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards, Mr. Weil owns more than 10% of our ordinary shares and as a result, does not fall under the Safe Harbor Provision of SEC Rule 10A-3.responsible for, among other things:

The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;
discussing with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;
reviewing, with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the scope and results of their audit;
approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm;
overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and the Company’s independent auditorregistered public accounting firm the quarterly and annual audited financial statements and recommending tothat Andina file with the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;SEC;
discussingoverseeing the Company’s financial and accounting controls and compliance with managementlegal and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;regulatory requirements;
discussing with management majorreviewing the Company’s policies on risk assessment and risk management policies;management;
 monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;reviewing related person transactions; and
 verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;
reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;
inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
appointing or replacing the independent auditor;
determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatmentconfidential anonymous submission of complaints received by usconcerns regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and
approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.auditing matters.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The Company’s audit committee will at all times be composed exclusivelyconsists of “independent directors” who are “financially literate”Mauricio Orellana, Gregory S. Christenson, Robert Ramsey Jr. and Kevin Vivian, with Mauricio Orellana serving as definedchair. The parties have affirmatively determined that each expected member of the audit committee qualifies as independent under Nasdaq listing standards.rules applicable to board members generally and under Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being ablerules and Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 specific to read and understand fundamentalaudit committee members. All expected members of the Company’s audit committee meet the requirements for financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

literacy under the applicable Nasdaq rules. In addition, we must certify to Nasdaqthe parties also believe that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that B. Luke WeilMr. Ramsey qualifies as anthe “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined under rules and regulationsin Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The Board has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.stryve.com. The information on any of the SEC.

Nominating Committee

Effective as of the dateCompany’s websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus, we have established a nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Messrs. Weil, Kibble and Schulhof, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The nominatingCompany’s compensation committee is responsible for, overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.among other things:

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;
should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and
should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The nominating committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Messrs. Weil, Kibble and Schulhof, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives, relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’sthe performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving the compensation of allthe Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations on his or her compensation;

63

overseeing an evaluation of ourthe performance of and reviewing and setting or making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Company’s other executive officers;
reviewing our executiveand approving or making recommendations to the Board regarding the Company’s incentive compensation and equity-based plans, policies and plans;programs;
implementingreviewing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;approving all employment agreement and severance arrangements for the Company’s executive officers;
assisting management in complying with our proxy statementmaking recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the Company’s directors; and annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash paymentsretaining and other specialoverseeing any compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;
if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.consultants.

Notwithstanding

The Company’s compensation committee consists of Robert Ramsey Jr., Charles Vogt, Kevin Vivian and Luke Weil, with Kevin Vivian serving as chair. The parties have affirmatively determined that each member qualifies as independent under Nasdaq rules and are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and the payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliatesExchange Act. The Board has adopted a written charter for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee, will onlywhich is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.stryve.com. The information on any of the Company’s websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board;
overseeing succession planning for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;
periodically reviewing the Company Board’s leadership structure and recommending any proposed changes to the Board;
overseeing an annual evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board and its committees; and
developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

The Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Mauricio Orellana, Robert Ramsey Jr. and Luke Weil, with Robert Ramsey Jr. serving as chair. On January 1, 2022, Charles Vogt will replace Mr. Orellana on the reviewnominating and recommendationcorporate governance committee. The parties have affirmatively determined that each member qualifies as independent under Nasdaq rules. The Board has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.stryve.com upon. The information on any of any compensation arrangementsthe Company’s websites is deemed not to be entered intoincorporated in connection with such initial business combination.this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Code of Ethics

Upon consummation of this offering, we will adoptThe Company has a code of ethics that applies to all of ourits executive officers, directors and employees.employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics codifiesis available on the business and ethical principles that govern all aspectsCompany’s corporate website at www.stryve.com. The Company intends to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, our business.

Conflictsprovisions of Interest

Potential investors should be awareits code of ethics on its website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K. The information on any of the following potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management has pre-existing fiduciary duties and contractual obligations and may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.

Our officers and directors may receive fees for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination.

The insider shares owned by our officers and directors will be released from escrow only if a business combination is successfully completed and subject to certain other limitations. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive distributions from the trust account with respect to any of their insider shares if we do not complete a business combination. Furthermore, our initial shareholders have agreed that the private units will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. For the foregoing reasons, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, completing a business combination in a timely manner and securing the release of their shares.

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

(iii)directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

(iv)duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

(v)duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

(vi)duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care whichCompany’s websites is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a dutydeemed not to put themselvesbe incorporated in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing,prospectus or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breachpart of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorizedprospectus.

64

Board Leadership Structure and Role in advanceRisk Oversight

The Board is responsible for overseeing the Company’s risk management process. The Board focuses on the Company’s general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. The Company’s audit committee is also responsible for discussing the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunityCompany’s policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The Board believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not negatively affected the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that anyCompany Board’s leadership structure.

Because we have a Chairman of the above mentioned conflictsBoard that is not independent, our independent directors have designated Robert Ramsey Jr. to serve as the Lead Independent Director to further strengthen our governance structure. The Lead Independent Director is responsible for coordinating the activities of the independent directors, calling for meetings or sessions of the independent directors, presiding at executive sessions and coordinating the agenda for such sessions with at least two such meetings being held annually, facilitating communications and functioning as principal liaison on Board-wide issues between independent directors and the Chairman of the Board, and when necessary, recommending the retention of outside advisors and consultants who report directly to Board.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the Company’s executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the Board or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the 2021 compensation program for its non-employee directors, consisting of an annual cash retainer of $15,000 payable quarterly and 4,000 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to vesting requirements. In addition, members of a committee of the Board receive an additional cash retainer of $15,000 payable quarterly and 1,500 restricted shares of Class A common, subject to vesting requirements. The Chairman of the Board receive an additional cash retainer of $15,000 and 12,500 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to vesting requirements. All amounts payable will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, each of our officers and directors has pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors. To the extent they identify business opportunities which may be suitablepro-rated for the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations, our officers and directors will honor those fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, it is possible they may not present opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to us unless the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities.partial periods served.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have.

The following table summarizes the other relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:

Name of IndividualName of
Affiliated Company
65
Julio TorresMultiple Equilibria Capital
David Schulhof

AGC Studios

IM Global Music

Matthew S. N. Kibble

Australy International LLC

Kibble Pet

Sargon Capital

Selong Selo Developments

Mauricio OrellanaOperadora Mexiagro 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

In connection withThis section discusses the vote requiredmaterial components of the executive compensation program for any business combination, all of our existing shareholders, including all of ourStryve’s executive officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective insider shares and private shares in favor of any proposed business combination. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution from the trust account with respect to those ordinary shares acquired by them prior to this offering. If they purchase ordinary shares in this offering orwho are named in the open market, however, they would be entitled to participate in any liquidation distribution from the trust account in respect of such shares but have agreed not to convert such shares (or sell“Summary Compensation Table” below. In fiscal year 2020, Stryve’s “named executive officers” and their shares in any tender offer) in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to pre-business combination activity.positions were as follows:

Joe Oblas, Chief Executive Officer;
Jaxie Alt, Former Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Marketing Officer;
Alex Hawkins, Chief Financial and Operating Officer; and
Billie Winkle, Former Chief Financial Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or initial shareholders, unless we have obtained (i) an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view and (ii) the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time). Furthermore, in no event will any of our initial shareholders, officers, directors, special advisors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation (other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and the payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination) prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regardingconcerning the beneficial ownershipcompensation of our ordinarythe named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Name and Principal Position Year  Salary ($)  Bonus ($)  Stock Awards ($)(1)  All Other Compensation ($)(2)  

Total

($)

 
Joe Oblas  2020   145,000   -   -   16,173   161,173 
Chief Executive Officer  2019   120,000   -   -   16,173   136,173 
                         
Jaxie Alt  2020   225,000   -   -   428   225,428 
Former Chief Executive Officer and Chief Marketing Officer  2019   147,759(3)  -   -   3,563   148,187 
                         
Alex Hawkins  2020   190,000   95,000   -   5,138   290,138 
Chief Financial and Operating Officer  2019   41,022(4)  48,741   -   -   89,763 
                         
Billie Winkle  2020   142,519(5)  -   -   5,138   147,657 
Former Chief Financial Officer  2019   53,958(6)  -   -   509   54,467 

(1) No value was attributed to the grants of the Class B Units awarded to the executives as a result of the distribution threshold required in order to participate in profits.

(2) Includes health insurance premiums paid by Stryve on behalf of each executive.

(3) Represents base salary earned from her date of hire (March 18, 2019) through December 31, 2019.

(4) Represents base salary earned from his date of hire (October 14, 2019) through December 31, 2019.

(5) Represents base salary earned through her date of resignation (November 30, 2020).

(6) Represents base salary earned from her date of hire (September 10, 2019) through December 31, 2019.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

The named executive officers receive their respective base salaries to compensate them for services rendered to Stryve. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

The 2020 base salaries for Joe Oblas, Jaxie Alt, Alex Hawkins and Billie Winkle were $145,000, $225,000, $190,000 and $175,000, respectively. The base salary for Joe Oblas was increased from $120,000 in 2019 to $145,000 in 2020 to better reflect his role and tenure within the organization. The base salaries for Jaxie Alt, Alex Hawkins and Billie Winkle did not change between 2019 and 2020. Billie Winkle resigned from her role as Chief Financial Officer of Stryve on November 30, 2020.

66

Cash Bonus

Alex Hawkins will be paid a bonus of $95,000 for his performance during 2020 as required pursuant to his employment agreement, described below. During 2019, Alex Hawkins earned a bonus of approximately $41,000 as required pursuant to his employment agreement, described below, and was also paid a signing bonus of approximately $6,841.

Equity Compensation

Certain named executive officers have been awarded and currently hold Stryve Class B Units. Stryve’s Class B Units generally vest over a term of three years, with a portion of the Units vesting on a sale of the company, change of control or other similar transaction, subject to the employee’s continued service with Stryve on the vesting date. The Class B Units are considered “profits interests” under the Code and a Class B Unit holder would only receive a distribution (or dividend) on such units when Stryve’s profits exceed a stated threshold number. Stryve has the ability to repurchase the units upon any cessation of employment and all of the Class B Units generally accelerate vesting upon a sale of the company, change of control or other similar transaction.

During October 2019, Mr. Hawkins was awarded 6,500 restricted Class B Units of Stryve, with a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million, subject to vesting 22.22% on each of October 14, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of sale, change of control or similar transaction and a repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment.

During March 2019, Ms. Alt was awarded 6,000 restricted Class B Units of Stryve, with a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million, subject to vesting 22.22% on each of March 17, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of sale, change of control or similar transaction and a repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment. On July 15, 2020, Jaxie Alt was issued an additional 250 Class B Units in connection with her promotion to co-CEO and assuming additional responsibilities within the business. The additional 250 Class B Units have a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million, subject to vesting 22.22% on each of March 17, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of sale, change of control or similar transaction and a repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment.

On July 22, 2020, Billie Winkle was issued 1,000 Class B Units due to strong performance as Stryve’s Chief Financial Officer. These Class B Units were subject to 22.22% vesting on each of September 10, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction, and included a repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment. On November 30, 2020, Billie Winkle resigned from her role as Chief Financial Officer of Stryve. At that point in time, Billie Winkle retained the 222 of her Class B Units which had vested while the remaining 778 of her Class B Units were repurchased by Stryve.

On January 16, 2020, Joe Oblas was issued 1,551 Class B Units in conjunction with the funding of Stryve’s $2.0 million term loan facility with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP. for which he provided a personal guarantee. These Class B Units had a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million. During July 2020, Stryve entered into a unit forfeiture and cancellation agreement with Mr. Oblas pursuant to which he agreed to forfeit all of his Class B Units in exchange for the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $400,000, the proceeds of which were used to purchase an equal amount in principal of convertible promissory notes from Stryve in July 2020, which convertible notes accrue interest at 6.0% per annum and are convertible into equity of Stryve. See “Related Party Transaction” herein for additional information.

In connection with the Business Combination, all unvested Class B Units held by Stryve’s named executive officers vested. Following the distribution of all Class B Units of Holdings (and corresponding shares of Class V common Stock) to Stryve’s members, each Class B Unit received Class B Units (and corresponding shares of Class V Common Stock) as a distribution on such units to the extent such distribution exceeds the applicable threshold levels.

67

Other Elements of Compensation

401(k) Plan

Stryve currently maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan for its employees, including named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan which has a discretionary match feature (which Stryve has not yet provided). Stryve believes that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through Andina’s 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of its executive compensation package and further incentivizes Stryve’s employees, including named executive officers, in accordance with its compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. All of Stryve’s full-time employees, including named executive officers, are eligible to participate in Stryve’s health and welfare plans, including:

medical, dental and vision benefits;
medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;
short-term and long-term disability insurance; and
life insurance.

Stryve believes the perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to its named executive officers.

No Tax Gross-Ups

Stryve has no obligations to make gross-up payments to cover named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by it.

Stryve provides benefits to its named executive officers on the same basis as provided to all of its employees, including health, dental and vision insurance; life insurance; accidental death and dismemberment insurance; critical illness insurance; short-and long-term disability insurance; a health savings account; a wellness incentive; and a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan with a discretionary match feature (but for which no match has yet been provided). Stryve does not maintain any executive-specific benefit or perquisite programs.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Year End

The following table sets forth information about outstanding equity awards held on December 31, 2020 by Stryve’s named executive officers:

68

Option AwardsStock Awards
NameNumber of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Un-exercisable (#)Option Exercise Price ($)Option Expiration DateNumber of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(1)Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)
Joe Oblas--------
Jaxie Alt----4,861(2)---
Alex Hawkins----5,056(3)---
Billie Winkle--------

(1)No value was attributed to the grants of the Class B Units awarded to the executives as a result of the distribution threshold required in order to participate in profits.
(2)Jaxie Alt has been awarded an aggregate of 6,500 restricted Class B Units of Stryve. 250 Units have a threshold for distributions at approximately $45 million and are not subject to vesting; 6,250 Units have a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million and are subject to vesting 22.22% on each of March 17, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction. All Units are subject to accelerated vesting in the event of sale, change of control or similar transaction and repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment.
(3)Alex Hawkins has been awarded an aggregate of 6,500 restricted Class B Units of Stryve with a threshold for distributions at approximately $50 million, subject to vesting 22.22% on each of October 14, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and 33.33% upon event of a sale, change of control or similar transaction, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of sale, change of control or similar transaction and a repurchase right by Stryve upon a cessation of employment.

Agreements with Stryve’s Named Executive Officers and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

As a part of the Business Combination, Stryve entered into new executive employee agreements that became effective upon the Closing of the Business Combination. The material terms of the employment agreements are as follows:

Mr. Oblas

Stryve entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Oblas during March 2021 that became effective immediately following the closing of the Business Combination which sets forth the terms and conditions of his service as Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement has an initial two year term and automatically renews thereafter for successive one year periods unless either party gives written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable term.

69

Under the terms of Mr. Oblas’s new employment agreement, he is entitled to receive an annual base salary of at least $250,000 and an annual cash performance-based bonus with a target of 100% of base salary based on the achievement of certain performance objectives as determined by the Company Board. Up to 25% of the bonus actually earned may be paid in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Mr. Oblas is eligible for employee benefits and reimbursement of business expenses.

Under the terms of Mr. Oblas’s new employment agreement, he is subject to certain restrictive covenants, including an indefinite confidentiality covenant, a one-year non-compete covenant, and a one-year non-solicit of customers, supplier, employees, contractors, officers and directors covenant.

Mr. Hawkins

Stryve entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Hawkins during March 2021 that became effective immediately following the closing of the Business Combination which sets forth the terms and conditions of his service as Chief Operating and Financial Officer. The employment agreement has an initial two year term and automatically renews thereafter for successive one year periods unless either party gives written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the applicable term.

Under the terms of Mr. Hawkins’s new employment agreement, he is entitled to receive an annual base salary of at least $225,000 and an annual cash performance-based bonus with a target of 100% of base salary based on the achievement of certain performance objectives as determined by the Company Board. Up to 25% of the bonus actually earned may be paid in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Mr. Hawkins is eligible for employee benefits and reimbursement of business expenses.

Under the terms of Mr. Hawkins’s new employment agreement, he is subject to certain restrictive covenants, including an indefinite confidentiality covenant, a one-year non-compete covenant, and a one-year non-solicit of customers, supplier, employees, contractors, officers and directors covenant.

Severance Compensation

Pursuant to the terms of the new employment agreements for Mr. Oblas and Mr. Hawkins, in the event of a termination of the executive’s employment by the Company without “Cause” (as defined in the agreements), by the executive for “Good Reason,” (as defined in the agreements), by a non-renewal by the Company, or by the executive’s death or disability, the executive is entitled to receive the following payments and benefits (conditioned upon the executive’s execution of a release in favor of the Company), an amount equal to 12 months of the executive’s base salary, paid out over a 12-month period pursuant to the Company’s normal payroll schedule.

In the event of any termination of employment, Mr. Oblas and Mr. Hawkins are entitled to a lump sum equal to any earned but unpaid base salary and vested and accrued employee benefits, if any, to which the executive is entitled under employee benefit plans.

Equity Grants

Under the terms of their new employment agreements, Mr. Oblas and Mr. Hawkins were awarded a grant of restricted shares of Class A shares of common stock in the Company from the Incentive Plan in the amount of 200,000 and 100,000, respectively. In addition, in December 2021, Mr. Hawkins was awarded a grant of 50,000 restricted shares of Class A common stock from the Incentive Plan. All such awards are subject to time-based vesting subject to the executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date, with the awards vesting quarterly over a four-year period. Each executive is also eligible, subject to approval by the Company Board, to receive annual grants of 25,000 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to vesting over a three year period.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, all the restricted shares shall automatically accelerate upon a change in control of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, subject to the executive’s continued employment on the date of this prospectusthe change in control.

Stryve Foods, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Incentive Plan allows the Company to grant stock options, restricted stock unit awards and as adjustedother awards at levels determined appropriate by its board of directors and/or compensation committee. The Incentive Plan also allows the Company to reflectuse a broad array of equity incentives and performance cash incentives in order to secure and retain the saleservices of our ordinary shares included inits employees, directors and consultants, and to provide long-term incentives that align the units offered by this prospectus (assuming noneinterests of its employees, directors and consultants with the interests of its stockholders.

70

Summary of Incentive Plan

The following is a summary of the individuals listed purchase unitsprincipal features of the Incentive Plan. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all of the provisions of the Incentive Plan and it is qualified in this offering), by:its entirety by reference to the full text of the Incentive Plan.

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our officers and directors; and

all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named inAdministration

The Incentive Plan is administered by the table have sole votingCompany’s board of directors or its compensation committee, or any other committee or subcommittee or one or more of its officers to whom authority has been delegated (collectively, the “Administrator”). The Administrator has the authority to interpret the Incentive Plan and investment poweraward agreements entered into with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. the Incentive Plan; to make, change and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan; to make changes to, or reconcile any inconsistency in, the Incentive Plan or any award agreement covering an award; and to take any other actions needed to administer the Incentive Plan.

Eligibility

The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership ofAdministrator may designate any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrantsfollowing as these warrants are not exercisablea participant under the Incentive Plan: any officer or employee, or individuals engaged to become an officer or employee, of the Company or its affiliates; and consultants of the Company or its affiliates, and its directors, including its non-employee directors.

Types of Awards

The Incentive Plan permits the Administrator to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), performance shares, performance units, shares of Class A Common Stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), cash incentive awards, dividend equivalent units, or any other type of award permitted under the Incentive Plan. The Administrator may grant any type of award to any participant it selects, but only employees of the Company or its subsidiaries may receive grants of incentive stock options within 60 daysthe meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Awards may be granted alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or (subject to the repricing prohibition described below) in substitution for any other award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any affiliate, including the plan of an acquired entity).

Shares Reserved Under the Incentive Plan

The Company has reserved a total of 2,564,960 shares of Class A Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan will be reduced on the date of this prospectus.the grant of any award by the maximum number of shares, if any, with respect to which such award is granted. However, an award that may be settled solely in cash will not deplete the Incentive Plan’s share reserve at the time the award is granted. If (a) an award expires, is canceled, or terminates without issuance of shares or is settled in cash, (b) the Administrator determines that the shares granted under an award will not be issuable because the conditions for issuance will not be satisfied, (c) shares are forfeited under an award, (d) shares are issued under any award and the Company reacquires them pursuant to its reserved rights upon the issuance of the shares, (e) shares are tendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an option or as a result of the net settlement of outstanding stock appreciation rights or (f) shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy federal, state or local tax withholding obligations, then those shares are added back to the reserve and may again be used for new awards under the Incentive Plan. However, shares added back to the reserve pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) in the preceding sentence may not be issued pursuant to incentive stock options.

  Prior to Offering  After Offering(2) 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
  Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
 
Julio A. Torres  232,293(3)  8.1%  208,813(3)  1.6%
Mauricio Orellana  209,011(4)  7.3%  186,751(4)  1.5%
Marjorie Hernandez  184,426(5)  6.4%  165,853(5)  1.3%
B. Luke Weil  1,453,479(6)  50.6%  1,440,473(6)  11.2%
Matthew S. N. Kibble  5,000   *   4,250   * 
David Schulhof  10,000   *   8,500   * 
Andina Equity LLC  150,000   5.2%  150,000   1.2%
LWEH3 LLC  475,000   16.5%  403,750   3.1%

Cowen Investments II LLC

  436,888   15.2%  466,701   3.6%
Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC  187,238   6.5%  200,014   1.6%
All directors and executive officers as a group (six individuals)  2,094,209(7)  72.8%  2,014,640(7)  15.6%

* Less than 1%.

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Andina Acquisition Corp. III, Calle 113 # 7-45 Torre B, Oficina 1012, Bogotá, Colombia.

71
 
(2)Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, the compulsory repurchase by us of an aggregate of 375,000 insider shares.
(3)

Includes 55,784 insider shares held by Andina Equity LLC, of which Mr. Torres is a member and which will vest in full in Mr. Torres only upon the happening of certain events. Also includes 69,688 insider shares held by Mr. Torres which will vest in Mr. Torres only if he remains affiliated with our company at the time of our initial business combination.

(4)

Includes 49,909 insider shares held by Andina Equity LLC, of which Mr. Orellana is a member and which will vest in full in Mr. Orellana only upon the happening of certain events. Also includes 62,703 insider shares held by Mr. Orellana which will vest in Mr. Orellana only if he remains affiliated with our company at the time of our initial business combination.

(5)

Includes 44,307 insider shares held by Andina Equity LLC, of which Ms. Hernandez is a member and which will vest in in full in Ms. Hernandez only upon the happening of certain events. Also includes 55,328 insider shares held by Ms. Hernandez which will vest in Ms. Hernandez only if she remains affiliated with our company at the time of our initial business combination.

(6)

Includes shares held by LWEH3 LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Weil. Does not include the vesting shares referred to in footnotes 3, 4 and 5 above. Mr. Weil may have a right to some or all of such shares if they do not vest in the individuals as indicated therein..

(7)

See footnotes 3 through 6 above for information relating to shares beneficially held by certain of our officers and directors.

ImmediatelyTransferability

Awards are not transferable, including to any financial institution, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless the Administrator allows a participant to (a) designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise the award or receive payment under the award after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own approximately 22%the participant’s death, (b) transfer an award to a former spouse as required by a domestic relations order incident to a divorce, or (c) transfer an award without receiving any consideration.

Adjustments

If (a) the Company is involved in a Business Combination or other transaction in which shares of Class A Common Stock are changed or exchanged; (b) the Company subdivides or combines shares of Class A Common Stock or declare a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, other securities, or other property (other than stock purchase rights issued pursuant to a stockholder rights agreement); (c) the Company effects a cash dividend that exceeds 10% of the then issued and outstanding ordinaryfair market value of a share of class A common stock or any other dividend or distribution in the form of cash or a repurchase of shares (assuming none of them purchaseClass A Common Stock that the Company’s board of directors determines is special or extraordinary, or that is in connection with a recapitalization or reorganization; or (d) any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicatedother event occurs that in the Administrator’s judgment requires an adjustment to us that he intends to purchase securities in this offering. Becauseprevent dilution or enlargement of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders,benefits intended to be made available under the Incentive Plan, then the Administrator will, in a manner it deems equitable, adjust any or all of (1) the number and type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan and which may, after the event, be made the subject of awards; (2) the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding awards; (3) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any award; and (4) the performance goals of an award. In any such individualscase, the Administrator may be ablealso provide for a cash payment to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the electionholder of directors and approvalan outstanding award in exchange for the cancellation of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, up to an aggregate of 375,000 insider shares will be compulsorily repurchased by us as required by Cayman Islands law, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01. The number of shares to be repurchased by us will be only a number of shares necessary to maintain the initial shareholders’ collective 20% ownership interest in our ordinary shares (excluding the private units) after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

All of the insider shares outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Up to 375,000 of the insider shares may also be released from escrow earlier than this date for compulsory repurchase by us and cancellation if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full as described above.

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except (i) to any persons (including their affiliates and members) participating in the private placement of the private units, (ii) for transfers to our officers, directors or their respective affiliates (including for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation), (iii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities, (vii) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased or (viii) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, in each case (except for clause (viii) or with our prior consent) where the transferee agreesaward, subject to the terms of the escrow agreement, butIncentive Plan.

The Administrator may, in connection with any Business Combination, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, authorize the issuance or assumption of awards upon terms and conditions deemed appropriate without affecting the number of shares of stock otherwise reserved or available under the Incentive Plan.

Change of Control

Upon a change of control (as defined in the Incentive Plan), the successor or surviving corporation may agree to assume some or all outstanding awards or replace them with the same type of award with similar terms and conditions, without the consent of any participant, subject to the following requirements:

Each award that is assumed must be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such change of control, to apply to the number and class of securities that would have been issuable to a participant upon the consummation of such change of control had the award been exercised, vested, or earned immediately prior to such change of control, and other appropriate adjustment to the terms and conditions of the award may be made.
If the securities to which the awards relate after the change of control are not listed and traded on a national securities exchange, then (a) each participant must be provided the option to elect to receive, in lieu of the issuance of such securities, cash in an amount equal to the fair value of the securities that would have otherwise been issued, and (b) no reduction may be taken to reflect a discount for lack of marketability, minority, or any similar consideration, for purposes of determining the fair value of such securities.
If a participant is terminated from employment without cause, or due to death or disability, or the participant resigns employment for good reason (as defined in any award or other agreement between the participant and the Company or an affiliate) within two years following the change of control, then upon such termination, all of the participant’s awards in effect on the date of such termination will vest in full or be deemed earned If the purchaser, successor, or surviving entity does not assume the awards or issue replacement awards, then immediately prior to the change of control date, unless the Administrator otherwise determines:
Each stock option or SAR then held by a participant will become immediately and fully vested, and all stock options and SARs will be cancelled on the change of control date in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the change of control price of the shares of common stock over the purchase or grant price of such shares under the award.
Unvested restricted stock and RSUs (that are not performance awards) will vest in full.

72

All performance shares, performance units and cash incentive awards for which the performance period has expired will be paid based on actual performance, and all such awards for which the performance period has not expired will be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the amount that would have been due under such awards, valued assuming achievement of target performance goals at the time of the change of control, prorated based on the number of full months elapsed in the performance period.
All unvested dividend equivalent units will vest (to the same extent as the award granted in tandem with such units) and be paid.
All other unvested awards will vest and any amounts payable will be paid in cash.

Term of Plan

Unless earlier terminated by the Company’s board of directors, the Incentive Plan will retain all other rights as our shareholders, including, without limitation,terminate on, and no further awards may be granted, after the right10th anniversary of its effective date.

Termination and Amendment of Plan

The Company’s board of directors or the Administrator may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time, subject to vote their ordinarythe following limitations:

The board of directors must approve any amendment to the Incentive Plan if it is determined such approval is required by prior action of the board of directors, applicable corporate law, or any other applicable law;
Stockholders must approve any amendment to the Incentive Plan, which may include an amendment to materially increase the number of shares reserved under the Incentive Plan, if it is determined that such approval is required by Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Code, the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the shares are then traded, or any other applicable law; and
Stockholders must approve any amendment to the Incentive Plan that would diminish the protections afforded by the participant award limits on repricing and backdating prohibitions.

Amendment, Modification, Cancellation and Disgorgement of Awards

Subject to the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in ordinary shares, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate the trust account, none of our initial shareholders will receive any portionrequirements of the liquidation proceeds with respectIncentive Plan, the Administrator may modify or amend any award or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to their insider shares.

Certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, have agreed that they and/any award or their respective designees will purchase an aggregate of 375,000 private units at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,750,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Certain of our initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they and/or their respective designees will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. The foregoing purchases will only be made if they are ableaward, or amend, modify, or cancel any terms and conditions applicable to do so in accordance with Regulation M and Sections 9(a)(2) and 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except the private warrants will be non-redeemable and may be exercised on a cashless basis,any award, in each case, by mutual agreement of the Administrator and the participant or any other person that may have an interest in the award, so long as they continueany such action does not increase the number of shares of stock issuable under the Incentive Plan.

The Company does not need to obtain participant (or other interested party) consent for any such action (a) that is permitted pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Incentive Plan; (b) to the extent it deems the action necessary to comply with any applicable law or the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Class A Common Stock is then traded; (c) to the extent it deems the action is necessary to preserve favorable accounting or tax treatment of any award for the Company; or (d) to the extent it determines that such action does not materially and adversely affect the value of an award or that such action is in the best interest of the affected participant or any other person as may then have an interest in the award.

The Administrator can cause a participant to forfeit any award, and require the participant to disgorge any gains attributable to the award, if the participant engages in any action constituting, as determined by the Administrator in its discretion, cause for termination, or a breach of a material company policy, any award agreement or any other agreement between the participant and the Company or one of its affiliates concerning noncompetition, nonsolicitation, confidentiality, trade secrets, intellectual property, non-disparagement or similar obligations.

Any awards granted under the Incentive Plan, and any shares of stock issued or cash paid under an award, will be subject to any recoupment or clawback policy that the Company adopts, or any recoupment or similar requirement otherwise made applicable by law, regulation or listing standards to the Company.

73

Repricing and Backdating Prohibited

Except for the adjustments provided for in the Incentive Plan, neither the Administrator nor any other person may amend the terms of outstanding stock options or SARs to reduce their exercise or grant price, cancel outstanding stock options or SARs in exchange for stock options or SARs with an exercise or grant price that is less than the exercise or grant price of the awards being cancelled, or cancel outstanding stock options or SARs with an exercise or grant price above the current fair market value of a share in exchange for cash or other securities. In addition, the Administrator may not grant a stock option or SAR with a grant date that is effective prior to the date the Administrator takes action to approve such award.

Director Compensation

In 2020, no director received cash, equity or other non-equity compensation for service on Stryve’s board of directors. Stryve currently has no formal arrangements under which directors receive compensation for their service on Stryve’s board of directors or its committees. Stryve’s policy is to reimburse directors for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings or performing other services in their capacities as directors. Mr. Joe Oblas does not receive additional compensation for his service as a director.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the 2021 compensation program for its non-employee directors, consisting of an annual cash retainer of $15,000 payable quarterly and 4,000 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to vesting requirements. In addition, members of a committee of the Board receive an additional cash retainer of $15,000 payable quarterly and 1,500 restricted shares of Class A common, subject to vesting requirements. The Chairman of the Board receive an additional cash retainer of $15,000 and 12,500 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to vesting requirements. All amounts payable will be pro-rated for partial periods served.

74

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following summary sets forth the material terms of the Company’s securities and is not intended to be helda complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. You are encouraged to read the applicable provisions of DGCL, the Charter and Bylaws in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of the Company’s securities.

Authorized and Outstanding Stock

The Charter authorizes the issuance of 610,000,000 shares, of which 400,000,000 shares are shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 shares are shares of Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares are shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of December 15, 2021, the Company had issued and outstanding 8,610,005 shares of Class A Common Stock, 11,502,355 shares of Class V Common Stock (subject to a post-Closing working capital true-up), 10,997,500 Warrants and 800,000 pre-funded warrants.

Common Stock

Voting. Pursuant to Charter, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to the stockholders for their vote or approval, except as required by applicable law. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to the stockholders for their vote or approval. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote.

Dividends. The holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, as and if declared by the initial purchasersCompany’s Board out of legally available funds. The holders of Class V Common Stock will not have any right to receive dividends.

Liquidation Rights. Upon the Company’s liquidation or dissolution, the holders of all classes of common stock are entitled to their permitted transferees. Additionally, becauserespective par value, and the private warrantsholders of Class A Common Stock will then be entitled to share ratably in those of the Company’s assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of Class V Common Stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Conversion, Transferability and Exchange. Subject to the terms of the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement and the Exchange Agreements, the members of Holdings (other than the Company) may from time to time tender shares of Class V Common Stock (together with an equal number of Class B Common Units) for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreements. The Company may not issue Class V Common Stock such that after the issuance the holder of such stock does not hold an identical number of Class B Common Units. The Class A Common Stock has no conversion or exchange rights.

Other Provisions. None of the Class A Common Stock or Class V Common Stock has any pre-emptive or other subscription rights.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares will be shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Company’s Board is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by DGCL and the Charter, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in a private transaction, the holders and their transferees will be allowed to exercise such warrants for cash even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective and receive unregistered ordinary shares. Furthermore, the purchasers have agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose,one or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or to sell such shares to us in any tender offer we may engage in) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution from the trust account upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchasers of the private units have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as for the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as are applicable to the original purchasers of the private units) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

B. Luke Weil is our “promoter,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

In July and August 2016, we issued an aggregate of 2,875,000 ordinary shares to B. Luke Weil for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.009 share. Mr. Weil thereafter subsequently transferred certain insider shares to other initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, at the same price originally paid for such shares.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, up to an aggregate of 375,000 insider shares will be compulsorily repurchased by us, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01, in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised. If such shares are repurchased, they would be immediately cancelled.

If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased (including pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or decreased, a share dividend or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our initial shareholder’s ownership at a percentage ofmore series, the number of shares to be sold in this offering (not including the private shares).

Certain of our initial shareholders, including the underwriters in this offering, have agreed that they and/or their respective designees will purchase an aggregate of 375,000 private units at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,750,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Certain of our initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they and/or their respective designees will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 37,500 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The foregoing purchases will only be made if they are able to do so in accordance with Regulation M and Sections 9(a)(2) and 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. The purchase price for the private units will be delivered to Graubard Miller, our counsel in connection with this offering, who will also be acting solely as escrow agent in connection with the private sale of such units, at least 24 hours prior to the date of this prospectus to hold in a non-interest bearing account until we consummate this offering. Graubard Miller will deposit the purchase price into the trust account simultaneously with the consummation of the offering. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except the private warrants will be non-redeemable and may be exercised on a cashless basis,included in each case so long as they continue to be held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. Additionally, because the private warrants will be issued in a private transaction, the holders and their transferees will be allowed to exercise such warrants for cash even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective and receive unregistered ordinary shares. Furthermore, the purchasers have agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or to sell such shares to us in any tender offer we may engage in) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution from the trust account upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchasers have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as for the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as are applicable to the original purchasers of the private units) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors and their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and all underlying securities) and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the private units or securities issued in payment of working capital loans made to us can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under FINRA Rule 5110, Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their designees may only make a demand registration (i) on one occasion and (ii) during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their designees may participate in a “piggy-back” registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

As of September 30, 2018, B. Luke Weil loaned us an aggregate of $34,259 to cover expenses related to this offering. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. We intend to repay these loans from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account.

We will pay Cowen and Craig-Hallum, each an initial shareholder of ours, the underwriting fees described under the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be executed on the date of this prospectus. Additionally, we have engaged them as advisors in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the business combination marketing agreement and in connection therewith will pay each such firm a fee upon consummation of our business combination. See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) – Business Combination Marketing Agreement” for further information related to this agreement.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust accountseries and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and the payment of consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Our Code of Ethics, which we will adopt upon consummation of this offering, will require us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

We also require each of our directors and executive officers to annually complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties. Additionally, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our initial shareholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation (other than the underwriting fees, the business combination marketing agreement fees and consulting, finder or success fees to our officers, directors, shareholders or their affiliates for assisting us in consummating our initial business combination) prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We are currently authorized to issue 100,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001. As of the date of this prospectus, 2,875,000 ordinary shares are outstanding (including up to an aggregate of 375,000 ordinary shares subject to compulsory repurchase by us to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part). No preferred shares are outstanding.

Units

Each unit consists of one ordinary share. one right and one redeemable warrant. Each right entitles the holder to receive one-tenth of one ordinary share upon consummation of an initial business combination. Each redeemable warrant entitles the holder to purchase one ordinary share for $11.50. The ordinary shares, rights and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 52ndday after the date of this prospectus unless Cowen determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K, or a new Form 8-K, to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating when separate trading of the ordinary shares, rights and warrants has commenced.

Ordinary Shares

Our shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. In connection with any vote held to approve our initial business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective ordinary shares owned by them immediately prior to this offering and any shares purchased in this offering or following this offering in the open market in favor of the proposed business combination.

We will proceed with the business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such business combination and a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. At least five days’ notice must be given for each general meeting (although we will provide whatever minimum number of days are required under Federal securities laws). Shareholders may vote at meetings in person or by proxy.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not consummate a business combination by 18 months from the consummation of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholderspowers (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any)voting power), subject to applicable law,designations, preferences and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Our shareholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that public shareholders have the right to have their public shares converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote on the proposed business combination and the business combination is completed. Public shareholders who convert their public shares into their portion of the trust account still have the right to exercise the redeemable warrants that they received as part of the units.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there shall be entered therein:

(a)the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

(b)the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

(c)the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members shall be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members shall be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members shall be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preferred Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 preferred shares with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred shares with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holdersshares. The Company’s Board also is authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of ordinary shares. However,preferred stock may have the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred shares which participate in any manner in the proceedseffect of the trust account, or which votes as a class with the ordinary shares on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred shares to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred shares could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Rights

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even ifCompany and may adversely affect the holder of such right converted all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amendedvoting and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder ofother rights in order to receive his, her or its additional shares upon consummation of an initial business combination as the consideration related thereto has been included in the unit purchase price paid for by investors in this offering. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours) since the issuance of the shares underlying the rights will either be registered under an effective registration statement on Form S-4 (in the case where we are not the surviving entity) or be exempt from registration pursuant to an applicable exemption such as the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) (in the case where we are the surviving entity).

The number of ordinary shares that the holders of rights are entitled to receive upon consummation of a business combination shall be equitably adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any share split, reverse share split, share dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to the ordinary shares occurring on or after the date hereof and prior to the consummation of a business combination.

The rights will be issued in registered form under a rights agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval, by written consent or vote, of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock, which could have a majoritynegative impact on the market price of the thenClass A Common Stock. The Company has no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

75

Warrants

We have outstanding rights (including the private rights) in order to make any change10,997,500 Warrants outstanding that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary share basis. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the 1/10 of a share underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of the business combination. More specifically, each holder will be required to indicate his, her or its election to convert the rights into their underlying shares as well as to return the original rights certificates to us. There is no length of time within which an investor must affirmatively elect to convert the rights. However, until a holder affirmatively elects to convert its rights, the right certificates held by such holder will not represent the ordinary shares they are convertible for but instead will simply represent the right to receive such ordinary shares.

If we are unable to completepurchase an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Because we will only issue a wholeequal number of shares you will not receive any fractional shares toof the extent the number of rights held by you upon consummation of our initial business combination is not divisible by ten.

Redeemable Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding.Company’s Class A Common Stock. Each redeemable warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one ordinary share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and 12 months from the date of this prospectus.or after July 20, 2021. However, except as set forth below, no warrantsWarrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrantsWarrants and a current prospectus relating to such ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrantsWarrants is not effective, within 90 days from the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act provided that such exemption is available. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The warrantsWarrants will expire five years from the consummation of our initial business combinationon July 20, 2026 at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

We may call the warrantsWarrants for redemption (excluding the private warrants)Private Warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $.01 per warrant:Warrant:

at any time while the warrantsWarrants are exercisable,

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrantWarrant holder,

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders, and

if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. TheFor this purpose, “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock for the 20 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Whether we will exercise our option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of our ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock at the time the warrants are called for redemption, our cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive share issuances.

76

The warrants will bewere issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent,Warrant Agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval, by written consent or vote, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent,Warrant Agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive ordinary shares.shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

Except as described above, no warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a prospectus relating to the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use ourits best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the ordinary shares isof Class A Common Stock are not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the warrants may expire worthless.

Warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their warrants such that an electing warrant holder (and his, her or its affiliates) would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder (and his, her or its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% of the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any person who acquires a warrant with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of our company,us, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition will be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary sharesOrdinary Shares and not be able to take advantage of this provision.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share (as a result of a subsequent share dividend payable in ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split up of the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event), we will, upon exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.

Contractual Arrangements with respect to the CertainPrivate Warrants

We have agreed that so long as the private warrantsPrivate Warrants are still held by theour initial purchasersshareholders or their affiliates, we will not redeem such warrants and we will allow the holders to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis (even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective). However, once any of the foregoing warrantsPrivate Warrants are transferred from the initial purchasers or their affiliates, these arrangements will no longer apply. Additionally, the representative of the underwritersCowen has agreed that it will not be permitted to exercise any warrants underlying the purchase option to be issued to it and/or its designees upon consummation of this offeringthe IPO after the five year anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.for our IPO. Furthermore, because the private warrants will bePrivate Warrants were issued in a private transaction, the holders and their transferees will be allowed to exercise such warrants for cash even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective and receive unregistered ordinary shares.shares of Class A Common Stock. As of December 2 2021, 197,500 of the total 10,997,500 Warrants outstanding were Private Warrants.

77

Pre-Funded Warrants

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinaryOn September 15, 2021, we entered into a Share Repurchase Agreement with various entities (collectively, the “Investors”) whereby we repurchased an aggregate of 800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Repurchase Shares”) from the Investors. The purchase price for the Repurchase Shares was the issuance of an aggregate of 800,000 pre-funded warrants to date andacquire an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”). The Pre-Funded Warrants do not intendexpire and are exercisable at any time after their original issuance.

The Pre-Funded Warrants may not be exercised by the holder to paythe extent that the holder, together with its affiliates that report together as a group under the beneficial ownership rules, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 9.99% of Stryve’s issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Pre-Funded Warrants, the holders of the Pre-Funded Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash dividendsor other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Pre-Funded Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction without regard to any limitations on exercise contained in the completionPre-Funded Warrants.

Exclusive Forum

The Charter provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a business combination. The paymentfiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, ifCompany to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any capital requirements and general financial condition subsequentaction asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to completionany provision of the DGCL or the Charter or the Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be withinclaim against the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board ofCompany, its directors, to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Transfer Agent, Rights Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares, rights agent for our rights and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares, rightsofficers or warrants. We have applied to have the units, and the ordinary shares, rights and warrants once they begin separate trading, listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ANDAU,” “ANDA,” “ANDAR” and “ANDAW,” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies areemployees governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English Lawinternal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims under the Exchange Act, but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments,will apply to other state and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summaryfederal law claims including actions arising under the Securities Act. Section 22 of the material differences betweenSecurities Act, however, creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Charter and Bylaws

The provisions of the Companies Law applicableCharter and Bylaws and of the DGCL summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares of Class A Common Stock.

The Charter and Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to usenhance the likelihood of continuity and the laws applicable to companies incorporatedstability in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Companies Law allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66.6% in value)composition of the shareholdersBoard and that may have the effect of each company;delaying, deferring or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specifiedpreventing a future takeover or change in such constituent company’s articles of association. A shareholder has the right to vote on a merger or consolidation regardless of whether the shares that he holds otherwise give him voting rights. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90%control of the issued shares of each classCompany unless such takeover or change in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Law provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidationcontrol is approved by the shareholders,Board of Directors.

These provisions include:

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. The Charter provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Charter and Bylaws also provide that, subject to any special rights of the constituent company must giveholders of any series of preferred stock and except as otherwise required by applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or by the Company’s Board. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Company’s Board to call a special meeting.

78

Advance Notice Procedures. The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, and for stockholder nominations of persons for election to the Board to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given the Company’s Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice frombring that business or nomination before the constituent company,meeting. Although the Bylaws will not give the constituent companyCompany’s Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a written noticespecial or annual meeting, as applicable, the Bylaws may have the effect of his intentionprecluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to dissent including, among other details, a demand for paymentelect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the fair valueCompany.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. The Company’s authorized but unissued shares of his shares; (d) within seven days followingcommon stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to rules of the securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions, in connection with the redemption or exchange of Holding’s Common Units and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of the Company’s common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations. The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the expiration of the period set outtransaction in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in the following prescribed manner:

prior to the time of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; and
on or subsequent to the time of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, for purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving companystock sale, or the consolidated company must makeother transaction resulting in a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements asfinancial benefit to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the sharesinterested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with a fair rate of interest, if any,affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rightsinterested stockholder status, owned 15% or more of a dissenting shareholder are notcorporation’s outstanding voting securities.

Such provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board because the stockholder approval requirement would be available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchangeavoided if the Board approves either the business combination or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisionstransaction that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred toresults in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the eventstockholder becoming an interested stockholder. However, such provisions also could discourage attempts that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits. Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of civil liabilities. The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and may provide less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Law;

an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

an exempted company may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association filed under the laws of the Cayman Islands contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections to our shareholders prior to the consummation of a business combination. The following are the material rights and protections contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

the right of public shareholders to exercise conversion rights and have their public shares repurchased in lieu of participating in a proposed business combination;

a prohibition against completing a business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such business combination;

a requirement that if we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted must be voted in favor of such business combination;

the separation of our board of directors into three classes and the establishment of related procedures regarding the standing and election of such directors;

a requirement that directors may call general meetings on their own accord and are required to call an extraordinary general meeting if holders of not less than 10% in par value of the issued shares request such a meeting;

a prohibition, prior to a business combination, against our issuing (i) any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into ordinary shares or (ii) any other securities (including preferred shares) which participate in or are otherwise entitled in any manner to any of the proceeds in the trust account or which vote as a class with the ordinary shares on a business combination;

a requirement that our management take all actions necessary to liquidate our trust account in the event we do not consummate a business combination by 18 months from the consummation of this offering;

a prohibition, prior to a business combination, against our issuing (i) any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into ordinary shares or (ii) any other securities (including preferred shares) which participate in or are otherwise entitled in any manner to any of the proceeds in the trust account or which vote as a class with the ordinary shares on a business combination; and

the limitation on shareholders’ rights to receive a portion of the trust account.

The Companies Law permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s outstanding ordinary shares. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote. The foregoing is set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and cannot be amended.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Money Laundering Regulations (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

(a)the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

(b)the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

(c)the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breachpremium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

79

Staggered Board of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident inDirectors. The Charter provides that the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the personCompany’s Board will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authorityclassified into three classes of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceedsdirectors of Crime Law, 2008 of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after this offering, we will have 12,875,000 ordinary shares outstanding, or 14,787,500 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 10,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 11,500,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares will not be transferable except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

Subject to the restrictions discussed in the section entitled “—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies,” below, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares, rights or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 128,750 shares immediately after this offering (or 147,875 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and

the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in amendments to Rule 144 by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

approximately equal size. As a result, it is likelyin most circumstances, a person can gain control of the Company’s Board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The Bylaws limit the liability of the Company’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and provides that the Company will provide them with customary indemnification and advancement and prepayment of expenses. The Company has entered into to customary indemnification agreements with each of its executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to the Company or on its behalf.

Insider Registration Rights Agreements

On January 28, 2019, we entered into the Insider Registration Rights Agreement with the Insiders pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their insider shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time.

Registration Rights

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well aswhich the holders of the private unitsInsider Shares, Private Units (and all underlying securities) and any securities issued. Pursuant to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. TheInsider Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Insider Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares of Class A Common Stock are to be released from escrow pursuant to the terms of the Insider Escrow Agreement. The holders of a majority of the securities can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummates a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under FINRA Rule 5110, Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their designees may only make a demand registration (i) on one occasion and (ii) during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the private units (and underlying securities)IPO Prospectus, and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under FINRA Rule 5110, Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their designees may participate in a “piggy-back” registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of IPO Prospectus.

Seller Registration Rights Agreement

The Seller entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Andina (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) that become effective at the Closing. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Seller holds registration rights that obligate us to register for resale under the Securities Act all or any portion of any Exchange Shares issued after the Closing and, solely with respect to a distribution by the Seller to its members, the Seller Consideration Units and shares of Class V Common Stock received by Seller in the Transactions, including the Escrow Securities any additional securities issued by us after the Closing pursuant to the post-Closing consideration adjustments under the Business Combination Agreement (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). Seller (or transferees) holding at least 15% or more of the Registrable Securities then issued and outstanding will be entitled to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities. Subject to certain exceptions, if any time after the Closing, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, we will be required to give written notice to Seller as to the proposed filing and offer the Seller an opportunity to register the sale of which this prospectus forms a part. We will bearsuch number of Registrable Securities as requested by the expenses incurredSeller in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Lock-Up and Similar Agreements

We and our executive officers and directors will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements,writing. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, the Seller will be entitled to request in writing that we register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 and any similar short-form registration that may be available at such time.

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to indemnify the Seller and certain persons or entities related to the Seller such as its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell Registrable Securities, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and the Seller agreed to indemnify us and certain persons or entities related to us such as its officers and directors and underwriters against all losses caused by the Seller’ misstatements or omissions in those documents.

80

PIPE Registration Rights Agreement

Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Subscription Agreements, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the PIPE Investors (the “PIPE Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which we filed and had declared effective a registration statement for the resale of the PIPE Shares issued to the PIPE Investors (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). We become subject to liquidated damages of 1% of the subscription price paid by each PIPE Investor per month if we fail to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective. Under the PIPE Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to indemnify the PIPE Investors and certain persons or entities related to the PIPE Investors against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and each PIPE Investor agreed to severally indemnify us and certain persons or entities related to us against all losses caused by such PIPE Investor’s misstatements or omissions in those documents.

Lock-Up Agreement

Simultaneously with the execution of these persons maythe Business Combination Agreement, the Seller entered into the Lock-Up Agreement with respect to the Seller Consideration Units and shares of Class V Common Stock received by Seller in the Transactions, including the Escrow Securities any additional securities issued after the Closing pursuant to the post-Closing consideration adjustments under the Business Combination Agreement and any Exchange Shares issued after the Closing (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”). The Lock-Up Agreement, provides that the Seller will not withoutduring the prior written approvalperiod commencing from the Closing and ending on the earlier of Cowen, offer, sell, contract(i) with respect to sell, pledge, or otherwise disposefifty percent (50%) of directly or indirectly, or hedge our units, rights, warrants, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a periodeach type of 180 days afterRestricted Securities (x) the one (1) year anniversary of the date of this prospectus. For a further description of these arrangements, see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) – No Sales of Similar Securities; Lock-Up Agreements”.

Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders”) until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the completion of our initial business combination andClosing, (y) the date on which the closing price of our ordinary sharesClass A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20twenty (20) trading days within any 30-tradingthirty (30) trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respecttwenty (20) trading days prior to the remaining 50%six (6) month anniversary of the insider shares, one yearClosing, and (z) the date after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination,Closing on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, stockBusiness Combination, share exchange or other similar transaction whichwith an unaffiliated third party that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary sharesequity holdings in us for cash, securities or other property.

The purchasers of the private units have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (exceptproperty (a “Subsequent Transaction”), and (ii) respect to the same permitted transferees as forremaining fifty percent (50%) of each type of Restricted Securities (x) the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as are applicable to the original purchasers of the private units) until the completion of our initial business combination.

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and United States Federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares, rights and warrants, is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect asone (1) year anniversary of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, rightsthe Closing and warrants, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Government of the Cayman Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the company or its shareholders. The Cayman Islands are not party to a double taxation treaty with any country that is applicable to any payment made to or by us.

We have applied for, and on August 23, 2016 received, an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from(y) the date after the Closing on which we consummate a Subsequent Transaction: (a) lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate, assign, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposingdirectly or indirectly, any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of shares, debenturesrestricted securities, (b) enter into any swap or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholdingarrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the restricted securities, or (c) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, whether any such transaction described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above is to be settled by delivery of restricted securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The Seller also agreed that the Escrow Securities will continue to be subject to such transfer restrictions until they are released from the escrow account. However, the Seller will be allowed to transfer any of the Restricted Securities (other than the Escrow Securities while they are held in the escrow account) (I) by gift, will or intestate succession, (II) pursuant to a court order or settlement agreement related to the distribution of assets in connection with the dissolution of marriage or civil union, or (III) to any immediate family member, any trust for immediate family members, any entity or trust for bona fide estate or tax planning purposes, if Seller is a trust, to the trustor or beneficiary of such trust or the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, if Seller is an entity, as a distribution to limited partners, shareholders, members of, or owners or of similar equity interests in Holder, or to any affiliate of the Seller, provided in each such case that the transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement.

Nasdaq Listing of Class A Common Stock and Warrants

The Company’s Class A Common Stock and warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “SNAX” and “SNAXW,” respectively.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends. The payment of dividend or other distribution of income orcash dividends will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital byrequirements and general financial condition and will be within the company to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligationdiscretion of the company.Board.

United States Federal Income Taxation

General

81

This section

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent is a general summaryContinental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

One State Street Plaza, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10004

82

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the material United States Federal income tax provisions relatingCompany as of the Closing Date by:

each person known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock;
each of the Company’s named executive officers and directors; and
all current executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the acquisition,rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership and disposition of our units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants. This section does not address any aspect of United States Federal gifta security if he, she or estate tax,it possesses sole or the state, localshared voting or non-United States tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares, rightspower over that security, including options and warrants nor does it provide any actual representationsthat are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The information below is based on an aggregate of 8,610,005 shares of Class A Common Stock and 11,502,355 shares of Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding as to any tax consequences of December 15, 2021.

Unless otherwise indicated, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares, rightsCompany believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and warrants.

Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary share and warrant components of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequencesinvestment power with respect to actual holdersall shares beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Shares of Class A Common Stock  

 

% of Class A Common Stock

  Holdings Class B/V Units(2)  % of Total Voting Power(3) 
Directors and Named Executive Officers:                
Joe Oblas  45,000(5)  *   601,841   3.2%
R. Alex Hawkins  16,000(5)(6)  *   121,718   * 
Ted Casey  302,857(5)(7)  3.5%  1,491,314   8.9%
Kevin Vivian  4,500(5)  *   87,181   * 
B. Luke Weil  949,853(5)(8)  10.9%  -   4.7%
Mauricio Orellana  96,028(5)(9)  1.1%  -   * 
Robert “Bo” D. Ramsey III  2,125(5)  *   -   * 
Gregory S. Christenson ��16,503(5)(10)  *   -   * 
Charles D. Vogt  1,181(5)  *   -   * 
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (nine persons):  1,434,047   16.5%  2,302,054   18.5%
                 
Greater than Five Percent Holders:                
Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC(4)  -   -   11,502,355   57.2%
Meaningful Protein, LLC  -   -   1,563,400(11)  7.8%
Pura Vida Investments, LLC  852,390(12)  9.9%  -   6.2%

* less than one percent.

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the principal business address of ordinary shares, rightsall the individuals listed under “Directors and warrants should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying ordinary shares, rights and warrants that comprise the units).

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a beneficial owner of our securities is not described as a U.S. Holder and is not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such owner will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable specifically to Non-U.S. Holders are described below under the heading “Non-U.S. Holders.”

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion assumes that the ordinary shares, rights and warrants will trade separately and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that own our securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

financial institutions or financial services entities;

broker-dealers;

taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules under Section 475 of the Code;

tax-exempt entities;

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

insurance companies;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

persons that actually or constructively own 5 percent or more of our voting shares;

persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;

persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or, except as discussed herein, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our securities. Additionally, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partnerNamed Executive Officers” in the partnership generally will depend on the statustable above and Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC is c/o 5801 Tennyson Pkwy, Suite 275, Plano, TX 75024.

(2) Holders of the partnerClass A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held by them. Seller owns Holdings Class B Units and the activitiesshares of the partnership. This discussion also assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. IT DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY ACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AS TO ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES AND WE HAVE NOT OBTAINED ANY OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TAX CONSEQUENCES. AS A RESULT, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

There is no authority addressing the treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. Each unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one ordinary share, one right and one warrant. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit generally must allocate the purchase price of a unit between the ordinary share, right and warrant that comprise the unit based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each ordinary share, right and warrant generally will be the holder’s tax basis in such share, right or warrant, as the case may be.

The foregoing treatment of our ordinary shares, rights and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each holder is advised to consult its own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit) and regarding an allocation of the purchase price between the ordinary share and warrant that comprise a unit. The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return of a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

A U.S. holder is required to file with such U.S. holder’s income tax return new Form 8938 to report the ownership of shares or securities issued by a foreign corporation exceeding certain threshold amounts.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Class V Common Stock. Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any cash distribution paid on our ordinary shares. A cash distribution on such shares generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each warrant providethe Exchange Agreement, a set of one Holdings Class B Unit and one share of Class V Common Stock is exchangeable for an adjustment toone share of Class A Common Stock after the number of shares for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise priceexpiration of the warrant in certain events. An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. However, the U.S. Holders of the warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrant holders’ proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increaselock-up period set forth in the numberLock-Up Agreement applicable to such securities. All shares of ordinaryClass V Common Stock are owned directly by Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC. Unless and until Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC is liquidated, the persons does not directly own shares that would be obtained upon exercise) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of our ordinary shares which is taxable to the U.S. Holders of such ordinary shares as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. Holders of the warrants received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.Class V Common Stock

83
 

(3) Represents percentage of voting power of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock of the Company voting together as a single class.

(4) Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC owns Class B Units and shares of Class V Common Stock. Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, a set of one Holdings Class B Unit and one share of Class V Common Stock is exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock after the expiration of the lock-up period set forth in the Lock-Up Agreement applicable to such securities.

(5) Ownership of Class A Common Stock includes and excludes the following shares of restricted Class A Common Stock awarded under the Incentive Plan:

NameIncludesExcludes
Joe Oblas12,500 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021175,000 shares subject to vesting.
R. Alex Hawkins6,250 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021137,500 shares subject to vesting.
Ted Casey4,125 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021

N/A

Kevin Vivian1,750 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A
B. Luke Weil1,750 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A
Mauricio Orellana1,750 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A
Robert “Bo” D. Ramsey III2,125 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A
Gregory S. Christenson1,503 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A
Charles D. Vogt1,181 shares subject to vesting on December 31, 2021N/A

(6) Includes 1,000 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock.

(7) Includes 168,306 shares of Class A Common Stock held by various family trusts. Thomas Farrell Casey is the trustee and control person of, with voting and dispositive power over the securities held by, such trusts. Ted Casey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by the trusts except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(8) Includes 72,955 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, includes 75,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Andina Equity LLC of which Mr. Weil is the managing member and 237,500 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by LWEH3 LLC which Mr. Weil controls. B. Luke Weil disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Andina Equity LLC and LWEH3 LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(9) Includes 4,999 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock.

(10) Includes 15,000 held indirectly through trusts.

84

Taxation

(11) Information obtained from Schedule 13G filed on July 30, 2021. Consists of 1,563,400 shares of Class V Common Stock and 1,563,400 Class B Units. Subject to the Dispositionterms of Ordinary Shares, Rightsan Exchange Agreement, a set of one Class B Unit and Warrantsone share of Class V Common Stock is exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock of Stryve Foods, Inc. after the expiration of a lock-up period applicable to such securities. The shares of Class V Common Stock and Class B units are indirectly beneficially owned by Meaningful Protein, LLC (1,467,142 shares) and Jacob Capps (96,258 shares) as members of Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC. Unless and until Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC is liquidated, such securities are not directly owned. Meaningful Partners SPV Investments LLC is the manager of Meaningful Protein, LLC, and Jacob Capps is the manager of Meaningful Partners SPV Investments LLC, and could be deemed to share such indirect beneficial ownership with Meaningful Protein, LLC and Meaningful Partners SPV Investments LLC. The business address is 2041 Rosecrans Ave, Suite 359, El Segundo, CA 90245.

Upon(12) Consists of 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. Also includes 397,609 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be obtained through the exercise of outstanding pre-funded warrants. Excludes 402,391 pre-funded warrants to obtain shares of Class A Common Stock. The pre-funded warrants may not be exercised by the holder to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates that report together as a sale or other taxable dispositiongroup under the beneficial ownership rules, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 9.99% of our ordinaryissued and outstanding Class A Common Stock. The shares rights or warrants (which, in general, would include a redemption of ordinary shares, as discussed below, and including as a result of a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time)are held by Pura Vida Master Fund, Ltd. (the “Pura Vida Master Fund”), and subjectcertain separately managed accounts (the “Accounts”). Pura Vida Investments, LLC (“PVI”) serves as the investment manager to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realizedPura Vida Master Fund and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares, rights or warrants.

The regular U.S. federal income tax rate on capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally is the sameAccounts. Efrem Kamen serves as the regular U.S. federal income tax rate on ordinary income, except that under tax law currently in effect long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subjectmanaging member of PVI. By virtue of these relationships, such entities may be deemed to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum regular rates of 15% or 20% depending upon the U.S. Holder’s level of taxable income. Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares, rights or warrants exceeds one year. It is unclear whether the redemption rightshave shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares described in this prospectus may prevent a U.S. Holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements for this purpose. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations that are not described herein because a discussion of such limitations depends on each U.S. Holder’s particular facts and circumstances. Among such limitations is the deduction for losses upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. Holder of shares, rights or warrants (whether or not held as part of a unit) if, within a period beginning 30 days before the date of such disposition and ending 30 days after such date, such U.S. Holder has acquired (by purchase or by an exchange on which the entire amount of gain or loss was recognized by law), or has entered into a contract or option so to acquire, substantially identical shares or securities. U.S. Holders who recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our ordinary shares, rights or warrants should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.

Conversion of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if a U.S. Holder converts ordinary shares into the right to receive cash pursuant to the exercise of a shareholder conversion right, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such conversion will be subject to the following rules. If the conversion qualifies as a sale of the ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, the tax treatment of such conversion will be as described under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares, Rights and Warrants” above. If the conversion does not qualify as a sale of ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, a U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a distribution with the tax consequences described below. Whether conversion of our shares qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our ordinary shares treated as held by such U.S. Holder. The conversion of ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the ordinary shares (rather than as a distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the conversion (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to a U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder must take into account not only our ordinary shares actually owned by such holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by such holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to our ordinary shares owned directly ordinaryby the Pura Vida Master Fund and the Accounts. Each of such entities disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by related individuals and entities in which such holder has an interest or that have an interest in such holder, as well as any ordinary shares such holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuantexcept to the exercise of warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by a U.S. Holder immediately following the conversion of our ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80%extent of the percentage of our outstanding voting and ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately before the conversion. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’sentity’s pecuniary interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder are converted or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder are converted and such holdertherein. The business address is eligible to waive, and effectively waives, in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by family members and such holder does not constructively own any other shares. The conversion of the ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the conversion will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of an exercise of the conversion right.150 East 52nd Street Suite 32001, New York, New York 10022.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption may be treated as a distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis a U.S. Holder has in the redeemed ordinary shares will be added to the adjusted tax basis in such holder’s remaining ordinary shares. If there are no remaining ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the allocation of any remaining basis.

U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own one percent or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a conversion of ordinary shares, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

Exercise or Lapse of a Right or Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of an ordinary share from the conversion of a right or exercise of a warrant for cash. An ordinary share received upon consummation of an initial business combination or acquired pursuant to the exercise of a warrant for cash generally will have a tax basis equal to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the right or warrant, increased by the amount paid to exercise the warrant. The holding period of such ordinary share generally would begin on the day after the date of receipt of shares from the conversion of the right or exercise of the warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the right or warrant. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. Holder’s basis in the ordinary shares received would equal the holder’s basis in the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain realization event, a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the ordinary shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise of the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the ordinary shares would include the holding period of the warrant. It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered warrants equal to the number of ordinary shares having a value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. The U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the ordinary shares represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares received would equal the sum of the fair market value of the ordinary shares represented by the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants exercised. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares would commence on the date following the date of exercise of the warrant. Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Unearned Income Medicare Tax

A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will generally apply to all or some portion of the net investment income of a U.S. Holder that is an individual with adjusted gross income that exceeds a threshold amount ($250,000 if married filing jointly or if considered a “surviving spouse” for federal income tax purposes, $125,000 if married filing separately, and $200,000 in other cases). This 3.8% tax will also apply to all or some portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain U.S. Holders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, dividends and gains from the taxable dispositions of the ordinary shares, rights and warrants will generally be taken into account in computing such a U.S. Holder’s net investment income.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns may be filed with the IRS with respect to dividends or other distributions we may pay to you and proceeds from the sale of your ordinary shares, rights and warrants. You will be subject to backup withholding on these payments if you fail to provide your taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld with respect to your ordinary shares, rights or warrants under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

85
 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Tax Receivables Agreement

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata shareAt the Closing of the grossBusiness Combination, the Company, Holdings, Seller and the TRA Holder Representative entered into the Tax Receivables Agreement. Pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement, the Company will generally be required to pay the TRA Holders 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxes that are based on, or measured with respect to, net income or profits, and any interest related thereto that the Tax Group(i.e., the Company’s and applicable consolidated, unitary, or combined subsidiaries) realizes, or is deemed to realize, as a result of certain tax attributes, which include:

tax basis adjustments resulting from taxable exchanges of Seller Consideration Units and Class V Common Stock (including any such adjustments resulting from certain payments made by us under the Tax Receivables Agreement) acquired by us from a TRA Holder pursuant to the terms of the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement; and

tax deductions in respect of portions of certain payments made under the Tax Receivables Agreement.

Under the Tax Receivables Agreement, the Tax Group will generally be treated as realizing a tax benefit from the use of a Tax Attribute on a “with and without” basis, thereby generally treating the Tax Attributes as the last item used, subject to several exceptions including without limitation: (i) the carryback of tax items arising from other tax attributes are ignored and will not impact a prior year’s “with and without” calculation, (ii) state and local tax savings are calculated using an assumed tax rate, (iii) the determination of any corporationincremental basis adjustment in which itrespect of payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement is considered to own at least 25% ofmade on an iterative basis continuing until any incremental basis adjustment is immaterial, (iv) as described below in the sharesevent that any Tax Attributes initially claimed or utilized by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share ofTax Group are disallowed, the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporationTRA Holders will not be a PFICrequired to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made, rather any such excess payments made to such TRA Holders will be applied against and reduce any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us under the first taxable yearTax Receivables Agreement to applicable TRA Holders after the corporation has gross income, if (1) no predecessordetermination of such excess, and (v) upon the corporation was a PFIC; (2)occurrence of certain Early Termination Events several assumptions are used in determining the corporation satisfies“with and without” calculation as described below.

Payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement generally will be based on the tax reporting positions that the Company determines (with the amount of subject payments determined in consultation with an advisory firm and subject to the TRA Holder Representative’s review and consent), and the IRS or another taxing authority may challenge all or any part of a position taken with respect to Tax Attributes or the utilization thereof, as well as other tax positions that itthe Company takes, and a court may sustain such a challenge. In the event that any Tax Attributes initially claimed or utilized by the Tax Group are disallowed, the TRA Holders will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, any excess payments made to such TRA Holders will be applied against and reduce any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us under the Tax Receivables Agreement after the determination of such excess. However, a PFICchallenge to any Tax Attributes initially claimed or utilized by the Tax Group may not arise for eithera number of the first two taxable years following the start-up year;initial time of such payment and, (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us will noteven if challenged earlier, such excess cash payment may be known until after the close of our current taxable year. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition andgreater than the amount of our passive income and assets as well asfuture cash payments that the passive income and assetsCompany might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire inTax Receivables Agreement and, as a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2018. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, willresult, there might not be determinable until after the end offuture cash payments against which such taxable year. Accordingly, thereexcess can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares and the U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) ordinary shares, as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to:

any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares, rights or warrants; and

any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares).

Under these rules,

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares, rights or warrants;

the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;
the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its rights to acquire our ordinary shares.applied. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposesin certain circumstances we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement in excess of such rights or warrants (other than upon conversionthe Tax Group’s actual savings in respect of rights or exchangethe Tax Attributes, which could materially impair the financial condition of warrants), any gain recognized generallythe Company and the Tax Group.

The Tax Receivables Agreement provides that, in the event of certain Early Termination Events, the Company will be subjectrequired to make a lump-sum cash payment to all the TRA Holders equal to the special tax and interest charge rules treatingpresent value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the gain as an excess distribution, as described above, if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. Holder held the rights or warrants. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such warrants properly makes a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired ordinary shares, but the adverse tax consequencesTax Receivables Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to PFIC shares, adjustedthere being sufficient future taxable income of the Tax Group to take into accountfully utilize the current income inclusions resulting fromTax Attributes over certain specified time periods and that all TRA Holders that had not yet exchanged units for Class A Common Stock are deemed exchanged for cash. The lump-sum payment could be material and could materially exceed any actual tax benefits that the QEF election, will continue to apply with respectTax Group realizes subsequent to such newly acquired ordinary shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. The purging election creates a deemed sale of such shares at their fair market value. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. payment.

86

As a result of the purging election,foregoing, in some circumstances (i) the U.S. Holder willCompany could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement that are greater than or less than the actual tax savings that the Tax Group realizes in respect of the Tax Attributes and (ii) it is possible that the Company may be required to make payments years in advance of the actual realization of tax benefits (if any, and may never actually realize the benefits paid for) in respect of the Tax Attributes (including if any Early Termination Events occur). In these situations, the Company’s obligations under the Tax Receivables Agreement could have a new basismaterial and holding period inadverse impact on the ordinary shares acquired uponCompany’s liquidity and could have the exerciseeffect of the warrants for purposesdelaying, deferring, or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of the PFIC rules.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made,business combinations or other changes of control. There can be revoked onlyno assurance that the Company will be able to finance its obligations under the Tax Receivables Agreement in a manner that does not adversely affect its working capital and growth requirements.

The Company is required to notify and keep the TRA Holder Representative reasonably informed regarding tax audits or other proceedings the outcome of which is reasonably expected to reduce or defer payments to any TRA Holder under the Tax Receivables Agreement and the TRA Holder Representative and any affected TRA Holder has the right to discuss with the Company, and provide input and comment to The Company regarding, any portion of any such tax audit or proceeding. The Company will not be permitted to settle or fail to contest any issue pertaining to income taxes that is reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the TRA Holders’ rights and obligations under the Tax Receivables Agreement without the consent of the IRS. A U.S.TRA Holder Representative (which is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Under the Tax Receivables Agreement, the Company is required to provide the TRA Holder Representative with a schedule showing the calculation of payments that are due under the Tax Receivables Agreement with respect to each taxable year. This calculation will be based upon the advice of our tax advisors and an advisory firm. Payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement will generally makesbe required to be made to the TRA Holders a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholdershort period of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), includingtime after this schedule becomes final pursuant to the information providedprocedures set forth in a PFIC annual information statement,the Tax Receivables Agreement, although interest on such payments will begin to a timely filedaccrue at from the due date (without extensions) of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Company. Any late payments that may be made under the Tax Receivables Agreement will continue to accrue interest (generally at a default rate) until such payments are made

Amended Holdings Operating Agreement

In connection with the Closing, the operating agreement of Holdings was amended and restated in its entirety to become the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement. Key terms of the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement are as set forth below.

Units

The membership interests in Holdings is represented by Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units. Both classes of Units are entitled to share in the profits and losses of Holdings and to receive distributions, on a pro rata basis, as and if declared by the managing member of Holdings. Class A Common Units, all of which are held by the Company, has voting rights, and Class B Common Units does not have any voting rights. The managing member is authorized to cause Holdings to authorize, create and issue additional Units or new classes of equity securities of Holdings solely to the extent that such new Units or other classes of equity securities are substantially identical to a class of equity securities of the Company. If at any time after Closing the Company issues new shares of Class A Common Stock, Holdings will generally be required to issue a corresponding number of new Class A Common Units to the Company.

Management

The Company, as the managing member of Holdings, has the sole right to manage and control the Company except where the vote of the members is required by law or the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement. If any vote of members is required by law or the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement, the Company, as the sole member having Class A Common Units, is the sole person entitled to vote on such matters. The business, property and affairs of Holdings is managed solely by the managing member, and the managing member cannot be removed or replaced except by the vote of the Class A Common Units.

87

Distributions

The Company, as managing member of Holdings may, in its sole discretion, authorize distributions to the members Holdings. All such distributions will be made pro rata in accordance with each member’s Units of Holdings (with Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units participating pari passu in all distributions), except in certain cases relating to (i) the Company or its subsidiaries redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring its equity securities and (ii) indemnification of Holdings members and their representatives.

The Amended Operating Agreement provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of Units in an amount sufficient to cause the Company to receive a distribution equal to all of the Company’s federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax yearliabilities during the taxable period to which the electiontax distribution relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may

Upon the liquidation or winding up of Holdings, all net proceeds thereof will be made only by filing a protective statement with such returndistributed one hundred percent (100%) to the holders of Units (with Class A Common Units and if certain other conditions are met or withClass B Common Units treated pari passu), pro rata based on their proportional ownership.

Transfer Restrictions

The Amended Operating Agreement contains restrictions on transfers of units and will require the prior consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRSmanaging member (which, in most cases, may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFICbe granted or withheld in the futuremanaging member’s sole discretion) for such transfers, except, in each case, for (i) certain transfers to permitted transferees under certain conditions and (ii) exchanges of Units for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement as described below.

Amendments

The managing member may amend the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement, provided that certain amendments that may increase a member’s liability or prejudice a class of members of Holdings (or members vis-à-vis their class of membership) or otherwise modify certain key terms require the approval of certain of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (becausemembers of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, U.S. Holders of a QEF are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held ordinary shares, rights or warrants while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of us that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to the warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq Capital Market, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factorsHoldings in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares, rights and warrants should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rulesmanager member.

The Amended Holdings Operating Agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to our ordinary shares, rights and warrants under their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to its ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares, rights or warrants unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax (but not the Medicare contribution tax) at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. Holder’s receipt of a share upon consummation of an initial business combination or exercise of a warrant, or the lapse of a warrant held by a Non-U.S. Holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the receipt of a share or exercise or lapse of a right or warrant by a U.S. Holder, as described under “U.S. Holders — Exercise or Lapse of a Right or Warrant,” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described in the preceding paragraphs above for a Non-U.S. Holders gain on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares, rights and warrants.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. Holder, subject to certain exceptions, and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our ordinary shares, rights or warrants by a U.S. Holder to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

In addition, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 24%, generally will apply to dividends paid on our ordinary shares, rights or warrants to a U.S. Holder and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of shares by a U.S. Holder, in each case who:

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or
fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

We will withhold all taxes required to be withheld by law from any amounts otherwise payable to any holder of our ordinary shares or securities, including tax withholding required by the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the requisite information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on payments to certain foreign entities on dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of U.S. equity interests, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in the units.

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

We are offering the units described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Cowen and Company, LLC, or Cowen, is the representative for the underwriters and Cowen and Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase from us, on a firm commitment basis, and we have agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of units listed next to its name in the following table:

UnderwritersNumber of
Units

Cowen and Company, LLC

Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC
Total10,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must purchase all of the units if they purchase any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the units covered by the over-allotment option described below.

Theunits are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

receipt and acceptance of the units by the underwriters; and
the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters intend to make a market in the units as permitted by applicable laws and regulations but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

Over-allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to 1,500,000 additional units. The underwriters have 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional units approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above. Any units issued or sold under this option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other units that are the subject of this offering.

UnderwritingDiscount

Units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $____ per unit from the public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any units purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $____ per unit from the public offering price. If all of the units are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the units at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms.

The following table shows the per unit and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 units.

  Per Unit  

Without

Over-allotment

  

With

Over-allotment

 
Public offering price  10.00   100,000,000   115,000,000 
Discount(1)  0.25   2,500,000   2,875,000 
Proceeds before expenses(2)  9.75   97,500,000   112,125,000 

(1)Chardan Capital Markets, LLC will be paid a fee of $75,000 from the total underwriting discount in consideration for its services and expenses as qualified independent underwriter. See “—Conflicts of Interest,” below.
(2)Our offering expenses are estimated at $750,000.

We are obligated to reimburse the underwriters up to $______ for (i) filing fees, costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of underwriters’ counsel not to exceed $15,000) incurred in registering the offering with FINRA; and (ii) the costs of an investigative search firm to conduct background checks on our principals, up to a maximum of $______ in the aggregate.

No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the private units.

Business Combination Marketing Agreement

We have engaged the joint book-running managers as our advisors in connection with our business combination to assist in identifying potential target businesses, assist us in holding meetings with our shareholders to discuss the potential business combination and the target business’ attributes, introduce us to potential investors that are interested in purchasing our securities in connection with our initial business combination, assist us in obtaining shareholder approval for the business combination and assist us with our press releases and public filings in connection with the business combination. We will pay each of the joint book-running managers a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of our initial business combination in an aggregate amount equal to 3.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering, exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not agreed to pay the joint book-running managers any finders’ fees. Further, we will not enter into any such agreement with the joint book-running managers and no finders’ fees for such services will be paid to it prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering.

Insider Shares

As of the date of this prospectus, Cowen Investments, Craig-Hallum and EarlyBird Capital, Inc. (a former underwriter of ours) hold an aggregate of 659,126 insider shares (436,888 insider shares held by Cowen Investments, 187,238 insider shares held by Craig-Hallum and 35,000 insider shares held by EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.). Such shares will be placed in escrow on the date of this prospectus. The terms of the insider shares, including the transfer restrictions applicable to such shares, are described under the section titled “Principal Shareholders.”

The insider shares held by Cowen Investments and Craig-Hallum were acquired by them severally in November 2018 for an aggregate amount of proceeds of $5,427.18. These shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part pursuantpart.

Exchange Agreement

In connection with the Closing, we, Holdings and Seller entered into the Exchange Agreement, permitting Seller and holders of Holdings Class B Units and Class V Common Stock (together with Seller, the “Holders”) to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). Pursuantexchange their Holdings Class B Units and Class V Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock.

The exchange ratio shall be one Holdings Class B Unit and one share of Class V Common Stock for one share of Class A Common Stock. The exchange ratio may be equitably adjusted for any subdivision or combination of the Class B Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock, or for any subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class B Units. Concurrently with such issuance, any exchanged Class B Units shall automatically convert into Class A Units held by us, and shares of Class V Common Stock shall automatically be deemed cancelled.

A Holder shall not be entitled to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), theseeffect an exchange to the extent that we determine such exchange would violate applicable law (including securities laws) or not be permitted under our organizational documents or other agreements, including the Amended Holdings Operating Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement and the Lock-Up Agreement. We may also limit the rights of Holders to exchange their Holdings Class B Units under the Exchange Agreement if we determine in good faith that such restrictions are necessary so that Holdings will not be sold duringtreated as a “publicly traded partnership” under applicable tax laws and regulations, and may impose necessary restrictions on exchange to avoid such treatment.

88

Each of Holdings, us, and an exchanging Holder shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection with any exchange, except that Holdings shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes and similar duties (unless the offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, orHolder has requested that the shares of Class A Common Stock be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would resultissued in the economic dispositionname of the securitiesanother person).

The form of Exchange Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex E and is incorporated by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date ofreference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part or commencementpart.

Stryve Related Party Transactions

Unit Forfeiture and Cancellation Agreements. During July 2020, Stryve LLC entered into a unit forfeiture and cancellation agreement with each of salesGabe Carimi, Joe Oblas and Ted Casey. The agreements provided for each of Messrs. Carimi, Oblas and Casey to forfeit all of their respective Stryve LLC Class B Units in exchange for the public offering, exceptissuance of a promissory note to any underwritereach individual. The promissory notes issued to each of Gabe Carimi and selected dealer participatingJoe Oblas were in the offeringprincipal amount of $400,000 and their bona fide officers or partners, providedthe promissory note issued to Ted Casey was in the principal amount of $700,000. The promissory notes were balloon promissory notes that accrued interest at 3.0% per annum with all securities so transferred remain subjectinterest and principal due on the maturity date of July 28, 2024. In addition, Alex Hawkins entered into a promissory note with Stryve LLC on January 1, 2020 to borrow $150,000 in principal on the lockup restriction abovesame terms as the notes issued to Messrs. Carimi, Oblas and Casey. Each of Messrs. Carimi, Oblas, Casey and Hawkins used the proceeds from the promissory notes with Stryve to purchase an equal amount in principal of convertible promissory notes from Stryve LLC, which convertible notes accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and were convertible into equity of Stryve LLC (the “Related Party Convertible Notes”).

Series 3 Preferred Units. Mr. Casey previously purchased $675,000 of Series 3 Preferred Units from Stryve LLC in August 2020 for the remainder of the time period.

Private Units

Cowen has agreed that it and/or its designees will purchase 87,500 private units for an aggregatea discounted purchase price of $875,000 (or 96,250 private units$600,000. The Series 3 Preferred Units (which became Series 3 Preferred Units of Seller pursuant to the Merger), will participate in any distribution of Class B Units of Holdings and shares of Class V Common Stock, made by Seller to its members. In addition, on December 31, 2020, Stryve LLC entered into a note cancellation and exchange agreement with each of Gabe Carimi and Joe Oblas. The agreements provided for each of Messrs. Carimi and Oblas to convert all of the principal and accrued interest from outstanding cash advances made by each individual from time to time to Stryve LLC for working capital into Series 3 Preferred Units of Stryve LLC. The outstanding principal for each of the shareholder loans for Messrs. Carimi and Oblas was $1,450,000 ($1,704,964 with accrued interest) and $422,068 ($551,143 with accrued interest), respectively. The outstanding principal and interest on these loans were converted into Series 3 Preferred Units of Stryve LLC (which became Series 3 Preferred Units of Seller pursuant to the Merger).

Convertible Promissory Notes. In addition to the convertible notes described above under “Unit Forfeiture and Cancellation Agreements,” Stryve issued the following convertible promissory notes with related parties:

Greg Bohlen, a former director of Stryve Foods, LLC, purchased a $500,000 convertible promissory note on November 14, 2019, which convertible note accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and was convertible into equity of Seller.

Ted Casey, a director of Stryve, purchased a $500,000 convertible promissory note on August 19, 2019, which convertible note accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and was convertible into equity of Stryve, purchased two $250,000 convertible promissory notes on October 30, 2019 through trusts, which convertible notes accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and were convertible into equity of Stryve and purchased a $100,000 convertible promissory note on May 1, 2020, which convertible note accrued interest at 6.0% per annum and was convertible into equity of Stryve.

89

On January 13, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement with a principal balance of $1,600,000 (the “Member Note Payable”) with Ted Casey. The Member Note Payable bore interest at 6% per annum. Principal and accrued interest of the Member Note Payable was exchanged for participation in the Bridge Notes on January 28, 2021. The Company then entered into an additional Bridge Note with a principal balance of $190,000 on January 28, 2021 with Ted Casey. The Bridge Notes were satisfied in full by the Company in exchange for Class A Common Stock upon the consummation of the Business Combination on July 20, 2021.

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, all principal and accrued interest under each of the convertible promissory notes (including the Related Party Convertible Notes) was converted into newly issued Series 3 Preferred Unit of Seller, which Series 3 Preferred Units will participate in any distribution of Class B Units of Holdings and shares of Class V Common Stock, made by Seller to its members, under the terms of Seller’s limited liability company agreement.

January 2020 Promissory Note. Stryve and Lee Dunlap, a former director of Stryve LLC, entered into an aggregateunsecured promissory note in January 2020 whereby Stryve borrowed $250,000 at an interest rate of 16% per year with accrued interest payable monthly and the principal payable on the date of maturing The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $250,000, which was repaid in full.).

Guaranties. Except as noted below, Messrs. Carimi, Casey and Oblas each have executed unconditional personal guarantees with respect to all principal, interest and other fees and costs under several of Stryve’s loan facilities as detailed below:

$10.98 million of borrowings with Origin Bank (the “Origin Bank Borrowings”), of which $6.8MM was still outstanding as of September 30, 2021;
$4.5 million bridge loan with Van Maren Financial, which loan was repaid in full;
$2.5 million bridge loan with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, which loan was repaid in full; and
$2.7 million side-car bridge loan with individuals of Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, which loan was repaid in full.

Mr. Casey did not personally guaranty certain obligations under the Origin Bank Borrowings related to Braaitime and Biltong USA acquisitions.

Management Agreement. On June 1, 2018, Stryve entered into a Management Agreement with Meaningful Partners, LLC (“MP”). Jacob Capps, a former director of Stryve LLC and a current director of Seller, is a founding member of MP. The Management Agreement provided for MP to provide Stryve with financial related services for $10,000 per month. Stryve owed MP approximately $225,216 under the Management Agreement as of the closing of the Business Combination, which amount was paid in full after the Closing (at which point the Management Agreement automatically terminated).

Sale and Leaseback. On June 4, 2021, Stryve consummated the Sale and Leaseback Transaction for its manufacturing facility in Madill, Oklahoma with an entity controlled by Ted Casey, a director of Stryve. The Sale and Leaseback Transaction was consummated for a total purchase price of $962,500 if$7,500 thousand, which provided Stryve with net proceeds (after transaction related costs) of approximately $7,343 thousand. In connection with the consummation of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, Stryve entered into a Lease Agreement pursuant to which Stryve leased back the facility for an initial term of twelve (12) years, unless earlier terminated or extended in accordance with the terms of the Lease Agreement. Under the Lease Agreement, Stryve’s financial obligations include base rent of approximately $60,000 per month, which rent will increase on an annual basis at two percent (2%) over the initial term and two-and-a-half percent (2.5%) during any extension term. Stryve is also responsible for all monthly expenses related to the leased facility, including insurance premiums, taxes and other expenses, such as utilities. As a result of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, Mr. Casey is not be considered an independent director.

90

Employment Arrangements. Stryve has entered into employment agreements with its executive officers. See “Stryve’s Executive Compensation—Agreements with Stryve’s Named Executive Officers and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Other. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company purchased approximately $117,643 in goods from an entity controlled by Ted Casey, a director of Stryve (the “Related Party Manufacturer”). The Company did not purchase goods from the Related Party Manufacturer in periods prior to the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Andina Related Party Transactions

In July and August 2016, Andina issued an aggregate of 2,875,000 Ordinary Shares to B. Luke Weil for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.009 share. Mr. Weil thereafter subsequently transferred certain Insider Shares to other initial shareholders, including the underwriters in Andina’s IPO, at the same price originally paid for such shares. Simultaneously with the IPO, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option for 800,000 of the total possible 1,500,000 additional Units. Because the underwriters’ exercised the over-allotment option is exercised in full), orpart, Andina’s initial shareholders forfeited an aggregate of 175,000 Insider Shares.

In January 2019, certain of Andina’s initial shareholders, including the underwriters in Andina’s IPO, purchased an aggregate of 395,000 Private Units at $10.00 per unit. Craig-Hallum has agreed that it and/or its designees will purchase 37,500 private units for an aggregateunit (for a total purchase price of $375,000 (or 41,250$3,950,000) in a private units for an aggregate purchase priceplacement closed simultaneously with the closing of $412,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.00 per unit.Andina’s IPO. The private unitsPrivate Units are identical to the units beingUnits sold in this offeringAndina’s IPO, except (i)that the private warrants included inunderlying the private units will bePrivate Units are non-redeemable and may be exercised on a cashless basis, in each case so long as they continue to be held by the initial purchasersshareholders or their permitted transferees and (ii) the private warrants included in the private units shall expire on the five-year anniversarytransferees. The purchasers of the effective date ofPrivate Units have agreed (A) to vote the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Additionally, because the private warrants will be issued in a private transaction, the holders and their transferees will be allowed to exercise such warrants for cash even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective and receive unregistered ordinary shares. The private units, and the ordinary shares, rights and warrantsOrdinary Shares underlying the private units, and the ordinary shares that are issuable for the rights and warrants includedPrivate Units in such units, have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1) commencing on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), these securities will not be the subjectfavor of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Additionally, the private units purchased by Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their respective designees may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus except to any selected dealer participating in the offering and the bona fide officers or partners of the underwriter and any such participating selected dealer. Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their respective designees have also agreed that the private units purchased by them will not be sold or transferred (except to certain permitted transferees) until after we have completed an initialproposed business combination. We have granted the holders of private units, including Cowen and Craig-Hallum and/or their respective designees, the registration rights as described under the section “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Registration Rights.”

No Sales of Similar Securities; Lock-Up Agreements

We and our executive officers and directors will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of Cowen, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our units, rights, warrants, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Cowen may, at any time and in its sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. Cowen will consider, among other factors, the holder's reasons for requesting the release, the number of securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our units, rights, warrants and ordinary shares may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our securities.

Our initial shareholders have agreedcombination, (B) not to transfer, assignpropose, or sell anyvote in favor of, their insider shares (exceptan amendment to certain permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders”) until (1)Andina’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the completion of our initial businessAndina’s pre-business combination and the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respectactivities prior to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, one year after the date of the consummation of oursuch a business combination unless Andina provides Public Shareholders with the opportunity to convert their Public Shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Units for cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination or earlier,a vote to amend the provisions of Andina’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (D) that the Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Units shall not participate in either case,any liquidating distribution from the Trust Account upon winding up if subsequent to our initiala business combination we consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

is not consummated. The purchasers of our private unitsPrivate Units have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private unitsPrivate Units or underlying securities (except to the samecertain permitted transferees as for the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as are applicable to the original purchasers of the private units)transferees) until the completion of ourAndina’s initial business combination.

Prior to the consummation of Andina’s IPO, B. Luke Weil, the Chairman of Andina’s Board, loaned Andina an aggregate of $34,259, which were used for a portion of the expenses of Andina’s IPO. The loans were fully repaid upon the closing of Andina’s IPO.

Andina has entered into the Insider Letter Agreement with each Insider pursuant to which, among other things, Andina’s Chairman, B. Luke Weil, has agreed that, if Andina liquidates the Trust Account prior to the consummation of a business combination, he will be personally liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by Andina for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to Andina in excess of the net proceeds of Andina’s IPO not held in the Trust Account, and will not seek repayment for such expenses, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the Trust Account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, there can be no assurances that he will be able to satisfy those obligations if he is required to do so. The Insider Letter Agreement also includes provisions relating to transfer restrictions of the Insider Shares and Private Warrants, indemnification of the Trust Account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidation distributions from the Trust Account.

On January 28, 2021, Andina entered into the Insider Forfeiture Agreement with each Insider pursuant to which the Insiders have agreed to pursuant to which each Insider has agreed to, among other things, cancel certain Insider Shares, Private Rights and Private Warrants held by such Insider, effective as of the Closing, to amend the Insider Escrow Agreement pursuant to which Insider Shares are held in escrow and to extend the lock-up period for their Insider Shares.

91

IndemnificationOn January 28, 2019, Andina entered into the Insider Escrow Agreement with the Insiders and the Transfer Agent, as escrow agent. Simultaneously with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Andina, the Insiders and the Transfer Agent entered into an amendment to the Insider Escrow Agreement acknowledgingthe replacement of their Andina Ordinary Shares held in escrow thereunder with Andina common stock in the Domestication and, in order to match the lock-up period in the Lock-Up Agreement, to extend the lock-up period for their Insider Shares (including any that are transferred to other persons in support of the Transactions) effective as of the Closing so that the testing for the early release with respect to 50% of their Insider Shares will only begin twenty (20) trading days prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing.

On January 28, 2019, Andina entered into the Insider Registration Rights Agreement with each of the Insiders. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, as a condition to the Business Combination, Insiders holding at least 66-2/3% of Andina’s outstanding “registrable securities” shall have entered into an amendment to the Insider Registration Rights Agreement to make the Insider Registration Rights Agreement consistent with the terms of the registration rights agreement between Andina and the Seller in connection with the Business Combination.

Andina entered into a letter agreement with a member of Andina’s Board that provides for a success fee to be paid to such director upon consummation of a Business Combination with a target business introduced to Andina by such director in an amount equal to 0.6% of the total consideration paid by Andina in the transaction, subject to certain minimum and maximum amounts set forth in the agreement. This letter agreement does not apply to the Business Combination.

Andina has engaged each of the joint book-running managers for Andina’s IPO to assist Andina in connection with Andina’s initial business combination. Andina will pay each of them a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of Andina’s initial business combination in an aggregate amount equal to 3% of the total gross proceeds raised in Andina’s IPO.

In addition, Cowen Investments II LLC (“Cowen Investments”), an affiliate of Cowen, holds 409,967 Insider Shares and 92,157 Private Units, and Craig-Hallum holds 175,700 Insider Shares and 39,496 Private Units. These securities will be worthless if Andina does not consummate an initial business combination. These financial interests may result in the joint book-running managers having a conflict of interest when providing the services to Andina in connection with an initial business combination.

Related to the business combination with Stryve, Andina entered into engagement letters with Cowen and Craig-Hallum, to be financial advisors and placement agent to the transaction, with an aggregate success fee of 2% of the transaction value, 6% fee of gross proceeds raised as agents and a capital markets advisory fee.

In addition, Andina entered into several letter agreements with unaffiliated third parties that provide for a success fee to be paid to each such third party upon consummation of a business combination with a target business introduced to us by such third party in amounts ranging from 0.75% to 1.0% of the total consideration paid by us in the business combination, subject to certain minimum and maximum amounts set forth in the various agreements. None of these letter agreements applies to the Business Combination.

Related Person Transactions Policy

The Board of Directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. Specifically, pursuant to the Company’s audit committee charter, the audit committee has the responsibility to review related party transactions.

A “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” means:

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of the Company’s executive officers or one of the Company’s directors;

92

any person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares;
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s voting shares; and
any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

93

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and between us and Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, as sole underwriter in the offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, shares of Class A Common Stock indicated in the following table.

UnderwriterNumber of Shares
Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by its counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter will purchase all of the shares of Class A Common Stock if any of them are purchased. We have agreed to indemnify the underwritersunderwriter and certain of its controlling persons against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreedAct, and to contribute to payments that the underwritersunderwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

ListingThe underwriter has advised us that, following the completion of our Securities

Therethis offering, they currently intend to make a market in the Class A Common Stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriter is presentlynot obligated to do so, and the underwriter may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in its sole discretion. Accordingly, no publicassurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for our units, ordinarythe Class A Common Stock, that you will be able to sell any of the Class A Common Stock held by you at a particular time, or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriter is offering the shares rightsof Class A Common Stock subject to its acceptance of shares of Class A Common Stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel, or warrants. modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part at its discretion.

Discounts, Commissions, and Expenses

The underwriter has advised us that they propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriter, at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of Class A Common Stock. After the offering, the public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the underwriter. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock, the total and per share underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriter, and the proceeds, before estimated expenses, to us in connection with this offering.

Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

Per ShareTotal Without OptionTotal With Option
Public offering price$$
Underwriting discounts and commissions$$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us$$

We have appliedagreed to havereimburse the units,underwriter for certain out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $        . We estimate the expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and the ordinary shares, rights and warrants once they begin separate trading,commissions referred to above, will be approximately $                 .

Listing

Our Class A Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ANDAU,trading symbol “SNAX. “ANDA,” “ANDAR”

94

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriter an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an additional (being equal to 15% of the aggregate number of shares offered in this offering) shares of our Class A Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and “ANDAW,” respectively. Although, after giving effectcommissions to cover over-allotments, if any. This option may be exercised only if the underwriter sells more shares of Class A Common Stock than the total number set forth on the cover page of this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, and Nasdaq generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will be listed on Nasdaq or that, if they are listed, we will continue to meet certain ongoing listing standards.

prospectus.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

No Sales of Similar Securities

In

We and our officers and directors have agreed that, subject to specified exceptions, for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, dispose of or hedge any shares or warrants to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock. The underwriter in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Stabilization

The underwriter has advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, and certain persons participating in the offering, may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering,offering. These activities may have the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintaineffect of stabilizing or otherwise affect the price of units during and after this offering, including:

stabilizing transactions;
short sales;
purchases to cover positions created by short sales;
imposition of penalty bids; and
syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline inmaintaining the market price of our units while this offering isClass A Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include makingopen market. Establishing short sales of our units, whichpositions may involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of units than theyeither “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing units on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positionsmade in an amount not greater than the underwriters'underwriter’s option to purchase additional units referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positionsshares of our Class A Common Stock in excess of that amount.

this offering. The underwritersunderwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising theirits option in wholeto purchase additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or in part, or by purchasing unitsshares of our Class A Common Stock in the open market. In making this determination,determining the underwriterssource of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of unitsshares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase unitsshares through the over-allotment option.option to purchase additional shares.

Naked“Naked” short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option.option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwritersunderwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing unitsshares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters areunderwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the unitsshares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchasedpurchase in this offering.

The underwriters also may imposeA stabilizing bid is a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays tobid for the underwriters a portionpurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock on behalf of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased units sold by orunderwriter for the accountpurpose of thatfixing or maintaining the price of the Class A Common Stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock on behalf of the underwriter to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizingconnection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, short sales,the underwriter’s purchases to cover positions created bythe syndicate short sales the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our unitsClass A Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our units.Class A Common Stock. As a result, of these activities, the price of our unitsClass A Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq,A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriter to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the over-the-counter market or otherwise. offering if the shares of Class A Common Stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor the underwritersunderwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the units. Neither we, norour Class A Common Stock. The underwriter is not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the underwriters makeactivities may be discontinued at any representation that the underwriters willtime.

95

The underwriter may also engage in these stabilizationpassive market making transactions in our Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriter or its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriter may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of Class A Common Stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriter on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s web site and any transaction, once commenced, willinformation contained in any other web site maintained by the underwriter is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter, and should not be discontinued without notice.relied upon by investors.

AffiliationsOther Activities and Relationships

The underwritersunderwriter and their respectivecertain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwritersunderwriter and theircertain of its affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with usperform various commercial and performinvestment banking and financial advisory services for us or in the ordinary course of their businessand our affiliates, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC acted as our financial advisor and co-placement agent for our Business Combination, Bridge PIPE Investment and Closing PIPE Investment in which Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC participated and received cash compensation in connection therewith.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwritersunderwriter and their respectivecertain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriter or its respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriter and its affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of us.either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. The underwritersunderwriter and their respectivecertain of its affiliates may also makecommunicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas, and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of thesesuch securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in thesesuch securities and instruments.

Except as described under “—Business Combination Marketing Agreement,” we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intention to do so. However, any of the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm's length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriter's compensation in connection with this offering and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated a finder's fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of a business combination.

Conflicts of Interest

Cowen has a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) in this offering because it or an affiliate of it beneficially owns more than 10% of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect thereto. Chardan Capital Markets, LLC (“Chardan”) has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, Chardan will be paid a fee of $75,000 from the total underwriting discount, in consideration for its services and expenses as qualified independent underwriter. Chardan will receive no other compensation in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Chardan against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific prior written approval of the account holder.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

CertainSelling Restrictions

Notice to Residents of Canada

The units may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the units must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the “relevant implementation date”), an offer of units described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of our units may be made to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of units referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for us or any Dealer to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each purchaser of units described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purpose of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the units, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of units through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the units as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the units, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the units on behalf of us or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as a “relevant person”). The units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units has been or will be:

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or
used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the units to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d'investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;
to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1|Mbb[-or-2|Mbb[-or 3|Mbb[of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l'épargne).

The units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Cayman Islands

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

9496
 

LEGAL MATTERS

Graubard Miller, New York, New York, is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on theThe validity of the units and warrantssecurities offered in the prospectus. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands’ law, as well as the validity of the issuance of the shares offered inby this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands.Foley & Lardner LLP, Jacksonville, Florida. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriter by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.York.

EXPERTS

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Andina Acquisition Corp. IIIStryve Foods, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the yearyears ended December 31, 20172020 and the period from July 29, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 appearing2019, included in this prospectus have been audited by Marcum LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forthstated in their report thereonappearing herein (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Andina Acquisition Corp. IIIStryve Foods, LLC to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements)concern), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on suchupon the report given on the authority of such firm given upon their authority as an experts in auditingaccounting and accounting.auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONALMORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includesincluding exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this offering of our securities. Although thisprospectus. This prospectus which forms ais part of the registration statement, containsbut does not contain all materialof the information included in the registration statement parts ofor the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer youexhibits. Our SEC filings are available to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed withpublic on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC can be inspected and copiedlocated at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site athttp://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.www.sec.gov.

9597
 

Andina Acquisition Corp. III

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STRYVE FOODS, LLC

Audited Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmPageF-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMFinancial Statements:F-2
Financial Statements:Consolidated Balance SheetsF-3
Balance SheetsF-3
Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-4F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s EquityMembers’ DeficitF-5F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-6F-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7 – F-12to F-22

Unaudited Financial Statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance SheetsF-23
Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-24
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ DeficitF-25
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-27
Notes to Financial StatementsF-28 to F-43

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the ShareholderShareholders and Board of Directors of
Andina Acquisition Corp. III

Stryve Foods, LLC

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheets of Andina Acquisition Corp. IIIStryve Foods, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s equitymembers’ deficit and cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from July 29, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 20162020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from July 29, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016,2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 12 to the financial statements, the Company’s business plan is dependent on the completion ofCompany has a financing. The Company’s cash andsignificant working capital as of December 31, 2017 are not sufficientdeficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to completeraise additional funds to meet its planned activities.obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 and 3 to the financial statements.2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditsaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Marcum LLPllp

Marcum llp

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Marcum LLP2021.

 

New York, NY

June 28, 2018March 31, 2021

 

F-2

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

BALANCE SHEETS

  September30,  December 31,  December 31, 
  2018  2017  2016 
   (Unaudited)         
Assets            
Deferred offering costs $74,204  $35,839  $35,839 
Total Assets $74,204  $35,839  $35,839 
             
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity            
Promissory note – related party $34,259  $22,147  $15,839 
Accrued offering costs  33,100         
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  3,352   2,917   8,801 
Total current liabilities  70,711   25,064   24,640 
             
Commitments            
             
Shareholder’s Equity:            
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding         
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,875,000 shares issued and outstanding(1)  287   287   287 
Additional paid-in capital  24,713   24,713   24,713 
Accumulated deficit  (21,507)  (14,225)  (13,801)
Total shareholder’s equity  3,493   10,775   11,199 
Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity $74,204  $35,839  $35,839 

(1)Includes an aggregate of up to 375,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.
  2020  2019 
ASSETS        
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $591,634  $57,053 
Accounts receivable, net  679,061   1,079,166 
Inventory, net  3,373,033   1,763,880 
Prepaid media spend  249,000   - 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  529,230   959,310 
Total current assets  5,421,958   3,859,409 
         
Property and equipment, net  6,845,132   7,135,569 
Goodwill  8,450,000   8,450,000 
Intangible asset  4,962,834   - 
Prepaid media spend, net of current portion  498,662   - 
Other assets  58,545   - 
TOTAL ASSETS $26,237,131  $19,444,978 
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT        
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable $3,839,384  $3,109,460 
Accrued expenses  1,710,384   1,427,658 
Line of credit  3,500,000   3,500,000 
Current portion of long-term debt  22,649,995   2,558,122 
Total current liabilities  31,699,763   10,595,240 
         
Long-term debt, net of current portion  3,874,235   14,664,216 

Financing obligation - related party operating lease

 

 

- 

 

 

 
Warrant Liability  -    
TOTAL LIABILITIES  35,573,998   25,259,456 
         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  -    -  

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock - $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class V common stock - $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 11,502,355 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

42,783,367

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(52,121,249

)

 

 

 
         
MEMBERS’ DEFICIT  (9,336,867)  (5,814,478)
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT $26,237,131  $19,444,978 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR
THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

  

Three Months
Ended

September30,
2018

  

NineMonths
Ended

September30,
2018

  

Year

Ended

December 31,
2017

  For the
Period from
July 29, 2016
(inception)
Through
December 31,
2016
 
  (Unaudited)  (Unaudited)       
Formation and operating costs $1,046  $7,282  $424  $13,801 
Net loss $(1,046) $(7,282) $(424) $(13,801)
                 
Weighted average shares ordinary outstanding, basic and diluted(1)  2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000 
                 
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share $(0.00) $(0.00) $(0.00) $(0.01)
  2020  2019 
SALES, net $17,002,052  $10,769,623 
         
COST OF GOODS SOLD  11,097,868   13,309,087 
         
GROSS MARGIN (Loss)  5,904,184   (2,539,464)
         
OPERATING EXPENSES        
Selling expenses  10,763,951   9,232,921 
Operations expense  2,309,201   1,954,866 
Salaries and wages  5,799,460   6,818,337 
Depreciation and amortization expense  1,290,128   1,089,744 
Loss on disposal of fixed assets  13,512   461,895 
Non-cash compensation expense (Note 11)        
(Gain) Loss on disposal of fixed assets        
Total operating expenses  20,176,252   19,557,763 
         
OPERATING LOSS  (14,272,068)  (22,097,227)
         
OTHER (EXPENSES) INCOME        
Interest expense  (3,301,818)  (1,335,391)
PPP loan forgiveness        
Change in fair value of Private Warrants        
Other income  27,115   - 
Total other expense  (3,274,703)  (1,335,391)
         
NET LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES        
Provision for income taxes        
NET LOSS $(17,546,771) $(23,432,618)
Loss per common share:        
Basic and diluted        
Weighted average shares outstanding:        
Basic and diluted        

 

(1)Excludes an aggregate of up to 375,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.F-4

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITYMEMBERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 and 2019

 

        Additional     Total 
  Ordinary Shares(1)  Paid-In  Accumulated  Shareholder’s 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance – July 29, 2016 (inception)    $  $  $  $ 
                     
Ordinary shares issued to initial shareholder  2,875,000   287   24,713      25,000 
                     
Net loss           (13,801)  (13,801)
                     
Balance – December 31, 2016  2,875,000   287   24,713   (13,801)  11,199 
                     
Net loss           (424)  (424)
                     
Balance – December 31, 2017  2,875,000   287   24,713   (14,225)  10,775 
                     
Net loss (Unaudited)           (7,282)  (7,282)
                     
Balance – September 30, 2018 (Unaudited)  2,875,000  $287  $24,713  $(21,507) $3,493 

(1)Includes an aggregate of up to 375,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.
                           
  Class A Contribution  Series 1 Preferred Contributions  Series 2 Preferred Contributions  Series 3 Preferred Contributions    Accumulated Deficit  Total Members’ Deficit 
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2019 $2,260,000  $10,000,000  $3,477,300  $- - - - $(11,141,860) $4,595,440 
Balance, shares                ---       
Member contributions  -   -   13,022,700   -     -   13,022,700 
Members’ contributions, shares                          
Equity conversions                          
Conversion of Convertible Notes & interest to Class V common stock                          
Conversion of Convertible Notes & interest to Class V common stock, shares                          
Recapitalization with Andina                          
Recapitalization with Andina, shares                          
PIPE raise                          
PIPE raise, shares                          
Pre-Funded Warrant                          
Pre-Funded Warrant, shares                          
Repurchase of member shares                          
Repurchase of member shares, shares                          
Net loss  -   -   -   -  - - - (23,432,618)  (23,432,618)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2019 $2,260,000  $10,000,000  $16,500,000  $-  28,759,163 - 837$(34,574,478) $(5,814,478)
Member contributions  -   -   -   8,738,754     -   8,738,754 
Equity conversions              5,285,628         5,285,628 
Net loss  -   -   -   -  - - - (17,546,771)  (17,546,771)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2020 $2,260,000  $10,000,000  $16,500,000  $14,024,382  42,783,367  1,015$(52,121,249) $(9,336,867)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

  Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2018
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  For the
Period from
July 29, 2016
(inception)
Through
December 31,
2016
 
  (Unaudited)       
Cash Flows from Operating Activities            
Net loss $(7,282) $(424) $(13,801)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
Legal fees paid by shareholder and included in promissory note – related party        5,000 
Accounts payable  435   (5,884)  8,801 
Net cash used in operating activities  (6,847)  (6,308)   
             
Cash Flows from Financing Activities            
Proceeds from promissory note – related party  12,112   6,308   10,839 
Payment of offering costs  (5,265)     (10,839)
Net cash provided by financing activities  6,847   6,308    
             
Net change in cash         
             
Cash – beginning of the period         
Cash – ending of the period $  $  $ 
             
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:            
Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs $33,100  $  $ 
Deferred offering costs paid directly by shareholder from proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares to initial shareholder $  $  $25,000 
  2020  2019 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net loss $(17,546,771) $(23,432,618)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation expense  1,290,128   1,089,744 
Loss on disposal of fixed assets  13,512   461,895 
Amortization of debt issuance costs  205,018   - 
Amortization of intangible assets        
Interest income on members loan receivable  (23,745)  - 
Bad debt expense  744,863   168,464 
Gain on debt extinguishment        
Forgiveness on paycheck protection program loan        
Change in fair value of warrant liability        
Forgiveness of Notes Receivable        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Accounts receivable  4,095   (86,742)
Inventory  (1,252,481)  188,651 
Vendor deposits  -   37,554 
Prepaid media spend  (747,662)  - 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  364,883   (698,872)
Other assets  (34,800)  - 
Accounts payable  (152,514)  1,773,165 
Accrued liabilities  1,349,215   (69,167)
Net cash used in operating activities  (15,786,259)  (20,567,926)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES        
Cash paid for asset acquisition  (1,511,900)  - 
Cash paid for purchase of equipment  (1,046,723)  (1,324,560)
Cash received for sale of equipment  56,192   - 
Net cash used in investing activities  (2,502,431)  (1,324,560)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Member contributions  8,738,754   13,022,700 
Net borrowings on line of credit  -   3,020,000 
Borrowings on long-term debt  2,761,427   138,028 
Repayments on long-term debt  (1,354,651)  (1,325,675)
Repurchase of member shares        
Investment from Andina        
Borrowings on related party debt  200,000   1,240,000 
Repayments on related party debt  (415,000)  (3,096,755)
Borrowings on short term debt  4,509,449   3,461,027 
Repayments on short term debt  (126,260)  (335,527)
Issuance of convertible debt  2,840,000   5,414,390 
Debt issuance costs        
Borrowings on paycheck protection program loan  1,669,552   - 
Net cash provided by financing activities  18,823,271   21,538,188 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents  534,581   (354,298)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  57,054   411,351 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $591,634  $57,054 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:        
Cash paid for interest $2,785,659  $2,811,292
         
NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:        
Members’ subscription for convertible note $1,650,000  $- 
Non-cash retirement of Bridge Notes        
Assets acquired in Kalahari transaction (Note 3) $5,867,344  $- 
Liabilities assumed in Kalahari transaction (Note 3) $(882,438) $- 
Short term debt converted to related party debt $3,001,366  $- 
Accrued interest converted to Series 3 Preferred units $1,088,561  $- 
Long term debt converted to related party debt $550,000  $- 
Related party debt converted to Series 3 Preferred units $3,997,067  $- 
Short term debt converted to Series 3 Preferred units $200,000  $- 

 

F-6

1.ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Organization and Description of Business

Stryve Foods, LLC, (“Stryve” or the “Company”), is a Texas limited liability company formed on January 13, 2017, with an indefinite life, and is headquartered in Plano, Texas, with manufacturing operations in Madill, Oklahoma. Stryve has three wholly owned subsidiaries, Biltong USA Inc., Braaitime LLC and Kalahari Snacks, LLC.

Stryve is an emerging healthy snacking company which manufactures, markets and sells highly differentiated healthy snacking products. Stryve offers convenient snacks that are lower in sugar and carbohydrates and higher in protein than other snacks.

2.GOING CONCERN AND MANAGEMENT’S PLAN

Going Concern and Management’s Plan

The accompanying notes are an integral partconsolidated financial statements have prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of these financial statements.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organizationassets and Plan of Business Operations and Going Concern Consideration

Andina Acquisition Corp. III (the “Company”) was incorporatedliabilities in the Cayman Islands on July 29, 2016normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of asset amounts or the classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a blank check company forgoing concern. For the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region, althoughyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company initially intends to focus on target businesseshas recognized operating losses of $14,272,068 and $22,097,227, respectively, and used cash in the Andean regionits operations of South America$15,786,259 and in Central America.

At September 30, 2018,$20,567,926. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not yet commenced operations. All activity through September 30, 2018 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year-end. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

Proposed Public Offering

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through the proposed public offering of up to 10,000,000 units (or 11,500,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, as discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”), and a private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 375,000 units (or 412,500 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Private Units”) at $10.00 per unit to certain shareholders, or their affiliates (collectively, the “Initial Shareholders”) and the underwriters, as discussed in Note 4. The Private Units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the Proposed Public Offering. All of the proceeds received from these purchases will be held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) described below. In addition, the Initial Shareholders and the underwriters have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, they and/or their respective designees will purchase from the Company an additional number of Private Units pro rata that is necessary to maintain in the Trust Account an amount equal to $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and Private Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. However, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that at least $10.00 per Unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering, including the proceeds of the private placements of the Private Units will be held in the Trust Account and invested in U.S. government treasuries, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest solely in United States treasuries until the earlier of (i) the consummation of its initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that such persons will execute such agreements. One of the Company’s Directors has agreed to be personally liable if the Company liquidates the Trust Account prior to the consummation of a Business Combination to ensure that the proceeds held in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by the Company for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to the Company. However, such Director may not be able to satisfy those obligations should they arise. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the interest earned on the Trust Account balance may be released to the Company to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

In order to meet its working capital needs following the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company’s Initial Shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of the Company’s Business Combination into additional Private Units at a price of $10.00 per unit. In the event that the initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Initial Business Combination

Pursuant to the Nasdaq Capital Markets listing rules, the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such Business Combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by the Company’s board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). The target business or businesses that the Company acquires may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the Trust Account balance. In order to consummate such a Business Combination, the Company may issue a significant amount of its debt or equity securities to the sellers of such business and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. There are no limitations on the Company’s ability to incur debt or issue securities in order to consummate a Business Combination. Since the Company has no specific Business Combination under consideration, the Company has not entered into any arrangement to issue debt or equity securities and has no current intention of doing so. If the net proceeds of Proposed Public Offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert a significant number of shares from shareholders into cash, the Company will be required to seek additional financing in order to complete its initial Business Combination. In addition, if the Company consummates a Business Combination, it may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of the Company’s officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to the Company in connection with or after a Business Combination.

In connection with any proposed initial Business Combination, the Company will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with the Company, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account. If the Company determines to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to it in a tender offer will be made by the Company based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require it to seek shareholder approval or whether the Company is deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require us to conduct a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rules). Unlike other blank check companies which require shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial Business Combinations and related conversions of public shares for cash upon consummation of such initial Business Combinations even when a vote is not required by law, the Company will have the flexibility to avoid such shareholder vote and allow its shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, the Company will file tender offer documents with the SEC, which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. The Company will consummate an initial Business Combination only if it has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, solely if it seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. The $5,000,001 net tangible asset value would be determined once a target business is located and the Company can assess all of the assets and liabilities of the combined company.

The Initial Shareholders have agreed (i) to vote their insider shares, Private Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any public shares purchased in or after the Proposed Public Offering in favor of any proposed Business Combination and (ii) not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve, or sell their shares to the Company in any tender offer in connection with, a proposed initial Business Combination.

Failure to Consummate a Business Combination

Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s proposed amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be effected prior to the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, failure to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering will trigger the automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation of the Company. As a result, this has the same effect as if the Company had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Cayman Islands Companies Law. Accordingly, no vote would be required from shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, dissolution and liquidation. The holders of the insider shares will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to their insider shares.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Going Concern Consideration

At September 30, 2018, the Company had no cash and a working capital deficit of $70,711. Further, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans.$26,277,805. These conditionsfactors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year afterfor the next twelve months from the date that thethese financial statements are issued. Management plansmade available.

The Company’s continuation of operations is dependent on its ability to address this uncertaintygenerate sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations on a timely basis. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash needs have primarily been funded through equity capital raises, and note payable agreements from members, in addition to bank loans. The Company has $42,500,000 of subscription agreements for Common Stock fully committed to be funded upon the Proposed Public Offering as discussedconsummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) dated January 28, 2021 between the Company and Andina Acquisition Corp. III (“Andina”) and Andina Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Andina (“Holdings”). The subscription agreements are anticipated to be funded in Note 3. There is no assurancethe second quarter of fiscal year 2021, pending completion of the closing conditions included in the Business Combination Agreement. Additionally, the Company issued a third round of bridge convertible notes on January 28, 2021 for $10,600,000 to obtain additional working capital, with the knowledge that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate atransactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement constituted a triggering event for conversion for such notes. Although there can be no assurances that the aforementioned business combination will be successful or successful withinconsummated, the required time period. TheCompany believes that $42,500,000 of subscriptions and cash from Andina’s trust account in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, along with a continued reduction in expenses, will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements for at least twelve months subsequent to the date these financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.were made available.

Note 2 — 3.SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The financial statements include the consolidated accounts of Stryve and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-7

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed herein are those that management considers to be the most critical to an understanding of the consolidated financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgements and uncertainties. Estimates are used for, but not limited to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and customer allowances, useful lives for depreciation and amortization, standard costs of inventory, provisions for inventory obsolesce, and impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets. All of these estimates reflect management’s judgment about current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. If such conditions persist longer or deteriorate further than expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgements and estimates could change, which may result in future impairments of assets among other effects.

Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities with an original maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Returns, and Deductions

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company records accounts receivable at their net realizable value, which requires management to estimate the collectability of the Company’s receivables. Judgment is required in assessing the realization of these receivables, including the credit worthiness of each counterparty and the related aging of past due balances. Management provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectable amounts, in addition to a general provision based on historical experience. Management provides for the customer accommodations based upon a general provision of 8% of sales in addition to known deductions. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts and accommodations totaled $807,853 and $688,046, respectively. Total bad debt expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $744,863 and $168,464, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The balance sheet items that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable. The Company continuously evaluates the credit worthiness of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains cash balances in bank accounts that may, at times, exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits of $250,000 per institution. The Company incurred no losses from such accounts and management considers the risk of loss to be minimal. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash balances in excess of FDIC coverage of approximately $310,000.

As of and for the year ending December 31, 2020, customer and vendor concentrations in excess of 10% consolidated sales, purchases, accounts receivable, and accounts payable are as follows:

Summary of Customer and Vendor Concentrations

  Sales  Purchases  Accounts Receivable  Accounts Payable 
Customer A  26%      24%    
Customer B  13%            
Customer C          40%    
Vendor A              12%
Vendor B              11%
Vendor C      17%        

For the year ending December 31, 2019, customer and vendor concentrations in excess of 10% consolidated sales and purchases are as follows:

SalesPurchases
Customer A12%
Customer B21%
Customer C13%
Vendor C40%
Vendor D11%
Vendor E11%

Revenue Recognition Policy

The Company manufactures and markets a broad range of protein snack products through multiple distribution channels. The products are offered through branded and private label items. The Company accounts for revenue from contracts with customers, which comprises substantially all of its revenue, through the following steps:

1)Identification of the contract with a customer
2)Identification of the performance obligations in the contract
3)Determination of the transaction price
4)Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
5)Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

The Company’s revenue derived from the sale of branded and private label products is considered variable consideration that is based on a fixed per item charge applied to a variable quantity of product. Generally, this variable consideration is recognized at the point in time when the customer obtains control of the product, which may occur upon either shipment or delivery of the product. The Company also maintains consignment arrangements whereby revenue is recognized upon sale of the product to the end customer. The payment terms of the Company’s contracts are generally net thirty to thirty-five days, although early pay discounts are offered to customers.

The Company regularly experiences customer deductions from amounts invoiced due to product returns, product shortages and delivery nonperformance penalty fees. This variable consideration is estimated using the expected value approach based on the Company’s historical experience, and it is recognized as a reduction to the transaction price in the same period that the related product sale is recognized. In years prior to 2020, customer deduction amounts were insignificant and recognized when incurred.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to customers. Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract by transferring the promised product to its customer.

The Company’s contracts generally do not include any material significant financing components.

Segment Reporting

The Company uses “the management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision makers for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision makers are the Co-Chief Executive Officers (“CEOs”) and the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of the Company, who review operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire Company. The Company deploys resources on a consolidated level to all brands of the Company and therefore the Company only identifies one reportable operating segment with multiple product offerings.

F-8

Performance Obligations

The Company has elected the following practical expedients provided for in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

1)The Company is excluding from its transaction price all sales and similar taxes collected from its customers.
2)The Company has elected to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
3)The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after control of the related good transfers as fulfillment activities instead of assessing such activities as performance obligations.
4)The portfolio approach has been elected by the Company as it expects any effects would not be materially different in application at the portfolio level compared with the application at an individual contract level.
5)The Company has elected not to disclose information about its remaining performance obligations for any contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

Neither the type of good sold nor the location of sale significantly impacts the nature, amount, timing, or uncertainty of revenue and cash flows.

Disaggregation of Net Sales

The following table shows the net sales of the Company disaggregated by channel for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands).

Summary of Net Sales Disaggregated by Channel

  2020  2019 
E-commerce $7,147  $1,610 
Wholesale $6,598  $7,229 
Private Label $3,257  $1,931 
Net Sales $17,002  $10,770 

Inventory

Inventories consist of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods, and stated at lower of cost or net realizable value determined using the standard cost method. The Company reviews the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs and write-offs of inventory based for obsolete, damaged, or expired inventory. Write-down and write-offs are included in cost of goods sold. Infrequent and significant write offs are included separately from cost of goods sold in loss on damaged inventory. Standard costing is reflected in the Company’s inventory which approximates a first in first out basis. Management has historically reviewed the Company’s standard costing at each reporting date.

Prepaid Media Spend

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company sold products to an independent full-service corporate trade company in exchange for future services. The Company has the right to utilize this asset as a credit against future media buying that this trade company performs for the Company. The Company can utilize the credit at any time over five years, but estimates they will use a third of the current credit within the next year, totaling approximately $249,000.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes commence when the assets are placed in service on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or terms of the leases. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss (if any) are reflected in consolidated statements operations.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the assets.

F-9

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the historical cost-carrying value of an asset may no longer be appropriate. The Company assesses recoverability of the carrying value of its assets, on a going concern basis, by estimating the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the asset over its expected useful life, including eventual disposition. If the future undiscounted net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying value and fair value. The Company determined there was no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Deferred Financing Fees

The Company incurred deferred financing fees while obtaining debt detailed in Notes 9. These fees are being amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Amortization of the deferred financing fees for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $205,018 and $0, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, net deferred financing fees was $36,492 and $0, respectively, and is presented as a reduction of the corresponding liability.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in the acquisition of Biltong USA Inc., and Braaitime LLC in 2018. Goodwill is accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”. Goodwill is reviewed and tested for impairment on a reporting unit level annually.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-03, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”, effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with an election to adopt early. The ASU requires only a one-step qualitative impairment test, whereby a goodwill impairment loss will be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. It eliminates Step 2 of the current two-step goodwill impairment test, under which a goodwill impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value and performing goodwill impairment tests. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no impairment of goodwill.

F-10

Intangible Assets

On December 11, 2020, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Kalahari Snacks, LLC, entered into an asset purchase agreement with Kalahari Brands, Inc. consisting principally of its brands and marks, to acquire certain assets and liabilities of Kalahari Brands for a purchase price of $5,867,344, comprised as follows:

Schedule of Purchase Price Consideration

Purchase consideration:   
Cash $1,511,900 
Seller note payable  3,245,843 
Assumption of liabilities  882,438 
Relief of liabilities  227,163 
Total purchase consideration $5,867,344 
Assets:    
Accounts receivable $348,853 
Inventory $356,672 
Other assets $176,313 
Property, plant, and equipment $22,672 
Intangible asset (brand name) $4,962,834 
Total assets acquired  5,867,344 
Assumption of liabilities  (882,438)
Net assets aquired $4,984,906 

The brand name is accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”, and amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years and reviewed annually for impairment. As of December 31, 2020, there was no impairment of the intangible asset.

Advertising Costs

In accordance with ASC 720-35, Advertising Costs, advertising and marketing costs are charged to operations in the period incurred. Advertising and marketing expenses were $6,123,049 and $5,642,392 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are included in selling expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company is a Texas limited liability company and accordingly is not a taxpaying entity for federal income tax purposes. The Company’s annual tax income or loss is allocated to individual members for reporting on their own individual federal tax returns. The Company is subject to certain state and local taxes, such amount was not material for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The provision for income taxes is calculated under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. The realization of deferred tax assets depended upon the existence of sufficient taxable income, of appropriate character, within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are determined, based on available information, whether it was more likely than not that deferred tax assets would not be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances.

F-11

Income Taxes, continued

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes. ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, provides several clarifications related to uncertain tax positions. Most notably, a “more likely-than-not” standard for initial recognition of tax positions, a presumption of audit detection and a measurement of recognized tax benefits based on the largest amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of realization. ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, applies a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. First, the Company must determine whether any amount of tax benefit may be recognized. Second, the Company determines how much of the tax benefit should be recognized for tax positions that qualify for recognition. No additional liabilities have been recognized. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized any penalty, interest or tax impact related to uncertain tax positions

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2016-02, Leases. In 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance related to accounting for leases. The new guidance requires the recognition of right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance. In 2018, the FASB also approved an amendment that would permit the option to adopt the new standard prospectively as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. On August 15, 2019, the FASB proposed a one-year delay and the effective date was deferred until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting ASU 2016-02.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”. The standard includes multiple key provisions, including removal of certain exceptions to ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplification in several other areas such as accounting for a franchise tax that is partially based on income. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard but does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-10 “Codification Improvements.” The new accounting rules improve the consistency of the Codification by including all disclosure guidance in the appropriate Disclosure Section (Section 50) that had only been included in the Other Presentation Matters Section (Section 45) of the Codification. Additionally, the new rules also clarify guidance across various topics including defined benefit plans, foreign currency transactions, and interest expense. The standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2021. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, a line of credit, related party notes payable, and vehicle notes payable. The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term maturities or expected settlement date of these instruments. The line of credit and vehicle notes payable have fixed interest rates the Company believes reflect current market rates for notes of this nature. The Company believes the current carrying value of long-term debt approximates its fair value because the terms are comparable to similar lending arrangements in the marketplace.

F-12

4INVENTORY

Inventory

Inventory consists of the following as of December 31:

Schedule of Inventory

  2020  2019 
       
Raw materials $1,068,259  $344,315 
Work in process  190,610   492,082 
Finished goods  2,114,164   927,483 
Total inventory $3,373,033  $1,763,880 

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for unsalable inventory which is included in cost of goods sold was $444,485 and $698,224, respectively.

5PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property & Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31:

Schedule of Property and Equipment

  Useful Lives 2020  2019 
         
Plant and equipment 3-5 years $4,933,875  $4,046,634 
Furniture and fixtures 3-5 years  35,421   37,551 
Vehicles 5 years  394,681   502,312 
Leasehold improvements Shorter of lease term or economic life  1,922,332   1,926,484 
Plates and dies 3-5 years  178,820   49,001 
Website 3 years  111,002   111,002 
Land Indefinite  242,333   180,720 
Building 20 years  1,399,200   1,399,200 
Property and equipment, gross    9,217,664   8,252,904 
Less: accumulated depreciation    (2,372,532)  (1,117,335)
Property and equipment, net   $6,845,132  $7,135,569 

Depreciation expense was $1,290,128 and $1,089,744 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-13

6INTANGIBLE ASSET

Intangible Asset

Intangible asset consists of the Kalahari brand name, totaling $4,962,834 as of December 31, 2020. The intangible asset is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 20 years. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was not material. Estimated amortization expense are as follows for the years ending December 31:

Schedule of Estimated Future Amortization of Intangibles

2021 $248,142 
2022  248,142 
2023  248,142 
2024  248,142 
2025  248,142 
Thereafter  3,722,126 
Total $4,962,834 

7ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consists of the following as of December 31:

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities

  2020  2019 
       
Interest payable  976,032   527,239 
Insurance liability  15,813   59,346 
Payroll liabilities  296,036   11,517 
Broker and commission payables  68,093   70,430 
Marketing and advertising payables  6,250   257,286 
Credit card payables  201,116   145,077 
Capital raise payables  94,978   139,932 
Professional fees payables  -   56,870 
Other  52,066   159,961 
 Accrued liabilities $1,710,384  $1,427,658 

8LINE OF CREDIT

Line of Credit

On November 29, 2018, the Company amended its existing line of credit agreement (the “Line of Credit”) to extend the maturity date to November 28, 2019, and increase the fixed interest rate to 6%. On May 29, 2019, the Line of Credit was amended to extend the maturity date to June 5, 2021 and increase the maximum limit to $3,500,000, with an interest rate of 5.25%. Effective June 23, 2020, as a result of Security Agreement 3, outlined in Note 9, the maturity date was amended to December 31, 2020. The balance on the Line of Credit was $3,500,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Line of Credit is secured by all assets of the Company and is guaranteed by a member of the Company. The Line of Credit is subject to certain covenants, including requirements for debt service coverage ratio, tangible net worth ratio, and liquidity requirements, as outlined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was not in compliance with all debt covenants. Effective January 26, 2021, the maturity date was amended to June 30, 2021 and covenant requirements were waived for the quarter ended December 31, 2020.

F-14

9DEBT

Debt

A breakout of the classifications of debt held as of and for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows :

Schedule of Debt

  2020  2019 
Long term debt  5,677,505  $4,736,622 
Short term debt  7,745,843   3,001,366 
Related party notes payable  3,001,366   3,662,067 
Convertible notes, net of subscriptions to members of the company (Note 10)  8,254,390   5,414,390 
Payroll protection loan  1,669,552   - 
Other notes payable  212,066   407,893 
Line of credit (Note 8)  3,500,000   3,500,000 
Total notes payable  30,060,722   20,722,338 
Less: current portion  (22,649,995)  (2,558,122)
Less: line of credit  (3,500,000)  (3,500,000)
Notes payable, net of current portion  3,910,727   14,664,216 
Deferred financing fees  (36,492)  - 
Total notes payable, net $3,874,235  $14,664,216 

Long Term Debt

Origin Bank

As of December 31, 2020, the Company was not in compliance with all debt covenants. Effective January 26, 2021, the maturity date on all notes outstanding with Origin bank were amended to June 30, 2021 under similar terms, and any covenant requirements were waived for the quarter ended December 31, 2020.

Unless otherwise stated, collateralized loans are secured by the net book value of the assets of the Company, totaling $27,887,131 and $19,444,978 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

On January 24, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement”) for the principal amount of $1,000,000. The Security Agreement calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $30,820, commencing on March 5, 2018 and reaching maturity on February 4, 2021. The Security Agreement bears interest at a variable rate that is 1% above the Lender Prime Rate on the last day of the month. Effective June 23, 2020, as a result of Security Agreement 3, the maturity date was amended to December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the interest rate applied to the loan balance was 6.5%, and the principal amount due on the Security Agreement was $156,866 and $417,956., respectively. The Security Agreement is secured by assets of the Company and subject to certain covenants, including requirements for debt service coverage ratio, tangible net worth ratio, and liquidity requirements, as outlined in the agreement.

On February 9, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement 2”) for the principal amount of $1,000,000. The Security Agreement 2 calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $30,212, commencing on March 5, 2018 and reaching maturity on February 4, 2021. The Security Agreement 2 bears interest at a variable rate that is 1% above the Lender Prime Rate on the last day of the month. Effective June 23, 2020, as a result of Security Agreement 3, the maturity date was amended to December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the interest rate applied to the loan balance was 6.5%, and the principal amount due on the Security Agreement 2 was $156,510 and $417,004, respectively. The Security Agreement 2 is secured by the assets of the Company and subject to certain covenants, including requirements for debt service coverage ratio, tangible net worth ratio, and liquidity requirements, as outlined in the agreement.

F-15

Long Term Debt, continued

Origin Bank, continued

On June 29, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Mortgage”) for the principal amount of $1,240,000. The Mortgage calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $8,417, with a balloon payment of all outstanding principal and interest due on the maturity date, June 5, 2023. Effective June 23, 2020, as a result of Security Agreement 3, the maturity date was amended to December 31, 2020. The Mortgage bears fixed interest rate of 5.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the principal amount due on the Mortgage was $1,160,547 and $1,187,308, respectively. The Mortgage is secured by the assets of the Company.

On August 17, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“CapEx”) with a limit on borrowings of $2,240,000. The CapEx calls for interest only payments until March 5, 2019, at an interest rate of 5.25% per annum on all outstanding amounts. On March 5, 2019, the Company begins monthly principal and interest payments of $42,615, with all outstanding principal and interest due on the maturity date, March 5, 2024. Effective June 23, 2020, as a result of Security Agreement 3, the maturity date was amended to December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the principal amount due on the CapEx was $1,521,874 and $1,941,508, respectively. The CapEx is secured by the assets of the Company.

Other

On February 20, 2018, the Company entered into a note payable agreement as a result of the acquisition of Braaitime LLC, with the seller for the principal amount of $1,000,000 (“Seller Note”). The Seller Note is payable in quarterly installments of $50,000 commencing on July 1, 2018, with a final balloon payment of all outstanding principal and interest to be made on April 1, 2021. The Seller Note bears an annual interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) the lowest Applicable Federal Rate as such term is defined in Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as of the date of this Note, or (b) the Maximum Legal Rate. Effective December 31, 2020, all principle and accrued interest thereon was converted to Series 3 Preferred shares, at fair value, as a part of the Exchange agreement in the Related Party Notes Payable. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the interest rate applied to the loan was 8% and the principal amount due on the Seller Note was $0 and $700,000, respectively.

On December 3, 2018, the Company entered into a business loan agreement with First United Bank and Trust Co. (“Loan Agreement”), for a principal balance of $89,001. The Loan Agreement calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $1,664, at an interest rate of 4.49 per annum, and matures on December 15, 2023. The principal amount due on the Loan Agreement was $55,893 and $72,846 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Loan Agreement is secured by the vehicles acquired with the loan having a carrying value which approximates the outstanding loan balance.

On January 14, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with an individual investor, (“Promissory Note”) for a principal balance of $250,000, with interest only payments at a rate of 16% per annum from January 31, 2020 through June 30, 2020. On July 31, 2020, monthly installments of principal payments of $4,167 plus accrued interest were required with a balloon payment of all unpaid principal and interest on January 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2020, the principal amount remaining on the Promissory Note was $237,500.

F-16

Other, continued

On January 16, 2020, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (“Lender Agreement”) with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, (the “Lender”) for a principal balance up to $2,000,000, with interest only payments at a rate of 16% per annum from January 31, 2020 through June 30, 2020. On July 31, 2020, monthly installments of principal payments of $4,167 plus accrued interest are required with a balloon payment of all unpaid principal and interest on January 16, 2023. Funds borrowed under the Lender Agreement can only be used to finance the Company’s working capital and to pay fees and expenses required or otherwise arising in connection with the negotiation, execution and consummation of the Lender Agreement and other security documents. The Lender Agreement is secured by the assets of the Company, a lien on the real property at 1006 E main Street, Madill, Oklahoma 73446, subject to the Permitted Liens, having a net book value of approximately $1,524,933, and guaranteed by certain members of the Company. Effective September 4, 2020, the Lender Agreement was amended to allow for an increase in principal up to $2,500,000. As of December 31, 2020, the principal amount remaining on the Lender Agreement was $2,388,315.

The Lender received a warrant to purchase Class A Units equivalent to 3% of the outstanding equity of the Company. The Company also retained a call provision to call the warrant at any time between issuance and maturity at specific call prices detailed in the Lender Agreement. This call provision possessed by the Company expires upon maturity of the Lender Agreement. Upon expiration of this call provision, the Lender can exercise their warrant for $1. No discount was recorded related to this warrant as it is not exercisable until maturity and if and only if the Company has not exercised its call provisions. In accordance with the guidance in ASU 2016-06 contingent put and call options in debt instruments, the Company did not account for bifurcation of the call option since it was considered clearly and closely related to the debt host.

Short Term Debt

On July 15, 2019, the Company entered into note payable agreements (“VM Agreement”) with Van Maren Financial (USA), Inc. for the principal amount of $2,000,000 bearing interest at 36% per annum, with all principal and accrued interest thereon due and payable at maturity, January 15, 2020. Effective December 15, 2019, the VM Agreement was amended to increase the principal to $3,250,000. The VM Agreement is a secured by lien on the real property at 1006 E main Street, Madill, Oklahoma 73446, subject to the Permitted Liens, having a net book value of approximately $1,524,933. During September 2020, the Company reached an agreement with Van Maren Financial (USA), Inc. whereby 66.67% of the interest owed from that point forward could be accrued and ultimately paid (at the Company’s option) in the form of Series 3 Preferred Shares of the Company. On December 31, 2020, issued 2,280.32 Series 3 Preferred Shares to account for this arrangement. There was no gain or loss as a result of this arrangement since the value given up approximated the value received. The principal balance of the VM Agreement totaling $3,001,366 (as of December 31, 2020) is included in principal outstanding on Member Notes Payable below.

The VM Agreement was paid in full on February 2, 2021. On March 25, 2021, the Company entered into a new loan agreement with Van Maren Financial (USA) Inc. (the “Replacement VM Agreement”) with a limit on borrowings of $4,500,000 at an interest rate of 1% per month (12% per annum). The Replacement VM Agreement requires a payment of 2% of all advances made under the Replacement VM Agreement, and a $5,000monthly administrative fee while any funds remain outstanding thereunder. The Replacement VM Agreement is due and payable in full on September 30, 2021. Any repayment of the Replacement VM Agreement must be accompanied by a 1.5% repayment fee of the amount repaid. On March 25, 2021, $2,500,000 was drawn under the VM Loan. The Replacement VM Agreement is secured by the assets of the Company and guaranteed by certain members of the Company.

On April 6, 2020, the Company entered into a secondary loan and security agreement (“Lender Agreement 2”) with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, with a schedule of lenders, for a principal balance of $2,700,000, at an interest rate equal to 14% compounded daily. Principal and accrued interest thereon are due and payable on the maturity date of October 6, 2020. Effective October 11, 2020, an individual lender elected to convert the principal and outstanding accrued interest into Series 3 Preferred shares totaling $214,540. The Lender Agreement 2 is secured by certain assets of the Company, a lien on the real property at 1006 E main Street, Madill, Oklahoma 73446, subject to the Permitted Liens, having a net book value of approximately $1,524,933, and guaranteed by certain members of the Company. As of December 31, 2020, the principal amount remaining on the Lender Agreement 2 was $2,500,000. Effective January 22, 2021, the Lender Agreement 2 was amended to extend the maturity date to March 15, 2021 under similar terms, and waive any and all events of default under the original agreement. Additionally the Company maintains an option to elect a secondary extension option, to extend maturity to June 15, 2021, if certain conditions are met, which the Company exercised effective March 15, 2021.

On June 23, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement 3”) for the principal amount of $2,000,000. The Security Agreement 3 calls for interest only payments beginning August 5, 2020 through September 5, 2020, at an interest rate 5% per annum, with the entire balance maturing on October 5, 2020. The Security Agreement 3 is secured by the assets of the Company, and guaranteed by certain members of the Company. As of December 31, 2020, the principal amount due on Security Agreement 3 was $2,000,000.

F-17

Short Term Debt, continued

On December 11, 2020, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“Seller Note 2”) as a result of the transaction to acquire certain assets of Kalahari Brands, Inc., in the principal sum of $3,245,843, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum, due semi-annually on June 30, 2021, and upon maturity on December 31, 2021. The Seller Note 2 has incentive options for prepayment to reduce total obligations, but as of the date of issuance of these financial statements, these options have not been utilized. Additionally, the Company is subject to mandatory prepayment if within one year the Company raises over $8,500,000 (“Threshold Amount”) in the sale of additional equity units in Stryve Foods, LLC at a rate of 0.5:1 for any amounts in excess of the Threshold Amount. The note is secured by assets purchased as a part of the transaction with a net book value of $4,984,906. As of December 31, 2020, the principal amount outstanding on the Seller Note 2 was $3,245,843.

Related Party Notes Payable

In December 2020 and 2019, the Company entered into note payable agreements (the “Member Notes Payable”) with members of the Company with principal balances of $200,000 and $1,740,000, respectively. The Member Notes Payable bear interest at 8% per annum. Outstanding principal and accrued interest are due at maturity ranging from May 2019 through January 2022. The principal amount outstanding on Member Notes Payable was $3,001,366 (VM Agreement) and $3,662,067 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with certain Class A shareholders (the “Exchange”) who were also noteholders to the business to convert outstanding principle and accrued interest associated with those notes, totaling $4,709,317 to 29,896 Series 3 Preferred units (converted at fair value).

Convertible Notes

From August 19, 2019 through December 2, 2019, the Company entered into multiple convertible note agreements (the “2019 Convertible Notes”) totaling $5,414,390. The 2019 Convertible Notes mature 24 months after issuance, and bear interest at rate of 6% per annum and are payable upon maturity. Upon a triggering event or maturity, the 2019 Convertible Notes convert into Series 3 preferred units based upon the calculations defined in the 2019 Convertible Note agreements. The 2019 Convertible Notes are subordinate in right of payment to all current and future indebtedness of the Company.

From January 1, 2020, through July 1, 2020, the Company entered into multiple convertible note agreements (the “2020 Convertible Notes”) with various lenders totaling $2,840,000. The 2020 Convertible Notes mature 24 months after issuance, and bear interest at rate of 6% per annum and are payable upon maturity. Upon a triggering event or maturity, the 2020 Convertible Notes convert into Series 3 preferred units based upon the calculations defined in the 2020 Convertible Note agreements. The 2020 Convertible Notes are subordinate in right of payment to all current and future indebtedness of the Company.

The terms of the 2020 Convertible Notes and 2019 Convertible Notes (collectively the “Convertible Notes”) are substantively the same.

F-18

Convertible Notes, continued

The Company accounts for the 2020 Convertible Notes and 2019 Convertible Notes in accordance with ASC 470-20-25, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options”. The Convertibles provide for three methods of conversion:

1.Next equity financing – note is convertible at a 20% discount to the valuation utilized by the cheapest security issued in conjunction with the Next Equity Financing but in no event greater than $60,000,000. This is a contingent event that would not require initial recognition of the stated beneficial conversion feature until contingency is resolved.
2.Transaction conversion – qualifying transaction as defined in the convertible note agreements. This is a contingent event that would not require initial recognition of the stated beneficial conversion feature until contingency is resolved.
3.Maturity - converts at the applicable Conversion Price in the note agreements

The Convertible Notes are net of Subscriptions due from certain Members and an Officer of the Company totaling $1,650,000.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the long-term and short-term principal balances on the Convertible are $8,254,390 and $5,414,390, respectively.

Payroll Protection Loan

On April 10, 2020, the Company received loan proceeds in the amount of $1,669,552 under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) which was established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act and is administered through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP provides loans to qualifying businesses in amounts up to 2.5 times their average monthly payroll expenses and was designed to provide a direct financial incentive for qualifying businesses to keep their workforce employed during the Coronavirus crisis. PPP loans are uncollateralized and guaranteed by the SBA and are forgivable after a “covered period” (eight or twenty-four weeks) as long as the borrower maintains its payroll levels and uses the loan proceeds for eligible expenses, including payroll, benefits, mortgage interest, rent, and utilities. The forgiveness amount will be reduced if the borrower terminates employees or reduces salaries and wages more than 25% during the covered period. Any unforgiven portion is payable over 2 years if issued before, or 5 years if issued after, June 5, 2020 at an interest rate of 1% with payments deferred until the SBA remits the borrower’s loan forgiveness amount to the lender, or, if the borrower does not apply for forgiveness, ten months after the end of the covered period. PPP loan terms provide for customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, and insolvency events and may be accelerated upon the occurrence of one or more of these events of default. Additionally, PPP loan terms do not include prepayment penalties.

The Company met the PPP’s loan forgiveness requirements, and therefore, applied for forgiveness during December of 2020. When legal release is received, the Company will record the amount forgiven as forgiveness income within the other income section of its statement of operations. If any portion of the Company’s PPP loan is not forgiven, the Company will be required to repay that portion, plus interest, over 19 monthly installments with the repayment term beginning at the time that the SBA remits the amount forgiven to the Company’s lender.

The SBA reserves the right to audit any PPP loan, regardless of size. These audits may occur after forgiveness has been granted. In accordance with the CARES Act, all borrowers are required to maintain their PPP loan documentation for six years after the PPP loan was forgiven or repaid in full and to provide that documentation to the SBA upon request.

F-19

Other Notes Payable

The Company holds various financing and lease agreements with original principal balances ranging from $20,000 through $34,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The vehicle financing agreements call for monthly principal and interest payments ranging from $368 through $585 and bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.89% through 6.81% per annum. Outstanding principal and accrued interest are due at maturity, ranging from October 12, 2022 through September 13, 2024. The principal amount due on the agreements was $212,066 and $407,893 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The financing agreements are secured by the net book value of the vehicles purchased, totaling $367,912 and $210,251 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The Other Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, and Seller Notes are subordinated to the Line of Credit and Credit Facility.

Future minimum principal payments on the notes payable are as follows for the years ending December 31:

Schedule of Future Minimum Principal Payments of Debt

   5,769,293 
2021 $22,649,995 
2022  4,493,041 
2023  2,744,905 
2024  161,093 
2025  11,688 
 $30,060,722 

10 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into agreements with certain members and officers of the Company, including debt agreements and conversions, outlined in Note 9, and member loan receivable agreements in the principal amount of $1,650,000, for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019. Interest on the loan receivable accrues at a fixed rate of 3% per annum, and is due and payable at the maturity dates, ranging from July 28, 2024 to December 31, 2024. Interest income on member loan receivable for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $23,745 and $0, respectively. Interest expense on related party notes payable totaled $1,600,229 and $454,949 for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Management Agreement. On June 1, 2018, Stryve entered into a Management Agreement with Meaningful Partners, LLC (“MP”). Jacob Capps, a director of Stryve, is a founding member of MP. The Management Agreement provides for MP to provide Stryve with financial related services for $10,000 per month. Stryve owes MP approximately $153,438 under the Management Agreement as of December 31, 2020, with the amount expected to be paid upon the closing of the Business Combination (at which point the Management Agreement with automatically terminate).

11COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company may be a party to routine claims brought against it in the ordinary course of business. After consulting with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any such pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations. However, as is inherent in legal proceedings, there is a risk that an unpredictable decision adverse to the Company could be reached. The Company records legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred. Settlements are accrued when, and if, they become probable and estimable. A former employee has asserted that the company owes in the excess of $1,000,000 in unpaid commissions, unreimbursed expenses, and is disputing the value of their class B profits interest that the Company repurchased upon his resignation from the business. The Company is disputing the former employee’s claims and believes they are without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against the foregoing complaints. It is management’s opinion that in the unlikely event of an unfavorable outcome, given the early state of the litigation or discovery, it is not possible to estimate the amount or range of possible outcomes that might result from this matter.

F-20

  

Operating Leases

The Company holds various lease agreements for office and warehouse spaces for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020, the Company only held leases in Texas and Massachusetts.

Rent expense under the leases was $258,081 and $304,349 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Rent expense includes month-to-month rental payments for facilities preceding the commencement of the lease agreement.

Future minimum payments required under the lease agreement are as follows as of December 31:

Schedule of Future Minimum Payments Required under Lease Agreement

   83,827 
2021 $205,463 
2022  172,207 
2023  176,670 
2024  181,134 
2025  46,120 
  29,604 
Total $781,594 

12MEMBERS’ EQUITY

Members’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue three types of membership interests (“Members”): Preferred Units (“Preferred”), Class A Units (“Class A”), and Class B Profits Units (“Class B”). In accordance with the LLC Agreement, profits and losses are allocated amongst the Members based on the agreed upon provisions and distributions shall be allocated in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The Company has a Board of Managers who are appointed by the Preferred Unit and Class A Unit holders.

Preferred Units

The Company has three series of preferred units (“Series 1” “Series 2” “Series 3”). Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Units receive priority in the event of a capital transaction. Distributions, if any, are to be made to Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Members equal to their unreturned capital contribution in accordance with the LLC agreement. The Preferred Units earn a cumulative preferred return on their unreturned capital contribution at an annual rate of 8%, compounded quarterly. The cumulative preferred return was $4,693,110 and $2,279,593 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 there were 182,500 Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Units issued and outstanding. Series 3 Preferred units do not receive preferred dividends but have the option to forego common pro rata distributions of the Company and instead elect to receive a senior liquidation preference that is capped at the lesser of (a) a 1.75x MOI or (b) a 30% IRR. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 89,081 and 0 Series 3 Preferred Units outstanding, respectively.

Class A Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 221,809 Class A units issued and outstanding. The Class A shareholders are entitled to a return of invested capital as well as pro rata participation in the common distributions of the Company subject to the distribution waterfall of the Company. Additionally, the Class A shareholders are eligible to receive additional participation in the common distributions of the Company based on the achievement of certain return thresholds experienced by the Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Members. This additional participation only dilutes the Series 1 and Series 2 Preferred Members above that return threshold.

F-21

Class B Units

Class B units represent a profits interest in the Company such that the member will not be allocated any portion of the Company’s pre-issuance value. These Class B units vest in accordance with their respective Restricted Units Grant Agreement and can only receive distributions upon satisfaction of the stated Distribution Threshold. Management does not have any certainty these thresholds will be met and cannot estimate the likelihood of occurrence. Management has determined the fair market value of the Class B Units at the grant date to be minimal since the likelihood to reach such threshold as remote, resulting in no compensation expense. The Company has granted 11,403 and 15,250 Class B Units during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Forfeitures of unvested units totaled 5,431 in the year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ending December 31, 2019, the Company exercised its repurchase option related to Class B units owned by a former executive and acquired 8,500 Class B units which resulted in a payment of $0 to the executive.

Liquidation

Upon liquidation of the Company, excess assets will first be distributed to creditors. For any remaining amounts of undistributed proceeds, the amount will be distributed to the Members in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

13SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent Events

In accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events, the Company evaluated all material events or transactions that occurred after December 31, 2020, the balance sheet date, through the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined no events or transactions which would impact the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 other than the below:

On January 14, 2021, the Company entered a letter of intent to sell its land and facility to a third party for $7,500,000 contingent upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. Additionally, the third-party intends to enter a 12-year master lease with the Company for approximately 53,210 square feet at an initial base rent of $13.72 / square foot plus operating expenses. As contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement such proceeds of any sale would be utilized to reduce third party debt of like amount.

Effective January 26, 2021, the Company obtained a waiver of default and an extension of the maturity date to June 30, 2021 for various notes issued by Origin bank outlined in Note 9.

Effective January 22, 2021, the Lender Agreement 2 was amended to extend the maturity date to March 15, 2021, and waive any and all events of default under the original agreement, outlined in Note 9. Effective March 15, 2021, the Lender Agreement 2 was amended to extend the maturity date to June 15, 2021.

Effective January 28, 2021, the VM Agreement was amended to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2021, and the Company subsequently paid off all outstanding principal and accrued interest on February 2, 2021.

Effective January 28, 2021, the Company entered into several convertible note agreements totaling $10,600,000, at 6% interest and maturity dates of October 31, 2021. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement would trigger these notes, to convert into Class A common stock at a 20% discount to the per share price paid by the investors in the subscription agreements, described below. Additionally, all convertible notes outstanding, as detailed in Note 9, will also convert into the Series 3 Preferred units of the Company.

On January 28, 2021, the Company entered into the Business Combination Agreement. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, (i) promptly after the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company conducted a reorganization via merger pursuant to which Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Seller”), become a holding company for the Company, the former owners of the Company became the owners of the Seller, and the former holders of convertible notes of the Company became holders of convertible notes of the Seller, and pursuant to which the accountingCompany retained all of its subsidiaries, business, assets and disclosure rulesliabilities, and regulationsbecome a wholly-owned subsidiary of the SEC.Seller, (ii) prior to the closing, Andina will continue out of the Cayman Islands and into the State of Delaware to re-domicile as and become a Delaware corporation, (iii) at the closing, the Seller will contribute to Holdings all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company in exchange for newly issued non-voting Class B membership interests of Holdings and voting (but non-economic) Class V common stock of Andina, and (iv) Andina will contribute all of its cash and cash equivalents to Holdings, after payment of Andina shareholders that elect to have their Andina shares redeemed or converted in connection with the closing and Andina’s expenses and other liabilities due at the closing, in exchange for newly issued voting Class A membership interests of Holdings. At the closing, Andina will change its name to “Stryve Foods, Inc.”

The Company has $42,500,000 of subscription agreements for Common Stock fully committed to be funded upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, anticipated to be funded in the second quarter of 2021, pending completion of the closing conditions included in the Business Combination Agreement.

On March 5, 2021, the Company received notice from the Small Business Administration that the full balance plus any accrued and unpaid interest related to its PPP loan was fully forgiven effective as of January 27, 2021.

 

Effective March 25, 2021, the Company entered into the Replacement VM Agreement and borrowed $2,500,000 thereunder.


F-22

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

September 30

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent

 

$

13,389,570

 

 

$

591,634

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4,496,715

 

 

 

679,061

 

Inventory, net

 

 

5,514,530

 

 

 

3,373,033

 

Prepaid media spend

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

249,000

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

2,788,263

 

 

 

529,230

 

Total current assets

 

 

26,839,078

 

 

 

5,421,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

6,668,675

 

 

 

6,845,132

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,450,000

 

 

 

8,450,000

 

Intangible asset, net

 

 

4,664,942

 

 

 

4,962,834

 

Prepaid media spend, net of current portion

 

 

268,295

 

 

 

498,662

 

Other assets

 

 

34,800

 

 

 

58,545

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

46,925,790

 

 

$

26,237,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,482,170

 

 

$

3,839,384

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

687,934

 

 

 

1,710,384

 

Line of credit

 

 

3,500,000

 

 

 

3,500,000

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

3,445,495

 

 

 

22,649,995

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,115,599

 

 

 

31,699,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

154,335

 

 

 

3,874,235

 

Financing obligation - related party operating lease

 

 

7,500,000

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability

 

 

167,875

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

18,937,809

 

 

 

35,573,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

- 

 

 

- 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock - $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock - $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized, 8,217,321 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

822

 

 

 

 

Class V common stock - $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 11,502,355 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

1,150

 

 

 

1,015

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

100,140,208

 

 

 

42,783,367

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(72,154,199

)

 

 

(52,121,249

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

27,987,981

 

 

 

(9,336,867

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

$

46,925,790

 

 

$

26,237,131

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-23

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

For the Three Months

 

 

For the Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30

 

 

Ended September 30

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

SALES, net

 

$

9,061,770

 

 

$

4,428,231

 

 

$

23,247,568

 

 

$

13,013,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF GOODS SOLD

 

 

5,807,925

 

 

 

2,832,857

 

 

 

13,734,845

 

 

 

8,352,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS MARGIN

 

 

3,253,845

 

 

 

1,595,374

 

 

 

9,512,723

 

 

 

4,660,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

5,826,748

 

 

 

2,789,791

 

 

 

17,873,162

 

 

 

8,018,023

 

Operations expense

 

 

1,234,001

 

 

 

735,491

 

 

 

3,264,087

 

 

 

1,709,070

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

2,272,336

 

 

 

1,220,975

 

 

 

5,275,646

 

 

 

4,617,458

 

Non-cash compensation expense (Note 11)

 

 

1,700,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,700,869

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

402,290

 

 

 

315,000

 

 

 

1,193,846

 

 

 

962,296

 

(Gain) Loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

(13,250

)

 

 

12,723

 

 

 

(21,828

)

 

 

13,047

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

11,422,994

 

 

 

5,073,980

 

 

 

29,285,782

 

 

 

15,319,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING LOSS

 

 

(8,169,149

)

 

 

(3,478,606

)

 

 

(19,773,059

)

 

 

(10,659,566

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(757,811

)

 

 

(882,258

)

 

 

(2,715,068

)

 

 

(2,384,375

)

PPP loan forgiveness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,669,552

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of Private Warrants

 

 

213,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

213,300

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

 

 

 

572,325

 

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

 

 

(541,934

)

 

 

(882,258

)

 

 

(259,891

)

 

 

(2,384,375

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(8,711,083

)

 

 

(4,360,864

)

 

 

(20,032,950

)

 

 

(13,043,941

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

$

(8,711,083

)

 

$

(4,360,864

)

 

$

(20,032,950

)

 

$

(13,043,941

)

Loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.47

)

 

$

(0.54

)

 

$

(1.59

)

 

$

(1.63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

18,559,390

 

 

 

8,089,907

 

 

 

12,580,569

 

 

 

8,006,433

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-24

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Class A

 

 

Common Stock Class B/V

 

 

Additional

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Paid-in-Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Total

 

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2021

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

10,152,020

 

 

$

1,015

 

 

$

42,783,367

 

 

$

(52,121,249

)

 

$

(9,336,867

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of member shares

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,598

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(99,949

)

 

 

 

 

 

(99,950

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,761,150

)

 

 

(5,761,150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,139,422

 

 

 

1,014

 

 

 

42,683,419

 

 

 

(57,882,399

)

 

 

(15,197,967

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(5,560,717

)

 

 

(5,560,717

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,139,422

 

 

 

1,014

 

 

 

42,683,419

 

 

 

(63,443,116

)

 

 

(20,758,684

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Convertible Notes & interest to Class V common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,362,933

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

10,822,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,822,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recapitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

Recapitalization with Andina

 

 

 

 

3,409,949

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,571,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,572,046

 

PIPE raise

 

 

 

 

5,607,372

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,062,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,063,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Funded Warrant

 

 

 

 

(800,000

)

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,711,083

)

 

 

(8,711,083

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

 

 

 

 

8,217,321

 

 

$

822

 

 

 

11,502,355

 

 

$

1,150

 

 

$

100,140,208

 

 

$

(72,154,199

)

 

$

27,987,981

 

F-25

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Paid-in-Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Total

 

Condensed Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Class B/V

 

 

Additional

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Paid-in-Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2020

 

 

8,370,647

 

 

$

837

 

 

$

28,759,163

 

 

$

(34,574,478

)

 

$

(5,814,478

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(4,227,745

)

 

$

(4,227,745

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2020

 

 

8,370,647

 

 

 

837

 

 

 

28,759,163

 

 

 

(38,802,223

)

 

 

(10,042,223

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(4,455,333

)

 

$

(4,455,333

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2020

 

 

8,370,647

 

 

 

837

 

 

 

28,759,163

 

 

 

(43,257,556

)

 

 

(14,497,556

)

Balance

 

 

8,370,647

 

 

 

837

 

 

 

28,759,163

 

 

 

(43,257,556

)

 

 

(14,497,556

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

271,167

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

1,876,300

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,876,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,360,864

)

 

 

(4,360,864

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

 

8,641,814

 

 

$

864

 

 

$

30,635,463

 

 

$

(47,618,420

)

 

$

(16,982,093

)

Balance

 

 

8,641,814

 

 

$

864

 

 

$

30,635,463

 

 

$

(47,618,420

)

 

$

(16,982,093

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30

 

 

September 30

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(20,032,950

)

 

$

(13,043,941

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation & amortization expense

 

 

1,009,192

 

 

 

962,296

 

(Gain) Loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,047

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

184,655

 

 

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

546,262

 

 

 

146,077

 

Interest income on members loan receivable

 

 

(27,124

)

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

513,661

 

 

 

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

(545,200

)

 

 

 

Forgiveness on paycheck protection program loan

 

 

(1,669,552

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of Private Warrants

 

 

(213,300

)

 

 

 

Forgiveness of Notes Receivable

 

 

1,700,869

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(4,331,314

)

 

 

219,683

 

Inventory

 

 

(2,141,497

)

 

 

(1,622,495

)

Prepaid media spend

 

 

(170,633

)

 

 

(501,693

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(2,236,168

)

 

 

500,276

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(357,214

)

 

 

854,609

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

146,773

 

 

 

1,176,453

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(27,623,540

)

 

 

(11,295,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for purchase of equipment

 

 

(897,837

)

 

 

(945,274

)

Cash received for sale of equipment

 

 

65,102

 

 

 

54,692

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(832,735

)

 

 

(890,582

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member contributions

 

 

 

 

 

1,876,327

 

Repurchase of member shares

 

 

(99,950

)

 

 

 

Investment from Andina

 

 

36,135,517

 

 

 

 

Repayments on long-term debt

 

 

(4,230,928

)

 

 

(979,770

)

Borrowings on related party debt

 

 

9,294,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

Repayments on related party debt

 

 

(7,889,681

)

 

 

(565,000

)

Borrowings on short-term debt

 

 

19,694,548

 

 

 

7,450,000

 

Repayments on short-term debt

 

 

(11,142,130

)

 

 

(43,083

)

Issuance of convertible debt

 

 

 

 

 

2,795,000

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(507,166

)

 

 

(273,810

)

Borrowings on paycheck protection program loan

 

 

 

 

 

1,669,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

41,254,210

 

 

 

12,129,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

12,797,936

 

 

 

(57,054

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

591,634

 

 

 

57,054

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

13,389,570

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

 

2,847,898

 

 

 

1,842,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash retirement of Bridge Notes

 

$

10,856,964

 

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-27

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(Unaudited)

Note 1 - Organization and Description of Business

Stryve Foods, Inc. (f/k/a Andina Acquisition Corp. III) (“Stryve” or the “Company”) is an emerging healthy snacking company which manufactures, markets and sells highly differentiated healthy snacking products. The Company offers convenient snacks that are lower in sugar and carbohydrates and higher in protein than other snacks. The Company is headquartered in Plano, Texas, with manufacturing operations in Madill, Oklahoma.

On July 20, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), the Company completed a business combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among the Company, Andina Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Holdings”), B. Luke Weil, in the capacity from and after the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (the “Closing”) as the representative for the shareholders of the Company (other than the Seller), Stryve Foods, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Seller”), and R. Alex Hawkins, in the capacity from and after the Closing as the representative for the members of the Seller. Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Under this method of accounting, Stryve Foods, LLC is treated as the acquirer and the Company is treated as the acquired company for financial statement reporting purposes.

In connection with the completion of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Company: (i) issued 4,250,000 shares of Class A common stock to private placement investors for aggregate consideration of $42.5 million; (ii) the Company issued 1,357,372 shares of Class A common stock, satisfied by the offset of $10.9 million of principal and accrued interest under outstanding unsecured promissory notes (the “Bridge Notes”) issued by Stryve Foods, LLC to certain investors in a private placement on the closing date of the Business Combination, and (iii) 11,502,355 newly issued non-voting Class B common units of Holdings (the “Seller Consideration Units”) and voting (but non-economic) Class V common stock of the Company (subject to a post-Closing working capital true-up). In addition, the Company’s ordinary shares outstanding prior to the Closing were converted into 3,409,949 shares of Class A common stock of the Company without any action of the holders. The Seller will distribute the Seller Consideration Units to its members in accordance with its limited liability company agreement.

Prior to July 20, 2021, Stryve Foods, LLC was a “pass-through” (limited liability company) entity for income tax purposes and had no material income tax accounting reflected in its financial statements for financial reporting purposes since taxable income and deductions were “passed through” to its members. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the combined company is organized in an “Up-C” structure and is now a taxable C corporation in which the business of Stryve Foods, LLC and its subsidiaries is held by Holdings, which is a subsidiary of the Company. By virtue of the “Up-C” structure, the Company’s only direct assets consist of its equity interests in Holdings, an entity of which the Company maintains 100% voting control. As the member of Holdings with voting control, the Company has full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business of Stryve Foods, LLC and to take all actions it deems necessary, appropriate, advisable, incidental, or convenient to accomplish the purposes of Stryve Foods, LLC and, accordingly, the financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis. The financial statements of the Company now account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income taxes. Stryve Foods, LLC has four wholly owned subsidiaries, Biltong Acquisition Company LLC, Braaitime LLC, Protein Brothers, LLC, and Kalahari Snacks, LLC.

The consolidated financial statements are under the name of the Company, the legal parent, but represent Stryve Foods, LLC, the legal subsidiary (accounting acquirer) with an adjustment to retrospectively adjust the legal capital to reflect the legal capital as earnings per share (“EPS”). EPS is calculated using the equity structure of the Company, including the equity interests issued to the Seller in the Business Combination. Prior to the Business Combination, EPS is based on Stryve Foods, LLC’s net income and weighted average common shares outstanding on an as exchanged basis that were received in the Business Combination. Subsequent to the Business Combination, EPS is based on the actual number of common shares on an as exchanged basis of the Company outstanding during that period. For any periods prior to the Closing, basic and diluted net income/loss per share have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse recapitalization of the Company utilizing the number of Seller Consideration Units (adjusted as necessary to reflect the capital activity of Stryve Foods, LLC prior to the Closing) as the weighted average shares outstanding for those periods and the actual shares outstanding for any periods after the Closing, all on an as exchanged basis.

F-28

Note 2 - Liquidity

The Company incurred net losses of approximately $20.0 million (including non-cash charges of $1.5 million) and $13.0 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Cash used in operating activities was approximately $27.7 million and $11.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company has historically funded its operations through financing activities, including raising equity and debt capital. Additionally, on the date of the Closing, the Company raised net proceeds of $37 million (excluding offering costs incurred during the three months ended September 30, 2021) pursuant to the Business Combination.

The Company’s operating plans are primarily focused on expanding its distribution base and increasing awareness of its products and brands while improving and expanding its manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Debt financing may require the Company to pledge assets and enter into covenants that could restrict certain business activities or its ability to incur further indebtedness; and may contain other terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders.

While Stryve has materially improved its liquidity position through the Business Combination by repaying $10.6 million of debt, the unpredictable nature of the current COVID-19 pandemic may put the current manufacturing facility at risk, as it may relate to the supply chain and the welfare of the Company’s labor.

The uncertainty of current market conditions could also adversely impact capital markets, with the risk of significant contraction occurring. This risk still is apparent and constantly considered by management, as it relates to external capital availability.

Aside from the current COVID-19 impact on customer population, market condition and operational challenges, management tracks other potential risk not necessarily associated with the pandemic. One example is the overall ability of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) to materially restrict and/or shut down operations through regulatory oversight. Another is a potential natural disaster or inclement weather at the Oklahoma facility which could serve to disrupt production. Finally, the Company’s leadership is intrinsically tied to the growth, strategic direction and overall delivery of the Company’s product. Should anything occur to leadership, this could be seen as a significant gap and a possible adverse event by external investors in the Company.

Based on the Company’s cash balance of approximately $13.4 million as of September 30, 2021, its expected cash flows, increased in-house orders, new doors of distribution across all brands and an increase in e-commerce traffic, the Company believes that its available cash will fund its operations for at least the next 12 months from issuance date of these financials and management has greater latitude over expenses with its improved cash position.

Note 3 - Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited financial statements include all adjustments consisting(consisting of a normal recurring nature, which areaccruals) and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. The results reported in the condensed consolidated financial position, operatingstatements for any interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results and cash flowsthat may be reported for the periods presented.entire year. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in the Form S-4 filed by the Company with the SEC (File No. 333-254927), as amended. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 20182021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 20182021. The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or for any future interim periods.omitted.

F-29

 

The Company had minimal activity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017. Accordingly, the statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of AmericaGAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities atin the date of theconsolidated financial statements and the reportedaccompanying notes. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed herein are those that management considers to be the most critical to an understanding of the consolidated financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgements and uncertainties. Estimates are used for, but not limited to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and customer allowances, useful lives for depreciation and amortization, standard costs of inventory, provisions for inventory obsolescence, and impairments of goodwill and long-lived assets. All of these estimates reflect management’s judgment about current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. If such conditions persist longer or deteriorate further than expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgements and estimates could change, which may result in future impairments of assets among other effects.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Returns, and Deductions

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. The Company records accounts receivable at their net realizable value, which requires management to estimate the collectability of the Company’s receivables. Judgment is required in assessing the realization of these receivables, including the credit worthiness of each counterparty and the related aging of past due balances. Management provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectable amounts, in addition to a general provision based on historical experience. Management provides for the customer accommodations based upon a general provision of expensesa percentage of sales in addition to known deductions. The percentage provided for was increased from 8% to 11% during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.current quarter based upon the level of deductions year to date. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts and returns and deductions totaled $976,073 and $1,603,069, respectively. Total bad debt expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $250,772 and $513,661, respectively. Total bad debt expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $516,611 and $521,964, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The balance sheet items that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable. The Company continuously evaluates the credit worthiness of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains cash balances in bank accounts that may, at times, exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits of $250,000 per institution. The Company incurred no losses from such accounts and management considers the risk of loss to be minimal.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, customer and vendor concentrations in excess of 10% consolidated sales and purchases are as follows:

LossSummary of Customer and Vendor Concentrations

 

 

For the Three Months

 

For the Nine Months

 

 

Ended September, 30

 

Ended September, 30

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

2021

 

2020

Customer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer A

11%

 

23%

 

12%

 

29%

 

Customer B

-

 

13%

 

10%

 

14%

Vendor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vendor A

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

23%

As of September 30, 2021 the following customers and vendors represented more than 10% of accounts receivable and accounts payable balances:

Accounts

Accounts

Receivable

Payable

Customer:

Customer A

15%

Customer B

13%

Customer C

11%

Customer D

11%

Vendor:

Vendor A

15%

F-30

Revenue Recognition Policy

The Company manufactures and markets a broad range of protein snack products through multiple distribution channels. The products are offered through branded and private label items. The Company accounts for revenue from contracts with customers, which comprises substantially all of its revenue, through the following steps:

(1)Identification of the contract with a customer
(2)Identification of the performance obligations in the contract
(3)Determination of the transaction price
(4)Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
(5)Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

The Company’s revenue derived from the sale of branded and private label products is considered variable consideration that is based on a fixed per Ordinary Shareitem charge applied to a variable quantity of product. Generally, this variable consideration is recognized at the point in time when the customer obtains control of the product, which may occur upon either shipment or delivery of the product. The Company also maintains consignment arrangements whereby revenue is recognized upon sale of the product to the end customer. The payment terms of the Company’s contracts are generally net thirty to thirty-five days, although early pay discounts are offered to customers.

The Company regularly experiences customer deductions from amounts invoiced due to product returns, product shortages, and delivery nonperformance penalty fees. This variable consideration is estimated using the expected value approach based on the Company’s historical experience, and it is recognized as a reduction to the transaction price in the same period that the related product sale is recognized. In years prior to 2021, customer deduction amounts were insignificant.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to customers. Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract by transferring the promised product to its customer.

The Company’s contracts generally do not include any material significant financing components.

Performance Obligations

The Company has elected the following practical expedients provided for in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers:

(1)The Company has excluded from its transaction price all sales and similar taxes collected from its customers.
(2)The Company has elected to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
(3)The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after control of the related good transfers as fulfillment activities instead of assessing such activities as performance obligations.
(4)The portfolio approach has been elected by the Company as it expects any effects would not be materially different in application at the portfolio level compared with the application at an individual contract level.
(5)The Company has elected not to disclose information about its remaining performance obligations for any contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

Neither the type of good sold nor the location of sale significantly impacts the nature, amount, timing, or uncertainty of revenue and cash flows.

F-31

Disaggregation of Net Sales

 

LossThe following table shows the net sales of the Company disaggregated by channel for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

Summary of Net Sales Disaggregated by Channel

 

 

For the Three Months

 

 

For the Nine Months

 

 

 

ended September 30,

 

 

ended September 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

e-Commerce

 

$

2,791

 

 

$

1,860

 

 

$

8,593

 

 

$

4,315

 

Wholesale

 

 

5,355

 

 

 

1,795

 

 

 

9,935

 

 

 

5,103

 

Private label

 

 

916

 

 

 

773

 

 

 

4,720

 

 

 

3,595

 

Ending balance

 

$

9,062

 

 

$

4,428

 

 

$

23,248

 

 

$

13,013

 

Inventory

Inventories consist of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods, are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value determined using the standard cost method. The Company reviews the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs and write-offs of inventory for obsolete, damaged, or expired inventory. Write-downs and write-offs are included in cost of goods sold.

Prepaid Media Spend

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company sold products to an independent full-service corporate trade company in exchange for future services. The Company has the right to utilize this asset as a credit against future media buying that this trade company performs for the Company. The Company can utilize the credit at any time over five years but estimates they will use a total of $650,000 within the next year.

Advertising Costs

In accordance with ASC 720-35, Advertising Costs, advertising and marketing costs are charged to operations in the period incurred. Advertising and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $10,646,991 and $4,606,340 respectively. Advertising and marketing expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were $4,614,032 and $1,132,695 respectively and are included in selling expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Intangible Assets
 

On December 11, 2020, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Kalahari Snacks, LLC, entered into an asset purchase agreement with Kalahari Brands, Inc. consisting principally of its brands and marks, to acquire certain assets and liabilities of Kalahari Brands for a purchase price of $5,867,344. In terms of the asset purchase agreement, a post-closing working capital adjustment was applied to the purchase price. The adjustment of $113,237 was applied against the Kalahari Seller Note (See Note 8 - Debt).
 

The brand name is accounted for in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”, and amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years and reviewed annually for impairment. As of September 30, 2021, there was no impairment of the intangible asset.

Warrant Liability

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

F-32

For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter.

Accordingly, the Company classifies the private warrants issued to Andina’s original stockholders (the “Private Warrants”) as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.

Net Income (Loss) per ordinaryShare

The Company reports both basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net loss bycalculated based on the weighted-averageweighted average number of ordinaryshares of common stock outstanding and excludes the dilutive effect of warrants, stock options, and other types of convertible securities. However, the Pre-Funded Warrants are included in the calculation of basic earnings per share as the Pre-Funded Warrants can be exercised for nominal value. Diluted earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants and other types of convertible securities are included in the calculation. Dilutive securities are excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive, such as in periods where the Company would report a net loss. For any periods prior to the Closing, basic and diluted net income/loss per share have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse recapitalization of the Company utilizing the Seller Consideration Units (adjusted as necessary to reflect the capital activity of the Company prior to the Closing) as the weighted average shares outstanding duringfor those periods and the period excluding ordinaryactual shares subject to forfeiture. Weighted average sharesoutstanding for any periods after the Closing all on an as exchanged basis. As of September 30, 2020, there were reduced for the effectno dilutive securities. As of an aggregateSeptember 30, 2021, there were 10,997,500 dilutive common stock equivalents consisting of 375,000 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.warrants which were anti-dilutive.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal, accounting and other costs incurred through the balance sheet dates that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to shareholder’s equity upon the receipt of the completion of the Proposed Public Offering. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

Income Taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. On a proforma basis, had the Company been a corporation for all periods presented, as a result of the recurring losses, any proforma benefit for the utilization of these net operating losses would have been offset by such valuation allowances.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 20172021 and December 31, 2016,2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position over the next twelve months.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In conjunction with the Business Combination, the Company also entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) with Seller and Holdings. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company is required to pay Seller 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that the Company actually realizes as a result of (A) tax basis adjustments resulting from taxable exchanges of Class B common units of Holdings and Class V common stock of the Company acquired by the Company in exchange for Class A common stock of the Company and (B) tax deductions in respect of portions of certain payments made under the TRA. All such payments to the Seller are the obligations of the Company. As of September 30, 2021, there have been no exchanges of Class B common units of Holdings and Class V common stock of the Company for Class A common stock of the Company and, accordingly, no TRA liabilities currently exist.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, a line of credit, and vehicle notes payable. The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term maturities or expected settlement date of these instruments. The line of credit and vehicle notes payable have fixed interest rates the Company believes reflect current market rates for notes of this nature. The Company believes the current carrying value of long-term debt approximates its fair value because the terms are comparable to similar lending arrangements in the marketplace.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company may be subjectevaluates its financial instruments to potential examination by foreign taxing authoritiesdetermine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the areasfair value reported in the statements of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioningoperations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the timingend of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Standards

ASU 2016-02, Leases. In 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance related to accounting for leases. The new guidance requires the recognition of right of use (“ROU”) assets and amountlease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance. In 2018, the FASB also approved an amendment that would permit the option to adopt the new standard prospectively as of deductions, the nexuseffective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. In November of income among various tax jurisdictions2020, the FASB proposed a delay and compliance with foreign tax laws. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

effective date was deferred until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is consideredevaluating the effect of adopting ASU 2016-02.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”. The standard includes multiple key provisions, including removal of certain exceptions to ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplification in several other areas such as accounting for a franchise tax that is partially based on income. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this new standard did not have an exempted Cayman Islands companyimpact to our disclosures.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-10 “Codification Improvements.” The new accounting rules improve the consistency of the Codification by including all disclosure guidance in the appropriate Disclosure Section (Section 50) that had only been included in the Other Presentation Matters Section (Section 45) of the Codification. Additionally, the new rules also clarify guidance across various topics including defined benefit plans, foreign currency transactions, and interest expense. The standard was effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2021. Adoption of this new standard did not have an impact to our disclosures.

Note 4 - Inventory

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, inventory consisted of the following:

Schedule of Inventory

 

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Raw materials

 

$

1,942,674

 

 

$

1,068,259

 

Work in process

 

 

1,212,711

 

 

 

190,610

 

Finished goods

 

 

2,359,145

 

 

 

2,114,164

 

Total Inventory

 

$

5,514,530

 

 

$

3,373,033

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the reserve for slow moving and obsolete inventory was $232,951 and $444,485, respectively.

Note 5 - Property & Equipment

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, property and equipment consisted of the following:

Schedule of Property and Equipment

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment

$

6,145,822

 

 

$

5,507,377

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

38,751

 

 

 

35,421

 

Leasehold improvements

 

2,022,745

 

 

 

1,922,332

 

Website

 

111,002

 

 

 

111,002

 

Land

 

242,333

 

 

 

242,333

 

Building

 

1,399,200

 

 

 

1,399,200

 

Total cost

 

9,959,853

 

 

 

9,217,665

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(3,291,178

)

 

 

(2,372,533

)

Property and equipment, net

$

6,668,675

 

 

$

6,845,132

 

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $1,009,192 and $962,296 respectively. Depreciation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, was $341,707 and $315,000 respectively.

Note 6 – Intangible Asset

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, intangible assets had a balance of $4,664,942 and $4,962,834 respectively. As of September 30, 2021, management estimated that the remaining useful life of the Company’s intangible asset was approximately 19 years.

The estimated future amortization of intangibles subject to amortization at September 30, 2021 was as follows:

Schedule of Estimated Future Amortization of Intangibles

5 Year Schedule

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021 (for the remainder of)

 

$

60,584

 

2022

 

 

242,480

 

2023

 

 

242,480

 

2024

 

 

242,480

 

2025

 

 

242,480

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,634,438

 

 

 

 

 

Total remaining amortization

 

$

4,664,942

 

Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, was $184,654 and $0 respectively. Amortization expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, was $60,584 and $0 respectively.

Note 7 - Line of Credit

The balance on the Company’s existing line of credit (the “Line of Credit”) was $3,500,000 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Line of Credit is secured by all assets of the Company and is presently notguaranteed by certain directors of the Company. The Line of Credit is subject to income taxes or income tax filingcertain covenants, including requirements for debt service coverage ratio, tangible net worth ratio, and liquidity requirements, as outlined in the Cayman Islands oragreement. Effective November 1, 2021, the United States. maturity date was extended to November 30, 2021, and the waiver for debt covenants was extended to November 30, 2021. The Company is in currently in discussions to refinance the Line of Credit with certain lenders.

F-35

Note 8 - Debt

As such,of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, debt consisted of the Company’s tax provision is zero  for all periods presented.following:

Schedule of Debt

 

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Long-term debt

 

$

294,933

 

 

$

5,677,505

 

Short-term debt

 

 

3,304,897

 

 

 

7,745,843

 

Related party notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,001,366

 

Convertible Notes, net of subscriptions to members

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,254,390

 

Payroll protection loan

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,669,552

 

Other notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

212,066

 

Line of credit

 

 

3,500,000

 

 

 

3,500,000

 

Total notes payable

 

 

7,099,830

 

 

 

30,060,722

 

Less: current portion

 

 

(3,445,495

)

 

 

(22,649,995

)

Less: line of credit

 

 

(3,500,000

)

 

 

(3,500,000

)

Notes payable, net of current portion

 

 

154,335

 

 

 

3,910,727

 

Deferred financing fees

 

 

-

 

 

 

(36,492

)

Total notes payable, net

 

$

154,335

 

 

$

3,874,235

 

 

Recent Accounting StandardsLong-Term Debt

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would haveOutstanding as of September 30, 2021

Unless otherwise stated, collateralized loans are secured by the net book value of the assets of the Company, totaling $46,925,790 as of September 30, 2021.

On December 3, 2018, the Company entered into a material effectbusiness loan agreement with First United Bank and Trust Co. (“Loan Agreement”), for a principal balance of $89,001. The Loan Agreement calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $1,664, at an interest rate of 4.49% per annum, and matures on December 15, 2023. The principal amount due on the accompanying financial statements.Loan Agreement was $42,650 as of September 30, 2021. The Loan Agreement is secured by the vehicles acquired with the loan having a carrying value which approximates the outstanding loan balance.

On March 12, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“Broken Stone Agreement”) with Broken Stone Investments, LLC. for the principal amount of $200,000, bearing interest at 5% per annum, with all principal and accrued interest thereon due and payable at maturity of June 1, 2023. The Broken Stone Agreement calls for monthly principal and interest payments of $8,774 to commence on July 1, 2021 through maturity on June 1, 2023. As of September 30, 2021, the balance on this loan was $178,294.

Note 3 — Proposed Public OfferingRetired during the nine months ended September 30, 2021

On January 24, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement”) for the principal amount of $1,000,000. The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $156,866, which was repaid in full.

On February 9, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement 2”) for the principal amount of $1,000,000. The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $156,510, which was repaid in full.

On June 29, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Mortgage”) for the principal amount of $1,240,000. The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $1,160,547, which was satisfied in full with the sale-leaseback of the Madill property.

On January 14, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with an individual investor, (“Promissory Note”) for a principal balance of $250,000. The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $250,000, which was repaid in full.

On January 16, 2020, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (“Lender Agreement”) with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, (the “Lender”) for a principal balance up to $2,000,000. The balance as of December 31, 2020 was $1,888,318, which was repaid in full.

Short-Term Debt

 

F-36

Outstanding as of September 30, 2021

Effective November 1, 2021, the maturity date on all notes outstanding with Origin Bank were extended to November 30, 2021 under similar terms, and the waiver for debt covenants was extended to November 30, 2021. The Company is in active discussions to refinance all outstanding notes held with Origin Bank with certain lenders.

On August 17, 2018, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“CapEx”) with a limit on borrowings of $2,240,000. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the principal amount due on the CapEx was $1,304,896 and $1,521,874, respectively.

On June 23, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement with Origin Bank (“Security Agreement 3”) for the principal amount of $2,000,000. The Security Agreement 3 calls for interest only payments beginning August 5, 2020 through September 5, 2020, at an interest rate of 5% per annum, with the entire balance maturing on October 5, 2020. The maturity date has been extended to November 30, 2021. The Security Agreement 3 is secured by the assets of the Company and guaranteed by certain directors of the Company. As of September 30, 2021, the principal amount due on Security Agreement 3 was $2,000,000.

Retired during the nine months ended September 30, 2021

On July 15, 2019, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“VM Agreement”) with Van Maren Financial (USA), Inc. for the principal amount of $2,000,000, which was increased to $3,250,000 effective December 15, 2019. This loan was repaid in full.

On April 6, 2020, the Company entered into a secondary loan and security agreement (“Lender Agreement 2”) with Montgomery Capital Partners III, LP, with a schedule of lenders, for a principal balance of $2,700,000, which was repaid in full.

On December 11, 2020, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“Kalahari Seller Note”) as a result of the transaction to acquire certain assets of Kalahari Brands, Inc., in the principal sum of $3,245,843, which was repaid in full.

On March 25, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“VM Agreement #2”) with Van Maren Financial (USA), Inc. for the principal amount of $4,610,000, which was repaid in full.

On May 24, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“CVI Agreement”) with CVI Investments, Inc. for the principal amount of $2,300,000, which was repaid in full.

On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“ICBT Agreement”) with ICBT Holdings, Ltd. for the principal amount of up to $1,666,667 of which $833,333 of principal was drawn, which was repaid in full.

On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement (“MCA #4 Agreement”) with Montgomery Capital Partners IV, LP. for the principal amount of up to $2,900,000, which was repaid in full.

Related Party Notes Payable

On January 13, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable agreement with a principal balance of $1,600,000 (the “Member Note Payable”) with a member of the Company. The Member Note Payable bears interest at 6% per annum. Principal and accrued interest of the Member Note Payable was exchanged for participation in the Bridge Notes on January 28, 2021. The Company then entered into an additional Bridge Note with the same member with a principal balance of $190,000 on January 28, 2021. The Bridge Notes were satisfied in full by the Company in exchange for Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Business Combination on July 20, 2021.

Effective January 28, 2021, the VM Agreement was amended to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2021, and the Company subsequently paid off all outstanding principal and accrued interest on February 2, 2021.

Effective March 25, 2021, the Company entered into VM Agreement #2 totaling $4,610,000, at 12% interest per annum and a maturity date of September 30, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, $4,610,000 of this amount had been drawn from the lender. This loan was repaid in full on July 20, 2021.

Interest expense on related party notes payable totaled $34,926 and $202,112 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively. Interest expense on related party notes payable totaled $271,599 and $808,893 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

F-37

Convertible Notes

From August 19, 2019 through December 2, 2019, the Company entered into multiple convertible note agreements (the “2019 Convertible Notes”) totaling $5,414,390. The 2019 Convertible Notes were to mature 24 months after issuance, and bore interest at a rate of 6% per annum and were payable upon maturity. Upon a triggering event or maturity, the 2019 Convertible Notes were to convert into preferred units based upon the calculations defined in the 2019 Convertible Note agreements. The 2019 Convertible Notes were subordinate in right of payment to all current and future indebtedness of the Company.
 

From January 1, 2020, through July 1, 2020, the Company entered into multiple convertible note agreements (the “2020 Convertible Notes”) with various lenders totaling $2,840,000. The 2020 Convertible Notes were to mature 24 months after issuance, and bore interest at a rate of 6% per annum and were payable upon maturity. Upon a triggering event or maturity, the 2020 Convertible Notes were to convert into preferred units based upon the calculations defined in the 2020 Convertible Note agreements. The 2020 Convertible Notes were subordinate in right of payment to all current and future indebtedness of the Company.
 

The terms of the 2020 Convertible Notes and 2019 Convertible Notes (collectively the “Convertible Notes”) were substantively the same. In the presentation of the financial statements, the Convertible Notes are shown net of subscriptions due from certain members and officers of the Company totaling $1,650,000 of principal. Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering,Closing of the Business Combination, the Convertible Notes were amended by Seller (as successor by merger to Stryve Foods, LLC) and a majority of the noteholders of the Convertible Notes to allow for a conversion into the Series 3 preferred units of Seller.



Effective January 28, 2021,
the Company will offer for sale up to 10,000,000 Units (or 11,500,000 Units if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercisedentered into several note agreements that could be satisfied in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one ordinary share infull by the Company onein exchange for Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Business Combination (the “Bridge Notes”) totaling $10,600,000, at 6% interest and maturity dates of October 31, 2021. Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company issued $10.9 million of Class A common stock satisfying, by offset, the full principal and interest accrued under the Bridge Notes.
 

Other Notes Payable

The Company holds various financing and lease agreements with original principal balances ranging from $20,000 through $50,000 for the six months ended September 30, 2021. The vehicle financing agreements call for monthly principal and interest payments ranging from $368 through $585 and bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.89% through 6.81% per annum. Outstanding principal and accrued interest are due at maturity, ranging from October 12, 2022 through September 13, 2024. The principal amount due on the agreements was $111,804 as of September 30, 2021. The financing agreements are secured by vehicles with a net book value of $77,390 as of September 30, 2021.

The Other Notes Payable, Related Party Notes Payable, and Seller Notes are subordinated to the Line of Credit.

Future minimum principal payments on the notes payable are as of September 30, 2021:

Schedule of Future Minimum Principal Payments of Debt

2021 (for the remainder of)

 

$

5,769,293

 

2022

 

 

602,806

 

2023

 

 

574,788

 

2024

 

 

145,146

 

2025

 

 

7,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,099,829

 

Note 9 - Shareholders’ Equity

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Charter”) authorizes the issuance of 610,000,000 shares, of which 400,000,000 shares are Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

F-38

Warrants

The Company has outstanding 10,997,500 warrants outstanding of which 10,800,000 are public warrants and 197,500 are Private Warrants. Each warrant represents the right (the “Public Right”) and oneto purchase an equal number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Each redeemable warrant (the “Public Warrant”). Each Public Right will entitleentitles the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination. Each Public Warrant will entitle theregistered holder to purchase one ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (see Note 7).

If the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and the Company redeems the public shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of the warrants will not receive any of such funds for their warrants and the warrants will expire worthless.

Note 4 — Private Units

Certain of the Initial Shareholders, including the underwriters in the Proposed Public Offering (and/or their respective designees), have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 375,000 Private Units (or 412,500 Private Units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)Class A common stock at a price of $10.00 per Private Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,750,000, or $4,125,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Unit will consist of one ordinary share (“Private Share”)$11.50, one right (the “Private Right”) and one redeemable warrant (each, a “Private Warrant”). Each Private Right will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination. Each Private Warrant will be exercisable to purchase one ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the Private Units will be added to the proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the required time period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Units will be used to fund the redemption of the public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Units and all underlying securities will expire worthless.

The Private Units will be identical to the Units sold in the Proposed Public Offering. However, the Initial Shareholders have agreed (A) to vote the insider shares and Private Shares in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to its pre-Business Combination activities prior to the consummation of such a Business Combination unless the Company provides public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares or Private Shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity and (D) that the insider shares and Private Shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution from the Trust Account upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated. The Initial Shareholders have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to) until the completion of an initial Business Combination.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Promissory Note – Related Party

On November 7, 2016, the Company issued a promissory note to a director of the Company reflecting an aggregate of $35,000 to be advanced from such director to cover expenses related to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering. Of this amount, $34,259, $22,147 and $15,839 was outstanding as of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. All amounts due under the promissory note are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019, (ii) the date on which the Company consummates the Proposed Public Offering or (iii) the date on which the Company determines to not proceed with such Proposed Public Offering.

Note 6 — Commitments

Underwriting Agreement

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of Proposed Public Offering to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Proposed Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of 2.5% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering, or $2,500,000 in the aggregate (or $2,875,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. A “qualified independent underwriter” will participate in the Proposed Public Offering in compliance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5121 The qualified independent underwriter will be paid a fee of $75,000 from the total underwriting discount in consideration for its services and expenses, and will be paid no other compensation.

Business Combination Marketing Agreement

The Company expects to engage the joint book-running managers in the Proposed Public Offering as advisors in connection with a Business Combination to assist the Company in holding meetings with its shareholders to discuss the potential Business Combination and the target business’ attributes, introduce the Company to potential investors that are interested in purchasing the Company’s securities in connection with a Business Combination, assist the Company in obtaining shareholder approval for the Business Combination and assist the Company with its press releases and public filings in connection with the Business Combination. The Company will pay the joint book-running managers aggregate cash fees for such services upon the consummation of a Business Combination in an amount equal to 3.0% of the gross proceeds of Proposed Public Offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable).

Registration Rights

The holders of the insider shares, as well as the holders of the Private Units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of Proposed Public Offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that the Company register such securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the underwriters (and/or their designees) may only make a demand registration (i) on one occasion and (ii) during the five year period beginning on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the Private Units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the underwriters (and/or their designees) may participate in a “piggy-back” registration only during the seven year period beginning on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under FINRA Rule 5110, the underwriters and/or their designees may only make a demand registration (i) on one occasion and (ii) during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Proposed Public Offering, and the underwriters and/or their designees may participate in a “piggy-back” registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Proposed Public Offering.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no preferred shares are issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

In connection with the organization of the Company, a total of 2,875,000 ordinary shares were sold to the Initial Shareholders at approximately $.009 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. This number includes an aggregate of up to 375,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full so that the Company’s Initial Shareholders will own 20% of the issued and outstanding sharesadjustment on or after the Proposed Public Offering.

The Initial Shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for anyJuly 20, trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after an initial Business Combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to an initial Business Combination, the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Rights

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination, even if a holder of such right converted all ordinary shares held by it in connection with a Business Combination. No fractional shares will be issued upon exchange of the rights. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive its additional shares upon consummation of a Business Combination as the consideration related thereto has been included in the Unit purchase price paid for by investors in the Proposed Public Offering. If the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis and each holder of rights will be required to affirmatively covert its rights in order to receive 1/10 of an ordinary share underlying each right (without paying additional consideration). The ordinary shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of the Company).

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of a Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Warrants

The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial Business Combination and 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. However, except as set forth below, no Public Warrants will be exercisable for cash unless the Company has an effective and current registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to such ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not effective within 90 days from the consummation of an initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act provided that such exemption is available. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis.2021. The warrants will expire five years from the consummation of an initial Business Combination.on July 20, 2026.

The Company may call the Public Warrantspublic warrants for redemption (excluding(but not the Private Warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $.01$.01 per warrant:Public Warrant:

at any time while the warrantsPublic Warrants are exercisable,

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each public warrant holder,

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the ordinary shares of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00$18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders,Public Warrant Holders, and

if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares of Class A common stock underlying such public warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

The Private Warrantsright to exercise will be identicalforfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the Public Warrants underlying the Units being solddate specified in the Proposed Public Offering, exceptnotice of redemption.

Private Warrants

The Company has agreed that so long as the Private Warrants and the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of theare still held by our initial shareholders or their affiliates, it will not redeem such Private Warrants and will not be transferable, assignable or salable until afterallow the completion of a Business Combination, subjectholders to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, theexercise such Private Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis (even if a registration statement covering shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective). As of November 11, 2021, there were 197,500 Private Warrants outstanding.

Pre-Funded Warrants

On September 15, 2021, the Company entered into a Share Repurchase Agreement with various entities (collectively, the “Investors”) whereby the Company repurchased an aggregate of 800,000 shares of Class A common stock (the “Repurchase Shares”) from the Investors. The purchase price for the Repurchase Shares was the issuance of an aggregate of 800,000 pre-funded warrants to acquire an equal number of shares of Class A common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”). The Pre-Funded Warrants do not expire and are exercisable at any time after their original issuance.

The Pre-Funded Warrants may not be non-redeemable so long as they are heldexercised by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. Ifholder to the Private Warrants are held by someone otherextent that the holder, together with its affiliates that report together as a group under the beneficial ownership rules, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 9.99% of Stryve’s issued and outstanding Class A common stock. In the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so onevent of a “cashless basis,”fundamental transaction, as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and numberPre-Funded Warrants, the holders of ordinary shares issuablethe Pre-Funded Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the warrantsPre-Funded Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Pre-Funded Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction without regard to any limitations on exercise contained in the Pre-Funded Warrants.

Stryve Foods, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”)

The Incentive Plan allows the Company to grant stock options, restricted stock unit awards and other awards at levels determined appropriate by its board of directors and/or compensation committee. The Incentive Plan also allows the Company to use a broad array of equity incentives and performance cash incentives in order to secure and retain the services of its employees, directors and consultants, and to provide long-term incentives that align the interests of its employees, directors and consultants with the interests of its stockholders. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Company’s board of directors or its compensation committee, or any other committee or subcommittee or one or more of its officers to whom authority has been delegated (collectively, the “Administrator”). The Administrator has the authority to interpret the Incentive Plan and award agreements entered into with respect to the Incentive Plan; to make, change and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan; to make changes to, or reconcile any inconsistency in, the Incentive Plan or any award agreement covering an award; and to take any other actions needed to administer the Incentive Plan.

F-39

The Incentive Plan permits the Administrator to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), performance shares, performance units, shares of Class A common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), cash incentive awards, dividend equivalent units, or any other type of award permitted under the Incentive Plan. The Administrator may grant any type of award to any participant it selects, but only employees of the Company or its subsidiaries may receive grants of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Awards may be adjustedgranted alone or in certain circumstancesaddition to, in tandem with, or (subject to the repricing prohibition described below) in substitution for any other award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any affiliate, including the plan of an acquired entity).

The Company has reserved a total of 2,564,960 shares of Class A common stock for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan will be reduced on the date of the grant of any award by the maximum number of shares, if any, with respect to which such award is granted. However, an award that may be settled solely in cash will not deplete the eventIncentive Plan’s share reserve at the time the award is granted. If (a) an award expires, is canceled, or terminates without issuance of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividendshares or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However,is settled in cash, (b) the warrantsAdministrator determines that the shares granted under an award will not be adjustedissuable because the conditions for issuancesissuance will not be satisfied, (c) shares are forfeited under an award, (d) shares are issued under any award and the Company reacquires them pursuant to its reserved rights upon the issuance of ordinarythe shares, (e) shares are tendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an option or as a result of the net settlement of outstanding stock appreciation rights or (f) shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy federal, state or local tax withholding obligations, then those shares are added back to the reserve and may again be used for new awards under the Incentive Plan. However, shares added back to the reserve pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) in the preceding sentence may not be issued pursuant to incentive stock options.

As of September 30, 2021, all 2,564,960 shares of Class A common stock were available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. See Note 13 – Subsequent Events.

Note 10 - Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Schedule of Fair Value Assets Measured on Recurring Basis

Description

 

Level

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability - Private Warrants

 

 

3

 

 

$

167,875

 

 

$

-

 

Private Warrants

The Private Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Private Warrants were valued using a binomial lattice model incorporating the Cox-Ross-Rubenstein methodology, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The Private Warrants were classified as Level 3 at the initial measurement date due to the use of unobservable inputs.

The key inputs into the binomial lattice model incorporating the Cox-Ross-Rubenstein methodology for the Private Warrants were as follows at September 30, 2021:

Schedule of Binomial Lattice Model for Private Warrants

Input

 

July 20, 2021

 

September 30, 2021

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.7

%

 

1.0

%

Dividend yield

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

Selected volatility

 

 

31.5

%

 

42.5

%

Exercise price

 

$

11.50

 

$

11.50

 

Market stock price

 

$

9.20

 

$

5.35

 

On September 30, 2021, the Private Warrants were determined to have a fair value of $0.85 per warrant for an aggregate fair value of $167,875.

The following table presents the change in the fair value of warrant liabilities for the period:

Schedule of Changes in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

Warrant Fair Values

 

Private

 

Fair value as of July 20, 2021

 

$

381,175

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(213,300

)

Fair value as of September 30, 2021

 

$

167,875

 

Note 11 - Related Party Transactions

Loan Agreements. In addition to the related party notes payable outlined in Note 8, the Company entered into agreements with certain members and officers of the Company, including Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $1,650,000 (“Related Party Convertible Notes”) and offsetting note receivable agreements in the aggregate principal amount of $1,650,000. The note receivables of $1,650,000 and the accrued interest of $50,869 were forgiven in connection with the Business Combination on July 20, 2021. The forgiveness of these note receivables resulted in non-cash compensation expense of $1,700,869 in the three-month period ending September 30, 2021. The Related Party Convertible Notes were converted into Series 3 units of the Seller on the same terms as the Convertible Notes.

Interest expense on the Related Party Convertible Notes totaled $6,904 and $58,972for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively. Interest expense on the Related Party Convertible Notes totaled $123,814 and $327,281for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

Sale and Leaseback. On May 26, 2021, the Company entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement with OK Biltong Facility, LLC (“Buyer”), an entity controlled by a member of the Company’s board of directors, pursuant to which the parties consummated a sale and leaseback transaction (the “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”) of the Company’s manufacturing facility and the surrounding property in Madill, Oklahoma (the “Real Property”) for a total purchase price of $7,500 thousand.

In connection with the consummation of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease Agreement”) with Buyer pursuant to which the Company leased back the Real Property from Buyer for an initial term of twelve (12) years unless earlier terminated or extended in accordance with the terms of the Lease Agreement. Under the Lease Agreement, the Company’s financial obligations include base rent of approximately $60,000 per month, which rent will increase on an annual basis at two percent (2%) over the initial term and two-and-a-half percent (2.5%) during any extension term. The Company is also responsible for all monthly expenses related to the leased facility, including insurance premiums, taxes and other expenses, such as utilities. Under the Lease Agreement, the Company has three (3) options to extend the term of the lease by five (5) years for each such option and a one-time right and option to purchase the Real Property at a price belowthat escalates over time and, if Buyer decides to sell the Real Property, the Company has a right of first refusal to purchase the Real Property on the same terms offered to any third party.

F-41

Management determined that the sale and leaseback transaction contained continuing involvement and thus used the financing method consistent with ASC 840-40 and ASC 320-20 to account for the transactions. Accordingly, a financing obligation related to the operating lease in the amount of the sale price ($7,500 thousand) has been booked and the corresponding assets on the balance sheet are maintained. Under the finance method, rental payments are applied as amortization and/or interest expense on the financing obligation as appropriate using an assumed interest rate. The Company is accounting for these as interest only payments because the Company’s incremental cost to borrow when applied to the financing obligation is greater than the rental payments under the Lease Agreement. The Company recognized interest expense of $179,993 during the three months ended September 30, 2021.

Other. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, the Company purchased approximately $117,643 in goods from an entity controlled by a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Related Party Manufacturer”). The Company did not purchase goods from the Related Party Manufacturer in periods prior to the three months ended September 30, 2021.

Note 12 - Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company may be a party to routine claims brought against it in the ordinary course of business. After consulting with legal counsel, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any such pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on its exercise price. Additionally,financial condition or results of operations. However, as is inherent in no event willlegal proceedings, there is a risk that an unpredictable decision adverse to the Company could be reached. The Company records legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred. Settlements are accrued when, and if, they become probable and estimable. A former employee asserted that the Company owed in excess of $1 million in unpaid commissions, unreimbursed expenses, and disputed the value of their class B profits interest that Stryve Foods, LLC repurchased upon his resignation from the business. All disputes with the former employee have been resolved pursuant to a confidential settlement without any admission of wrongdoing by either party.

Registration Rights Agreements

The Company is a party to various registration rights agreements with certain stockholders where it may be required to net cash settleregister securities for such stockholders in certain circumstances.

Operating Leases

The Company holds various lease agreements for office and warehouse spaces for the warrants. Ifthree months ended September 30, 2021. As of September 30, 2021, the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination withinonly held leases in Texas and Massachusetts.

Rent expense under the required time period andleases was $56,434 for the Company liquidatesthree months ended September 30, 2021. Rent expense includes month-to-month rental payments for facilities preceding the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outsidecommencement of the Trust Account with respect to such warrants. Accordingly,lease agreement.

Future minimum payments required under the warrants may expire worthless.lease agreements as of September 30, 2021 follow:

Schedule of Future Minimum Payments Required under Lease Agreement

2021 (for the remainder of)

 

$

83,827

 

2022

 

 

236,439

 

2023

 

 

242,830

 

2024

 

 

249,278

 

2025

 

 

116,309

 

Thereafter

 

 

29,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

958,287

 

F-42

Note 8 — 13 - Subsequent Events

The Company evaluatesevaluated subsequent events and transactions that have occurred after the balance sheet date and through November 23, 2018, the date these condensed financial statements were issued. OtherBased upon this review, other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the condensed financial statements.

InDuring October 2018,2021, the directorcompensation committee of the board of directors of the Company providedgranted an aggregate of 23,934 restricted shares of Class A common stock to the Company’s non-employee directors from the Incentive Plan, subject to vesting. In addition, on October 11, 2021, the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company loansgranted an aggregate of 500,000 shares of restricted shares of Class A common stock of the Company from the Incentive Plan to Joe Oblas, Jaxie Alt and advances in the aggregate amount of $14,610.

Until ____________, 2018, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respectAlex Hawkins pursuant to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.employment agreements, subject to vesting (the “Executive Restricted Stock Grants”). An aggregate of 31,250 shares of the Executive Restricted Stock Grants for the period from July 20, 2021 through September 30, 2021 vested immediately upon grant, with the remaining 468,750 shares of the Executive Restricted Stock Grants subject to quarterly vesting over a four-year period.

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

$100,000,000

Andina Acquisition Corp. III

10,000,000 Units

PROSPECTUS

JointBook-Running Managers

CowenCraig-Hallum Capital Group

                          , 2018

F-43
 

STRYVE FOODS, INC.

                                Shares of Class A Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Craig-Hallum Capital Group

                                 , 2022

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payableto be borne by usthe registrant in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other thanissuance and distribution of the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:shares of Common Stock being registered hereby.

Initial Trustees’ fee $1,000(1)
SEC Registration Fee  15,500 
FINRA filing fee  20,000 
Accounting fees and expenses  40,000 
Nasdaq listing fees  75,000 
Printing and engraving expenses  40,000 
Directors & Officers liability insurance premiums  100,000(2)
Legal fees and expenses  250,000 
Miscellaneous  58,500(3)
Total $600,000 
SEC registration fees $2,666
Accounting fees and expenses $50,000
Legal fees and expenses $225,000
Miscellaneous expenses $22,334
Total $300,000

(1)In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company fees for acting as trustee, as transfer agent of the registrant’s ordinary shares, as warrant agent for the registrant’s warrants and as escrow agent.
(2)This amount represents the approximate amount of director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the consummation of its initial public offering and until it consummates a business combination.
(3)This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law doesSubsection (a) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or who is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not limitopposed to the extentbest interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which a company’s memorandumsuch person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, exceptonly to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and the indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Section 145 also empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under Section 145.

II-1

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may contain a provision may be heldeliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Additionally, our Charter limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Islands courtsDGCL, and our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify them to be contrarythe fullest extent permitted by such law. We have also entered into and expect to public policy, suchcontinue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as to providedetermined by our Board of Directors. Each indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association will provideagreement provides for indemnification and advancement by the Company of ourcertain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from service to the Company or, at its request, service to other entities, as officers andor directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.applicable law.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling usthe Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we havethe Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretoforetherefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In January 2019, simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and the partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, Andina consummated a private placement of 395,000 private units to its initial shareholders and Cowen and Company, LLC and Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, the joint book-running managers of the IPO, and their respective affiliates at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating total proceeds of $3,950,000. Such securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as they were sold to accredited investors. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

On July 20, 2021, in connection with the completion of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Subscription Agreements, the Company made the following sales of unregistered securities:
4,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Closing PIPE Investors for aggregate consideration of $42.5 million; and
1,357,372 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Bridge Investors for aggregate consideration of $10.9 million (consisting of principal and accrued interest on the Bridge Notes).

(a) During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act:

In July and August 2016, the CompanySuch securities were issued an aggregate of 2,875,000 ordinary shares to its initial shareholders for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.009 per share, in connection with the Company’s organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.Act as they were sold to accredited investors.

On September 15, 2021, the entered into a Share Repurchase Agreement with various entities managed by Pura Vida Investments, LLC (collectively, the “Investors”) whereby Stryve repurchased an aggregate of 800,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “Repurchase Shares”) from the Investors. The purchase price for the Repurchase Shares was the issuance of an aggregate of 800,000 pre-funded warrants to acquire an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”). The Pre-Funded Warrants do not expire and are exercisable at any time after their original issuance. The Pre-Funded Warrants were issued in reliance on the exception in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In addition, certain of the initial shareholders, including the underwriters in the offering, have agreed that they and/or their respective designees will purchase an aggregate of 375,000 private units from the Company on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Certain of the initial shareholders have also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, they will purchase from the Company at a price of $10.00 per unit up to an additional 37,500 private units. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

II-1II-2

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.Document
1.1Form of Underwriting Agreement. (To be filed by amendment)
2.1†Business Combination Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina Acquisition Corp. III, Andina Holdings LLC, B. Luke Weil in the capacity as the Purchaser Representative, Stryve Foods LLC, Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC and R. Alex Hawkins in the capacity as the Seller Representative. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021)
3.1First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
3.2Bylaws (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed in July 20, 2021)
4.1Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
4.2Specimen Warrant Certificate (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (SEC File No. 333-228530))
4.3Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2019.)
4.4Form of Pre-Funded Warrant (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2021.)
5.1Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP (To be filed by amendment)
10.1Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Initial Shareholders (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2019.)
10.2Registration Rights Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2019.)
10.2.1First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.3Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina Acquisition Corp, III and the investors named therein. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021.)
10.4Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina Acquisition Corp. III, B. Luke Weil in the capacity as the Purchaser Representative and Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021.)
10.5Form of Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by the equity holder of Stryve Foods, LLC party thereto in favor of Andina Acquisition Corp. III, Stryve Foods, LLC and their respective affiliates (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021)

II-3

 

(a)

10.6Form of Insider Forfeiture Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina Acquisition Corp. III, Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC and the shareholder of Andina Acquisition Corp. III party thereto (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021)
10.7Amendment to Share Escrow Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and among Andina Acquisition Corp. III, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as escrow agent, and the shareholders of Andina Acquisition Corp. III party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021.)
10.8Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2021, by and between Andina Acquisition Corp. III and Stryve Foods Holdings, LLC. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2021.)
10.9††2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.10Exchange Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.11Tax Receivables Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.12Amended Holdings Operating Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.13††Employment Agreement with Joe Oblas. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 included as part of the Registrant’s Form S-4 filed on March 31, 2021.)
10.14††Employment Agreement with R. Alex Hawkins. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 included as part of the Registrant’s Form S-4 filed on March 31, 2021.)
10.15Purchase and Sale Agreement between Stryve Foods, LLC and OK Biltong Facility, LLC dated May 26, 2021 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.16Lease Agreement between Stryve Foods, LLC and OK Biltong Facility, LLC dated June 4, 2021 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.17Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.18Loan Agreement with Origin Bank dated May 2019 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.19.1$3.5 Million Promissory Note in the favor of Origin Bank dated May 2019 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.19.2Modification Agreement with Origin Bank dated June 30, 2021(Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)

II-4

10.20$2.0 Million Promissory Note in the favor of Origin Bank dated June 23, 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.20.1Security Agreement with Origin Bank dated June 23, 2020 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.20.2Modification Agreement with Origin Bank dated June 30, 2021(Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.21Loan Agreement with Origin Bank dated August 17, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.21.1$2.2 Million Promissory Note in the favor of Origin Bank dated August 17, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.21.2Modification Agreement with Origin Bank dated June 30, 2021(Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
10.22††Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 15, 2021.)
10.23††Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 15, 2021.)
21List of Subsidiaries (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2021)
23.1Consent of Marcum LLP (filed herewith)
23.2Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1) (To be filed by amendment)
24.1Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this registration statement)

†        Certain exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.

††       Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statements. The financial statements filed as a part of this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

II-5

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate public offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (iii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-1 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement;

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following exhibits arecommunications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of an undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-6

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1)     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit No.Description
1.1Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
1.2Business Combination Marketing Agreement *
3.1Memorandum and Articles of Association.*
3.2Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.*
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate.*
4.2Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.*
4.3Specimen Right Certificate.*
4.4Specimen Warrant Certificate.*
4.5Form of Rights Agreement.*
4.6Form of Warrant Agreement.*
5.1Opinion of Maples and Calder.*
5.2Opinion of Graubard Miller.*
10.1Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant and the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders.*
10.2Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement.*
10.3Form of Escrow Agreement.*
10.4Form of Registration Rights Agreement.*
10.5Form of Subscription Agreement for private units.*
14Form of Code of Ethics.*
23.1Consent of Marcum LLP.
23.2Consent of Maples and Calder (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
23.3Consent of Graubard Miller (included in Exhibit 5.2).*
24Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).
99.1Form of Audit Committee Charter.*
99.2Form of Nominating Committee Charter.*
99.3Form of Compensation Committee Charter.*

* To beregistration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by amendment.the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

Item 17. Undertakings.(2)      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(a)The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
ii.To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

II-2II-7

 

iii.To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4)That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
ii.Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
iii.The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
iv.Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5)That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(b)The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(c)Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3

(d)The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initialbona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York,Plano, Texas, on the 2330rdth day of November, 2018.December, 2021.

ANDINA ACQUISITION CORP. IIISTRYVE FOODS, INC.
By:/s/ Julio A. TorresJoe Oblas
Name:

Julio A. Torres

Joe Oblas
Title:Chief Executive Officer

 

II-8

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints B. Luke WeilJoe Oblas and Mauricio OrellanaR. Alex Hawkins his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statementregistration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.indicated:

NamePositionTitleDate
/s/ Julio A. TorresJoe OblasChief Executive Officer (Principal executive officer) and DirectorNovember 23, 2018December 30, 2021
Julio A. TorresJoe Oblas(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Mauricio OrellanaR. Alex HawkinsChief Operating Officer (Principal financial and accounting officer) and DirectorChief Financial OfficerNovember 23, 2018December 30, 2021
Mauricio OrellanaR. Alex Hawkins(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/ B. Luke WeilDirectorNovember 23, 2018December 30, 2021
B. Luke Weil
/s/ Matthew S. N. KibbleKevin VivianDirectorNovember 23, 2018December 30, 2021
Matthew S. N. KibbleKevin Vivian
/s/ David SchulhofRobert RamseyDirectorNovember 23, 2018December 30, 2021
David SchulhofRobert Ramsey
/s/ Ted CaseyDirectorDecember 30, 2021
Ted Casey
/s/ Mauricio OrellanaDirectorDecember 30, 2021
Mauricio Orellana
/s/ Gregory S. ChristensonDirectorDecember 30, 2021
Gregory S. Christenson
/s/ Charles D. VogtDirectorDecember 30, 2021
Charles D. Vogt

II-5
II-9